Eurazeo
Annual Report 2020

Download report
Bookmark report

More annual reports from Eurazeo:

2023 Report
2022 Report
2021 Report
2020 Report
2019 Report

Peers and competitors of Eurazeo:

Cadence Bank
Simmons First National
Independent Bank Group
Stock Yards Bancorp Inc.
MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.

Plain-text annual report

Table of ContentsUNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWASHINGTON, DC 20549FORM 10-K☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020OR☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the transition period from to Commission file number 001-34034REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)Delaware 63-0589368(State or other jurisdiction ofincorporation or organization) (I.R.S. EmployerIdentification No.)1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203(Address of principal executive offices)Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 734-4667Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registeredCommon Stock, $.01 par valueRFNew York Stock ExchangeDepositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of6.375% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series ARF PRANew York Stock ExchangeDepositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series BRF PRBNew York Stock ExchangeDepositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of5.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series CRF PRCNew York Stock ExchangeSecurities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NoneIndicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No ¨Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No ýIndicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No ¨Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ý No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growthcompany. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Checkone): Large Accelerated Filer ý Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financialaccounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financialreporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ýState the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was lastsold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.Common Stock, $.01 par value—$10,382,139,803 as of June 30, 2020.Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.Common Stock, $.01 par value—960,674,032 shares issued and outstanding as of February 22, 2021.DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCEPortions of the proxy statement for the Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2021 are incorporated by reference into Part III. 1 REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION FORM 10-K INDEX Table of Contents PART I Forward-Looking Statements Business Item 1. Risk Factors Item 1A. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 1B. Properties Item 2. Legal Proceedings Item 3. Mine Safety Disclosures Item 4. PART II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related shareholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accounting Fees and Services PART IV Item 15. Item 16. SIGNATURES Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary 2 Page 8 11 22 37 37 37 37 38 39 40 40 99 183 183 183 184 186 186 186 186 187 192 193 Table of Contents Glossary of Defined Terms Agencies - collectively, FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. ACL- Allowance for credit losses. ALCO - Asset/Liability Management Committee. ALLL- Allowance for loan and lease losses. Allowance- Allowance for credit losses. AMLA - Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 AOCI - Accumulated other comprehensive income. ASC - Accounting Standards Codification. Ascentium - Ascentium Capital, LLC., an equipment finance entity acquired April 1, 2020. ASU - Accounting Standards Update. ATM - Automated teller machine. Bank - Regions Bank. Basel I - Basel Committee's 1988 Regulatory Capital Framework (First Accord). Basel III - Basel Committee's 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord). Basel III Rules - Final capital rules adopting the Basel III capital framework approved by U.S. federal regulators in 2013. Basel IV - Basel Committee's revised Regulatory Capital Framework proposal released in December 2017. Basel Committee - Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. BHC - Bank Holding Company. BHC Act - Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. BITS - Technology policy division of the Bank Policy Institute. Board - The Company’s Board of Directors. BSA - Bank Secrecy Act CAP - Customer Assistance Program. CARES Act - Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act. CCAR - Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review. CCB - Capital Conservation Buffer. CECL - Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("Current Expected Credit Losses"). CEO - Chief Executive Officer. CET1 - Common Equity Tier 1. CFO - Chief Financial Officer. CFPB - Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. CFTC - Commodity Futures Trading Commission. CHR - Compensation and Human Resources. CMBS - Commercial mortgage-backed securities. Company - Regions Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries. COSO - Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. COVID-19 - Coronavirus Disease 2019. CPI- Consumer price index. CPR - Constant (or Conditional) prepayment rate. CRA - Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. 3 Table of Contents CRE - Commercial real estate- mortgage owner-occupied and commercial real estate-construction owner-occupied classes in the Commercial portfolio segment. DE&I - Diversity, Equity & Inclusion DIF - Deposit Insurance Fund. Dodd-Frank Act - The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. DFAST - Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test. DPD - Days past due. DUS - Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting & Servicing. E&P - Extraction and production. EAD - Exposure-at-default. EGRRCPA - The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act. ERI - Eligible retained income. ESG - Environmental, Social and Governance. FASB - Financial Accounting Standards Board. FCA - Financial Conduct Authority. FDIA - Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended. FDIC - The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Federal Reserve - The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. FFIEC - Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council. FHA - Federal Housing Administration. FHC - Financial Holding Company. FHLB - Federal Home Loan Bank. FHLMC - Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, known as Freddie Mac. FICO - The Financing Corporation, established by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987. FICO scores - Personal credit scores based on the model introduced by the Fair Isaac Corporation. FinCEN - the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. FINRA - Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Fintechs - Financial Technology Companies. FNMA - Federal National Mortgage Association, known as Fannie Mae. FOMC - Federal Open Market Committee. FRB - Federal Reserve Bank. FS-ISAC - Financial Services - Information Sharing & Analysis Center. FTP - Funds Transfer Pricing. GAAP - Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States. GDP - Gross domestic product. GDPR - EU General Data Protection Regulation. GNMA - Government National Mortgage Association. G-SIB - Globally Systematically Important Bank Holding Company. HPI- Housing price index. HUD - U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. HCM - Human Capital Management. ISM - Institute for Supply Chain Management. IPO - Initial public offering. 4 Table of Contents IRA - Individual Retirement Account. IRE - Investor real estate portfolio segment. IRS - Internal Revenue Service. ISM - Institute for Supply Management. LCR - Liquidity coverage ratio. LGD - Loss given default. LIBOR - London InterBank Offered Rate. LLC - Limited Liability Company. LROC - Liquidity Risk Oversight Committee. LTIP - Long-term incentive plan. LTV - Loan to value. MBA - Mortgage Bankers Association. MBS - Mortgage-backed securities. M&A - Mergers and Acquisitions. MD&A - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Morgan Keegan - Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., sold April 2, 2012. MSAs - Metropolitan Statistical Areas. MSR - Mortgage servicing right. MSRB - Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board. NAV - Net Asset Value. NM - Not meaningful. NPR - Notice of public ruling. NSFR - Net stable funding ratio. NYSE - New York Stock Exchange. OAS - Option-adjusted spread. OCC - Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. OCI - Other comprehensive income. OFAC - U.S. Treasury Department - Office of Foreign Assets Control. OIS - Overnight indexed swap. OLA - Orderly Liquidation Authority. OTTI - Other-than-temporary impairment. PCD - Purchased credit deteriorated. PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditure. PD - Probability of default. PPP - Paycheck Protection Program. R&S- Reasonable and supportable. Raymond James - Raymond James Financial, Inc. REIT - Real estate investment trust. Regions Securities - Regions Securities LLC. RETDR - Reasonable expectation of a troubled debt restructuring. S&P 500 - a stock market index that measures the stock performance of 500 large companies listed on stock exchanges in the United States. SBA - Small Business Administration. 5 Table of Contents SBIC - Small Business Investment Companies. SCB - Stress Capital Buffer. SEC - U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. SERP - Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. SLB - Stress leverage buffer. SNC - Shared national credit. SOFR - Secured Overnight Funding Rate. Tax Reform - H.R.1, An Act to Provide for Reconciliation Pursuant to Titles II and V of the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2018. TBA - To Be Announced. TDR - Troubled debt restructuring. TRACE - Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine. TTC- Through-the-cycle. U.S. - United States. USA PATRIOT Act - Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001. U.S. Treasury - The United States Department of the Treasury. UTB - Unrecognized tax benefits. VIE - Variable interest entity. Visa - The Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively. Volker Rule - Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable. wSTWF - Weighted short-term wholesale funding. 6 Table of Contents PART I Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by Regions Financial Corporation under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf to analysts, investors, the media and others, may include forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The terms “Regions,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” as used herein mean collectively Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries when or where appropriate. The words “future,” “anticipates,” “assumes,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “predicts,” “potential,” “objectives,” “estimates,” “expects,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “would,” “will,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “should,” “can,” and similar terms and expressions often signify forward-looking statements. Further, statements about the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our businesses, operations, and financial results and conditions may constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that the actual effects may differ, possibly materially, from what is reflected in those forward-looking statements due to factors and future developments that are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond our control, including the scope and duration of the pandemic (including any resurgences), actions taken by governmental authorities in response to the pandemic and their success, the effectiveness and acceptance of any vaccines, and the direct and indirect impact of the pandemic on our customers, third parties and us. Forward-looking statements are not based on historical information, but rather are related to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations as well as certain assumptions and estimates made by, and information available to, management at the time the statements are made. Those statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, and because they also relate to the future they are likewise subject to inherent uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs and projections expressed in such statements. Therefore, we caution you against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those described below: • Current and future economic and market conditions in the United States generally or in the communities we serve (in particular the Southeastern United States), including the effects of possible declines in property values, increases in unemployment rates, financial market disruptions and potential reductions of economic growth, which may adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and conditions. • Possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies of, and other activities undertaken by, governments, agencies, central banks and similar organizations, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings. • Possible changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expense, the value of assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity. • The impact of pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, on our businesses, operations, and financial results and conditions. The duration and severity of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, which has disrupted the global economy, has and could continue to adversely affect our capital and liquidity position, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans and increase our allowance for credit losses, impair collateral values, and result in lost revenue or additional expenses. The pandemic could also cause an outflow of deposits, result in goodwill impairment charges and the impairment of other financial and nonfinancial assets, and increase our cost of capital. • Any impairment of our goodwill or other intangibles, any repricing of assets, or any adjustment of valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets due to changes in law, adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit or other factors. • The effect of changes in tax laws, including the effect of any future interpretations of or amendments to Tax Reform, which may impact our earnings, capital ratios and our ability to return capital to shareholders. • Possible changes in the creditworthiness of customers and the possible impairment of the collectability of loans and leases, including operating leases. • Changes in the speed of loan prepayments, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs, credit loss provisions or actual credit losses where our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover our eventual losses. • Possible acceleration of prepayments on mortgage-backed securities due to low interest rates, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on those securities. • Loss of customer checking and savings account deposits as customers pursue other, higher-yield investments, which could increase our funding costs. • Possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits and the related effect on our ability to increase assets and to attract deposits, which could adversely affect our net income. 7 Table of Contents • Our ability to effectively compete with other traditional and non-traditional financial services companies, including fintechs, some of whom possess greater financial resources than we do or are subject to different regulatory standards than we are. • Our inability to develop and gain acceptance from current and prospective customers for new products and services and the enhancement of existing products and services to meet customers’ needs and respond to emerging technological trends in a timely manner could have a negative impact on our revenue. • Our inability to keep pace with technological changes, including those related to the offering of digital banking and financial services, could result in losing business to competitors. • Changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses, including legislation and regulations relating to bank products and services, as well as changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable governmental and self-regulatory agencies, including as a result of the recent change in U.S. presidential administration and control of the U.S. Congress, which could require us to change certain business practices, increase compliance risk, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses. • Our capital actions, including dividend payments, common stock repurchases, or redemptions of preferred stock or other regulatory capital instruments, must not cause us to fall below minimum capital ratio requirements, with applicable buffers taken into account, and must comply with other requirements and restrictions under law or imposed by our regulators, which may impact our ability to return capital to shareholders. • Our ability to comply with stress testing and capital planning requirements (as part of the CCAR process or otherwise) may continue to require a significant investment of our managerial resources due to the importance of such tests and requirements. • Our ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements (including, among other things, the Basel III capital standards), including our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms, and if we fail to meet requirements, our financial condition and market perceptions of us could be negatively impacted. • The effects of any developments, changes or actions relating to any litigation or regulatory proceedings brought against us or any of our subsidiaries. • The costs, including possibly incurring fines, penalties, or other negative effects (including reputational harm) of any adverse judicial, administrative, or arbitral rulings or proceedings, regulatory enforcement actions, or other legal actions to which we or any of our subsidiaries are a party, and which may adversely affect our results. • Our ability to manage fluctuations in the value of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposure so as to maintain sufficient capital and liquidity to support our business. • Our ability to execute on our strategic and operational plans, including our ability to fully realize the financial and non-financial benefits relating to our strategic initiatives. • The risks and uncertainties related to our acquisition or divestiture of businesses. • The success of our marketing efforts in attracting and retaining customers. • Our ability to recruit and retain talented and experienced personnel to assist in the development, management and operation of our products and services may be affected by changes in laws and regulations in effect from time to time. • Fraud or misconduct by our customers, employees or business partners. • Any inaccurate or incomplete information provided to us by our customers or counterparties. • Inability of our framework to manage risks associated with our business such as credit risk and operational risk, including third-party vendors and other service providers, which could, among other things, result in a breach of operating or security systems as a result of a cyber attack or similar act or failure to deliver our services effectively. • Dependence on key suppliers or vendors to obtain equipment and other supplies for our business on acceptable terms. • The inability of our internal controls and procedures to prevent, detect or mitigate any material errors or fraudulent acts. • The effects of geopolitical instability, including wars, conflicts, civil unrest, and terrorist attacks and the potential impact, directly or indirectly, on our businesses. • The effects of man-made and natural disasters, including fires, floods, droughts, tornadoes, hurricanes, and environmental damage (specifically in the Southeastern United States), which may negatively affect our operations and/or our loan portfolios and increase our cost of conducting business. The severity and impact of future earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts, floods and other weather-related events are difficult to predict and may be exacerbated by global climate change. 8 Table of Contents • Changes in commodity market prices and conditions could adversely affect the cash flows of our borrowers operating in industries that are impacted by changes in commodity prices (including businesses indirectly impacted by commodities prices such as businesses that transport commodities or manufacture equipment used in the production of commodities), which could impair their ability to service any loans outstanding to them and/or reduce demand for loans in those industries. • Our ability to identify and address cyber-security risks such as data security breaches, malware, ransomware, “denial of service” attacks, “hacking” and identity theft, including account take-overs, a failure of which could disrupt our business and result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or misappropriation of confidential or proprietary information, disruption or damage to our systems, increased costs, losses, or adverse effects to our reputation. • Our ability to achieve our expense management initiatives. • Market replacement of LIBOR and the related effect on our LIBOR-based financial products and contracts, including, but not limited to, derivative products, debt obligations, deposits, investments, and loans. • Possible downgrades in our credit ratings or outlook could, among other negative impacts, increase the costs of funding from capital markets. • The effects of a possible downgrade in the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or outlook, which could result in risks to us and general economic conditions that we are not able to predict. • The effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect us or the banking industry generally could require us to change certain business practices, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses. • The effects of the failure of any component of our business infrastructure provided by a third party could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of and/or misuse of confidential information or proprietary information, increase our costs, negatively affect our reputation, and cause losses. • Our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends to shareholders. • Changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies could materially affect our financial statements and how we report those results, and expectations and preliminary analyses relating to how such changes will affect our financial results could prove incorrect. • Other risks identified from time to time in reports that we file with the SEC. • Fluctuations in the price of our common stock and inability to complete stock repurchases in the time frame and/or on the terms anticipated. • The effects of any damage to our reputation resulting from developments related to any of the items identified above. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible to predict all of them. We assume no obligation and do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements that are made from time to time, either as a result of future developments, new information or otherwise, except as may be required by law. 9 Table of Contents Item 1. Business Regions Financial Corporation is a FHC headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama operating in the South, Midwest and Texas. The terms "Regions," "the Company," "we," "us" and "our" mean Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries, when appropriate. Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, trust services, merger and acquisition advisory services, and other specialty financing. At December 31, 2020, Regions had total consolidated assets of approximately $147.4 billion, total consolidated deposits of approximately $122.5 billion and total consolidated shareholders’ equity of approximately $18.1 billion. Regions is a Delaware corporation. Its principal executive offices are located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and its telephone number at that address is (800) 734-4667. Banking Operations Regions conducts its banking operations through Regions Bank, an Alabama state-chartered commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2020, Regions operated 2,083 ATMs and 1,369 total branch outlets across the South, Midwest and Texas. The following chart depicts the distribution of branch locations in each of the states in which Regions conducts its banking operations. Branches Florida Tennessee Alabama Georgia Mississippi Texas Louisiana Arkansas Missouri Indiana Illinois South Carolina Kentucky Iowa North Carolina Total 289 209 196 114 112 98 92 66 55 49 42 21 11 8 7 1,369 Other Financial Services Operations In addition to its banking operations, Regions provides additional financial services through the following subsidiaries: Regions Equipment Finance Corporation and Regions Commercial Equipment Finance, LLC, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, provide equipment financing products focusing on commercial clients. Ascentium Capital, also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, provides financing of essential- use equipment for small business customers through a technology-enabled model that delivers same-day credit decisions and funding. Regions Investment Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, offers investments and insurance products to Regions Bank customers, provided by licensed insurance agents. In addition, Regions Bank and Regions Investment Services, Inc. also maintain an agreement with Cetera Investment Services, LLC to offer securities, insurance and advisory services to Regions Bank customers through dually-employed financial advisors. Regions Securities LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, serves as a broker-dealer to commercial clients and acts in an advisory capacity to merger and acquisition transactions. Additionally, BlackArch Partners LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions and is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. BlackArch Partners LLC and its subsidiaries offer merger and acquisition services to its institutional clients and commercial entities. Regions Investment Management, Inc. serves as the investment adviser to Regions Wealth Management division and trades in stocks and bonds for trust clients. Highland Associates, Inc. is an institutional investment firm providing investment counsel and consulting services to not-for-profit healthcare entities and mission-based organizations. Regions Bank has also 10 Table of Contents retained Highland Associates, Inc. to provide investment advisory services with respect to assets held in accounts in Regions Bank’s trust department. Both Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Highland Associates, Inc. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Regions Bank. Regions Affordable Housing LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank headquartered in Great Neck, New York, and engages in low income housing tax credit corporate fund syndication and asset management. Supervision and Regulation We are subject to the extensive regulatory framework applicable to BHCs and their subsidiaries. This framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s DIF and the banking system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders or other investors. Described below are the material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries. These descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their interpretation and application by regulatory agencies and other governmental authorities, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Overview We are registered with the Federal Reserve as a BHC and have elected to be treated as an FHC under the BHC Act. As such, we and our subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. Generally, the BHC Act provides for “umbrella” regulation of FHCs by the Federal Reserve and functional regulation of holding company subsidiaries by applicable regulatory agencies. The BHC Act also requires the Federal Reserve to examine any subsidiary of a BHC, other than a depository institution, engaged in activities permissible for a depository institution. The Federal Reserve is also granted the authority, in certain circumstances, to require reports of, examine and adopt rules applicable to any holding company subsidiary. Regions Bank is a member of the FDIC, and, as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. Regions Bank is an Alabama state- chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. Its operations are generally subject to supervision and examination by both the Federal Reserve and the Alabama State Banking Department and the bank regulators are given authority to approve or disapprove mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The federal and state banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. State and federal laws and regulations govern the activities in which Regions Bank engages, including the investments it makes and the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect its operations. Regions Bank is also affected by the actions of the Federal Reserve as it implements monetary policy. As a Federal Reserve System member bank, Regions Bank is required to hold stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta in an amount equal to 6 percent of its capital stock and surplus. Member banks with total assets in excess of $10 billion, including Regions Bank, receive a floating dividend rate tied to 10-year U.S. Treasuries, with the maximum dividend rate capped at 6 percent. Regions Bank and its affiliates are also subject to supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the CFPB with respect to consumer protection laws and regulations. Some of Regions’ non-bank subsidiaries are also subject to regulation by various federal and state agencies, such as the SEC and FINRA in the case of our broker-dealer subsidiaries, Regions Securities LLC and BlackArch Securities LLC. We are also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC. Our common stock and certain of our depository shares representing our outstanding preferred stock are listed on the NYSE. Consequently, we are also subject to the NYSE’s rules for listed companies. In October 2019, the Federal Reserve and the other Federal bank regulators finalized rules that tailor the application of the enhanced prudential standards and capital and liquidity regulations to BHCs and depository institutions per the EGRRCPA amendments (the “Tailoring Rules”). The Tailoring Rules assign each U.S. BHC with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets, as well as its bank subsidiaries, to one of four categories based on its size and five other risk-based indicators: (1) cross-jurisdictional activity, (2) wSTWF, (3) non-bank assets, (4) off-balance sheet exposure, and (5) status as a U.S. G-SIB. Under the Tailoring Rules, Regions and Regions Bank are each subject to Category IV standards, which apply to banking organizations with at least $100 billion in total consolidated assets that do not meet any of the thresholds specified for Categories I through III. Firms subject to Category IV standards are generally subject to the same capital and liquidity requirements as firms with less than $100 billion in total consolidated assets, but are, among other things, subject to certain enhanced prudential standards and also required to monitor and report certain risk-based indicators. Accordingly, under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms are, among other things, (1) not subject to LCR requirements (or, in certain cases, subject to reduced requirements), (2) no longer subject to company-run capital stress testing requirements, (3) subject to supervisory capital stress testing on a biennial instead of annual basis, (4) subject to requirements to develop and maintain a capital plan on an annual basis and (5) subject to certain liquidity risk management and risk committee requirements. 11 Table of Contents Regions cannot predict future changes in the applicable laws, regulations and regulatory agency policies, including any changes resulting from the recent change in U.S. presidential administration, yet such changes may have a material impact on Regions’ business, financial condition or results of operations. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes in law and any new regulations promulgated, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer products or disclosures required by the CFPB and the requirements of the enhanced supervision provisions, among others. Permissible Activities under the BHC Act In general, the BHC Act limits the activities permissible for BHCs to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incidental thereto. A BHC electing to be treated as a FHC, like Regions, may also engage in a range of activities that are (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments. For a BHC to be eligible to elect FHC status, all of its subsidiary insured depository institutions must be well-capitalized and well-managed as described below under “-Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA” and must have received at least a satisfactory rating on such institution’s most recent examination under the CRA. The BHC itself must also be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to be eligible to elect FHC status. If an FHC fails to continue to be well-capitalized or well- managed after engaging in activities not permissible for BHCs that have not elected to be treated as financial holding companies, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may be required to discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a BHC electing to be treated as an FHC. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve determines that an FHC has not maintained a CRA rating of at least “satisfactory,” the FHC would not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities, although the FHC would still be allowed to engage in activities closely related to banking and make investments in the ordinary course of conducting banking activities. The BHC Act does not place territorial restrictions on permissible non-banking activities of BHCs. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any BHC or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the BHC. Capital Requirements Regions and Regions Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve, which are based on the Basel III framework. The Basel III-based U.S. capital rules, among other things, impose a capital measure called Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, or CET1 capital, to which most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures must be made. In addition, the Basel III-based U.S. capital rules specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain specified requirements. Under the U.S. Basel III-based capital rules, the minimum capital ratios are: • • • • 4.5% CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets; 6.0% tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 capital plus additional tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets; 8.0% total capital (that is, tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and 4.0% tier 1 capital to total average consolidated assets as defined under U.S. Basel III Standardized approach (known as the “leverage ratio”). The U.S. capital rules previously imposed a CCB of 2.5% on top of the three minimum risk-weighted asset ratios listed above for all banking organizations subject to the rule. On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule designed to create a single, integrated capital requirement by combining the quantitative assessment of the capital plans of BHCs with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets, such as Regions, with the CCB requirement. Details of this final rule are discussed under “- Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing” below. Regions and Regions Bank are subject to the final rule adopted by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC in July 2019 relating to simplifications of the capital rules applicable to non-advanced approaches banking organizations. These rules became effective for the Company on April 1, 2020, and provide for simplified capital requirements relating to the threshold deductions for mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that a banking organization could not realize through net operating loss carry backs, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, as well as the inclusion of minority interests in regulatory capital. 12 Table of Contents In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card and home equity lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2023, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2028. Under the current U.S. Basel III rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, and not to Regions or Regions Bank. The impact of Basel IV will depend on the manner in which it is implemented in the U.S. with respect to firms such as Regions and Regions Bank. For more information, see the “Regulatory Requirements” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Leverage Requirements BHCs and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. These requirements provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total consolidated average tangible assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), called the “leverage ratio,” of 4.0% for all BHCs. Liquidity Requirements Under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms with less than $50 billion in wSTWF, including Regions and Regions Bank, are no longer subject to an LCR requirement or the recently finalized NSFR requirement. However, BHCs that are Category IV firms remain subject to minimum liquidity buffers and liquidity stress testing requirements under the Federal Reserve’s enhanced prudential standards, though the minimum frequency of such testing was revised to quarterly under the Tailoring Rules, rather than monthly. The Tailoring Rules also adjusted liquidity risk management requirements such that Category IV firms are required to: (i) calculate collateral positions monthly (as opposed to weekly); (ii) establish a more limited set of liquidity risk limits than was previously required; and (iii) monitor fewer elements of intraday liquidity risk exposures. Category IV firms are required to continue reporting liquidity data on the FR 2052a on a monthly basis. Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing The Federal Reserve currently conducts analyses of BHCs with at least $100 billion in total consolidated assets to determine whether the firms have sufficient capital on a consolidated basis necessary to absorb losses in baseline and severely adverse economic conditions. Under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms, including Regions, are now subject to supervisory stress testing every other year, rather than annually, and are no longer subject to company-run stress testing requirements, but remain subject to required annual capital plan submissions and to certain FR Y-14 reporting requirements. U.S. BHCs with total consolidated assets of $100 billion or more, such as Regions, must annually develop and maintain a capital plan, and must submit the capital plan to the Federal Reserve as part of the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process. The CCAR process is intended to help ensure that these BHCs have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for each company’s unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of economic and financial stress. On January 19, 2021, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule that further tailors the capital planning requirements applicable to Category IV firms. On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule designed to create a single, integrated capital requirement by combining the quantitative assessment of CCAR with the CCB requirement. The final rule replaces the current static 2.5 percent CCB with an SCB requirement. The SCB reflects capital degradation in the severely adverse scenario of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests and also includes four quarters of planned common stock dividends. The SCB is, however, subject to a minimum of 2.5 percent. In addition, the final rule eliminates the quantitative objection provisions of CCAR but requires a BHC to reduce its planned capital distributions if those distributions would not be consistent with the applicable capital buffer constraints based on the BHC’s own baseline scenario projections. On August 10, 2020, the Federal Reserve announced that Regions’ initial SCB would be 3.0 percent. Although the final rule replaces the static CCB requirement with one based on the results of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests, firms continue to be subject to progressively more stringent constraints on capital actions as they approach the minimum ratios. Banking institutions that fail to meet the effective minimum ratios once the SCB is taken into account will be subject to constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation. The extent to which capital distributions will be constrained depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (which is defined under an August 2020 final rule as the greater of (1) a banking institution’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, net of any distributions to shareholders and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, and (2) the average of a banking institution’s net income over the preceding four quarters). For further information, see the “Regulatory Requirements” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As part of the January 19, 2021 final rule discussed above, the Federal Reserve finalized revisions to the SCB requirements that are applicable to Category IV BHCs to align with the two-year supervisory stress testing cycle for Category 13 Table of Contents IV BHCs. Under the final rule, for Category IV BHCs, the portion of the SCB requirement that reflects stressed losses in the supervisory severely adverse scenario of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests is calculated every other year. During a year in which a Category IV BHC does not undergo a supervisory stress test, the BHC will receive an updated SCB requirement that reflects the BHC’s updated planned common stock dividends. A Category IV BHC is also able to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test in a year in which the BHC would not normally be subject to the supervisory stress test and consequently receive an updated SCB requirement. Under the March 4, 2020 final rule implementing the SCB, a BHC must receive prior approval for any dividend, stock repurchase or other capital distribution, other than a capital distribution on a newly issued capital instrument, if the BHC is required to resubmit its capital plan. The Federal Reserve announced on June 25, 2020 that all BHCs participating in CCAR would be required to update and resubmit their capital plans in light of the economic uncertainty around the COVID-19 pandemic. At the same time, the Federal Reserve announced that for the third quarter of 2020 it would generally require those BHCs to suspend share repurchases, limit common stock dividend payments to the amount paid in the second quarter of 2020, and limit common stock dividend payments to an amount based on average net income for the four preceding quarters. On September 30, 2020, the Federal Reserve extended these measures for the fourth quarter of 2020. In conjunction with the release of the results from the Federal Reserve’s review of capital plan resubmissions and a second round of stress testing, the Federal Reserve announced on December 18, 2020 that it would extend the distribution limitations to the first quarter of 2021, subject to adjustment, requiring that common stock dividend payments and share repurchases be limited to an amount not in excess of average net income over the four preceding quarters, provided that common stock dividend payments remain limited to the amount paid in the second quarter of 2020. The Federal Reserve did not initially adjust SCBs based on the results of the second round of stress testing, but maintained the right to do so through March 31, 2021. Resolution Planning Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by EGRRCPA, certain BHCs are required to submit resolution plans to the Federal Reserve and FDIC providing for the company’s strategy for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of its material financial distress or failure. However, in connection with the release of the Tailoring Rules, the Federal Reserve and FDIC finalized rules in October 2019 which, among other things, adjust the review cycles and applicability of the agencies’ resolution planning requirements. Under these new rules, Category IV firms such as Regions are no longer required to submit resolution plans. In April 2019, the FDIC released an advance notice of proposed rulemaking about potential changes to its resolution planning requirements for insured depository institutions, such as Regions Bank. In January 2021, the FDIC announced that, given the passage of time from the last resolution plan submissions and the uncertain economic outlook, the FDIC will resume requiring resolution plan submissions for insured depository institutions with $100 billion or more in assets, including Regions Bank. The FDIC indicated that no insured depository institution will be required to submit a resolution plan without at least 12 months advance notice, but did not otherwise provide notice of when Regions Bank will be required to submit its next resolution plan. Safety and Soundness Standards The FDIA requires the federal banking agencies to take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that do not meet specified capital requirements. The FDIA establishes five capital categories (“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”), and the federal banking agencies must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2020, both Regions and Regions Bank were well-capitalized. An institution that is classified as well-capitalized based on its capital levels may be treated as adequately capitalized, and an institution that is adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based upon its capital levels may be treated as though it were undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, respectively, if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking regulator. Under the FDIA, in order for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a BHC must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The BHC must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The FDIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality, and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards. Regulators also must take into consideration: (i) concentrations 14 Table of Contents of credit risk; (ii) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance sheet position); and (iii) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital. Regulators make this evaluation as a part of their regular examination of the institution’s safety and soundness. Additionally, regulators may choose to examine other factors in order to evaluate the safety and soundness of financial institutions. Payment of Dividends We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. The principal source of cash flow to us, including cash flow to pay dividends to our shareholders and principal and interest on any of our outstanding debt, is dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to us, as well as by us to our shareholders. If, in the opinion of a federal bank regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, such agency may require, after notice and hearing, that such institution cease and desist from such practice. The federal bank regulatory agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the FDIA, an insured institution may not pay a dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See “-Safety and Soundness Standards” above. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements stating that BHCs and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. Payment of Dividends by Regions Bank. Under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation H, Regions Bank may not, without approval of the Federal Reserve, declare or pay a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net income for that year and (b) its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to additional paid-in capital or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock. Under Alabama law, Regions Bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90% of its net earnings unless its surplus is equal to at least 20% of capital. Regions Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of Banking prior to the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by Regions Bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes. Regions Bank cannot, without approval from the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banking, declare or pay a dividend to Regions unless Regions Bank is able to satisfy the criteria discussed above. Payment of Dividends by Regions. Our payment of dividends to our shareholders is subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve. In particular, the dividend policies and share repurchases of a large BHC, such as Regions, are reviewed by the Federal Reserve based on capital plans submitted as part of the CCAR process and stress tests as submitted by the BHC. As discussed above, the Federal Reserve has limited dividend payments and share repurchases for the third and fourth quarters of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021 in response to the economic uncertainty around the COVID-19 pandemic. See “-Capital Requirements” and “- Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing” above. Support of Subsidiary Banks Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy, which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, Regions is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, its subsidiary bank. This support may be required at times when Regions may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a BHC to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a BHC’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. Transactions with Affiliates Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W restrict transactions between a bank and its affiliates, including a parent BHC. Regions Bank is subject to these restrictions, which include quantitative and qualitative limits on the amounts and types of transactions that may take place, including extensions of credit to affiliates, investments in the stock or securities of affiliates, purchases of assets from affiliates and certain other transactions with affiliates. These restrictions also require that credit transactions with affiliates be collateralized and that transactions with affiliates be on market terms or better for the bank. Generally, a bank’s covered transactions with any affiliate are limited to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus and covered transactions with all affiliates are limited to 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. Deposit Insurance Regions Bank accepts deposits, and those deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limits. Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the insured depository institution has 15 Table of Contents engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by a bank’s federal regulatory agency. Regions Bank pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC. FDIC assessment rates for large institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, such as Regions Bank, are calculated based on a “scorecard” methodology that seeks to capture both the probability that an individual large institution will fail and the magnitude of the impact on the deposit insurance fund if such a failure occurs, based primarily on the institution's assessment base, which is primarily the difference between average total assets and average tangible equity. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score, up or down, based upon significant risk factors that may not be adequately captured in the scorecard. For large institutions, including Regions Bank, after accounting for potential base-rate adjustments, the total base assessment rate that is applied to an institution's calculated assessment base could range from 1.5 to 40 basis points on an annualized basis. For more information, see the “FDIC Insurance Assessments” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Acquisitions The BHC Act requires every BHC to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (i) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the BHC will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of the voting shares of the institution; (ii) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (iii) it may merge or consolidate with any other BHC. FHCs must obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring certain non-bank financial companies with assets exceeding $10 billion. FHCs seeking approval to complete an acquisition must be well-capitalized and well-managed. The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the U.S., or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the BHCs and banks impacted and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and the consideration of convenience and needs of the community to be served includes the parties’ performance under the CRA. The Federal Reserve must also take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHC Act was amended to require the Federal Reserve to, when evaluating a proposed transaction, consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. Depositor Preference Under federal law, claims of depositors and certain claims for both administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. Volcker Rule The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in, sponsoring and having certain relationships with private funds such as hedge funds or private equity funds that would be considered an investment company for purposes of the Volcker Rule. The final rules implementing the Volcker Rule also require that large BHCs, such as Regions, design and implement compliance programs to ensure adherence to the Volcker Rule’s prohibitions. Development and monitoring of the required compliance program may require the expenditure of resources and management attention. In October 2019, the Federal Reserve, OCC, FDIC, CFTC and SEC finalized rules to tailor the application of the Volcker Rule based on the size and scope of a banking entity’s trading activities and to clarify and amend certain definitions, requirements and exemptions. On June 25, 2020, these regulators approved a final rule with respect to the implementing regulations relating to covered funds, including changes to the definition of “covered fund” and the prohibitions on certain covered transactions. Consumer Protection Laws We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws, including laws designed to protect customers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and their respective state law counterparts. 16 Table of Contents The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the laws referenced above, other fair lending laws and certain other statutes. The CFPB also has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to consumer financial laws for depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including the authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is used in diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and application information. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. The federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management standards among financial institutions. A financial institution is expected to establish multiple lines of defense and to ensure their risk management processes address the risk posed by potential threats to the institution. A financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient processes to effectively respond and recover the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations if a critical service provider of the institution falls victim to this type of cyber-attack. The Regions Information Security Program reflects the requirements of this guidance. In addition, on December 18, 2020, the federal banking regulators proposed a new cybersecurity-related notification rule that would require banking organizations, including Regions and Regions Bank, to notify their primary federal regulator promptly of the occurrence of certain significant computer-security incidents. The proposed rule would also impose requirements on bank service providers to notify their affected banking organization customers of certain computer- security incidents. State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act became effective on January 1, 2020, and in November 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act. We expect this trend of state-level activity in those areas to continue and are continually monitoring developments in the states in which our customers are located. Community Reinvestment Act Regions Bank is subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, Regions Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including providing credit to individuals residing in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA requires each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its examination of a depository institution, to assess such institution’s record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency’s assessment is part of the Federal Reserve’s consideration of applications by a bank or BHC to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a BHC applicant, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant BHC, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. In April 2018, the U.S. Department of Treasury issued a memorandum to the federal banking regulators with recommended changes to the CRA’s implementing regulations to reduce their complexity and associated burden on banks. Subsequently, in December 2019, the OCC and FDIC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking intended to update and modernize the CRA's implementing regulations. On May 20, 2020, the OCC finalized its rule while the FDIC, which had joined the OCC’s proposed rulemaking, did not proceed with a final rule. The Federal Reserve, which did not join the OCC and FDIC’s proposal, in October 2020 put forth its own advance notice of proposed rulemaking focused on CRA modernization. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes to the regulations implementing the CRA. Regions Bank's most recent CRA rating from the Federal Reserve is "Satisfactory". Compensation Practices Our compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. The federal banking regulators have provided guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation arrangements at banking organizations take into account risk and are consistent with safe and sound practices. The guidance sets forth the following three key principles with respect to incentive compensation arrangements: (i) the arrangements should provide employees with incentives that appropriately balance risk and 17 Table of Contents financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk; (ii) the arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and (iii) the arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance. The guidance provides that supervisory findings with respect to incentive compensation will be incorporated, as appropriate, into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The guidance also provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk management, control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness. Anti-Money Laundering A continued focus of governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act broadened the application of anti-money laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions such as broker-dealers, investment advisors and insurance companies, and strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act require that regulated financial institutions, including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. Regions’ banking subsidiary has augmented its systems and procedures to meet the requirements of these regulations and will continue to revise and update their policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA PATRIOT Act and implementing regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act also requires federal banking regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition. In January 2021, the AMLA, which amends the BSA, was enacted. The AMLA is intended to comprehensively reform and modernize U.S. anti-money laundering laws. Among other things, the AMLA codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; and expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations. Many of the statutory provisions in the AMLA will require additional rulemaking, reports and other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, rulemaking and implementation guidance. FinCEN, which drafts regulations implementing the USA PATRIOT Act and other anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act legislation, has adopted rules that require financial institutions to obtain beneficial ownership information with respect to legal entities with which such institutions conduct business, subject to certain exclusions and exemptions. Bank regulators are focusing their examinations on anti-money laundering compliance, and we continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money laundering compliance programs. Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences. Regulation of Broker Dealers and Investment Advisers Our subsidiaries, Regions Securities LLC and BlackArch Securities LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and FINRA, and Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Highland Associates, Inc. are registered investment advisers with the SEC. These subsidiaries are, as a result, subject to regulation and examination by the SEC, FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations. These regulations cover a broad range of issues, including capital requirements; sales and trading practices; use of client funds and securities; the conduct of directors, officers and employees; record-keeping and recording; supervisory procedures to prevent improper trading on material non-public information; qualification and licensing of sales personnel; and limitations on the extension of credit in securities transactions. In addition to federal registration, state securities commissions require the registration of certain broker-dealers and investment advisers. 18 Table of Contents Competition All aspects of our business are highly competitive. Our subsidiaries compete with other financial institutions located in the states in which they operate and other adjoining states, as well as large banks in major financial centers and other financial intermediaries, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, internet banks, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, mortgage companies and financial service operations of major commercial and retail corporations. We expect competition to remain intense among financial services companies given the low interest rate and slower economic environment. Also, future changes in monetary policy, coupled with post-crisis regulatory requirements, may increase competition for certain deposit products. Our success will depend, in part, on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services. Further, we expect consolidation in the financial services industry to continue, which may produce larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products and services at competitive prices. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer traditional bank or bank-like products and services and therefore compete with financial institutions like us in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone-based financial solutions. In particular, the activity of fintechs has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. A number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases been granted, bank or industrial loan charters, while other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offer deposit products to their customers. In addition to fintechs, traditional technology companies have begun to make efforts toward providing financial services directly to their customers. Although providing digital products and services has been important to serving customers and competing in the financial services industry for some time, the COVID-19 pandemic has further accelerated the move towards digital banking and financial services, and we expect a bank’s digital offerings to be a key competitive differentiator beyond the COVID-19 pandemic. The move toward digital banking and financial services, and customer expectations regarding digital offerings, will require us to invest greater resources in technological improvements. Customers for banking services and other financial services offered by our subsidiaries are generally influenced by convenience, quality of service, price of service, personal contacts, the quality of the technology that supports the customer experience, and availability of products. Although our position varies in different markets, we believe that our affiliates effectively compete with other financial services companies in their relevant market areas. Human Capital One pillar of our strategic priorities at Regions is the commitment to “Build the Best Team”. We believe one of the biggest differentiators of our performance is the people we employ. The need to attract, retain, and develop the right talent to accomplish our strategic plan is central to our success. As of December 31, 2020, Regions and its subsidiaries had 19,406 full-time equivalent employees supporting our consumer and commercial banking, wealth management, and mortgage product and services primarily across the Southeast and Midwest. Our associate team reflects the diversity of the communities we serve. Approximately 64 percent of our associates are women and approximately 34 percent have self-identified as a part of a minority demographic. Because diversity equity and inclusion are fundamental to our human capital strategy, we believe it is important for our stakeholders to understand our progress, and therefore, we plan to provide additional transparency into our workforce demographics later this year after we file our 2019 and 2020 EEO-1 report to the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. A strong and impactful human capital programs begins at the top. Our Board of Directors oversees our corporate strategy and sets the tone for our culture, values and high ethical standards, and through its Committees, holds management accountable for results. Beginning in 2018, the Board expanded the scope of our CHR Committee beyond its traditional compensation focused role to include oversight of all human capital management efforts within Regions. Since this expansion, the CHR Committee has strategically conducted reviews of talent management and acquisition, succession planning, associate conduct, associate learning and development, diversity equity and inclusion, and associate retention. Notably, in 2019, the CHR Committee further strengthened its oversight of these areas through the implementation of a HCM Dashboard that it reviews periodically throughout the year. The HCM Dashboard includes a mixture of trending and point-in- time metrics designed to provide information and analysis of workforce demographics; talent acquisition; workforce stability (retention, turnover, etc.); associate engagement; learning and development; and total rewards and associate support program utilization and effectiveness. In order to build the best team, it is necessary for us to fill talent needs with qualified, diverse and engaged associates. Key to our success is our internal talent management program which strives to optimally deploy existing talent across Regions by focusing on where our associates excel and helping them find the best roles for them. One of the hallmarks of our success in this area is demonstrated by our ability to fill vacancies from within. For example, in 2020, 45 percent of our hires were internal fills. For those roles which we fill externally, we continually build talent pipelines with an eye towards not only current needs, but also future demands of our business. Regions uses a number of innovative tools and structured processes to achieve our goals including applications and resources designed to reach larger and more diverse audiences. Our recruiting technology is agile, user friendly and allows us to offer to candidates a robust understanding of our needs, requirements and a view of our culture to support the building of a diverse, engaged workforce. 19 Table of Contents Diversity equity and inclusion are fundamental to our corporate strategy. Our commitment to diversity and inclusion as noted starts at the top of our organization, with oversight of our initiatives provided by the CHR Committee. Led by our executive level Chief DE&I Officer, this commitment is implemented by a dedicated DE&I team, reinforced by senior leaders, and supported by our outstanding management team and associates. We track our progress in this area and continually implement programs and practices to support managers in reaching our goals. We also consider it critical to our success to invest in the professional development of all of our associates. We emphasize our commitment to professional development through opportunities such as technical, skills-based, management, and leadership training programs; formal talent and performance management processes; and sustainable career paths. We also aim to prepare our workforce for a rapidly changing environment and understand that reskilling and upskilling are crucial to staying competitive, meeting the needs of the modern workforce, and retaining associates. We’ve established a customized learning experience platform that provides the tools to measure, build, and communicate skills inside the Company. This tool provides the ability to inventory the skills our associates have, allowing us to target our development efforts on specific areas where elevated skills are needed. Regions also offers a leader and manager development program created to help people managers understand how to evaluate performance by leveraging the power of a strengths-based and engagement-focused workforce and culture. Understanding that automation, cognitive technologies, and the open talent economy are reshaping the future of work, Regions makes available to technology associates courses on-demand that offer intensive learning in application development, information technology operations, security, and technology architecture. This solution also offers professional development for data and business professionals. In addition, almost all associates may access a full suite of courses regardless of whether the application is needed in their current role. We offer competitive and fair compensation to our associates. Base salaries are established considering market competitive rates for specific roles; additionally, on an individual basis base salaries reflect the experience and performance levels of our associates. We assess the competitiveness of our ranges on an annual basis by benchmarking our rates against those paid by our peers. We established a minimum starting rate for our entry level positions at $15 an hour and we continue to study and review that level to ensure appropriateness. In addition to base salaries, we promote a robust pay for performance philosophy and incentivize a large majority of our associate population with incentive compensation designed to drive strategies, behaviors and business goals within our unique lines of business. Long-term stock-based incentive compensation is also key to the attraction and retention of key talent and is offered thoughtfully to our executive and leadership ranks. We believe tying the interests of our leaders to those of our shareholders creates a strong link to company performance. As the success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our associates, we offer a competitive and comprehensive benefits program to support associates throughout all life stages. Our benefits include comprehensive health, life, and disability coverage that are funded in whole or in part by the Company as well as a 401(k) plan with a dollar for dollar company match on employee contributions up to 5 percent of pay and a base contribution of 2 percent of pay for all associates who do not participate in our grandfathered pension program. We also offer to our associates programs and tools to support their total well- being including a range of flexible work arrangements, generous time-off policies, physical, mental, and financial wellness benefits as well as other programs and practices that support associates and their families throughout the full spectrum of their careers and lives. Finally, in any review of 2020 human capital programs, it is imperative to note responsive changes we made in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. During 2020 we implemented changes and enhancements that we determined were in the best interests of our associates, our customers and the communities we serve. For example, in an effort to promote associate well-being, we quickly moved approximately half of our associates to fully remote work arrangements during the pandemic. For those associates whose positions required on site service (such as branch, contact center and other operationally essential positions), we provided additional compensation during the original transition period to aid with unexpected and unusual conditions faced by these individual as we responded to the in- person service needs of our customers and communities. In addition, we implemented many other measures to help ensure and support associate safety. These measures included providing COVID-19 testing and relevant treatment at no cost to associates, expanding access to and payment for telehealth benefits and offering enhanced leave of absence benefits for those dealing with the virus or quarantine requirements. In all of our locations, we reduced occupancy levels to provide for social distancing, implemented stringent cleaning protocols, and have provided appropriate facemasks and other sanitizing supplies to protect associates, customers, and our communities. Available Information We maintain a website at www.regions.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10- Q and current reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits, and amendments to those reports that are filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These documents are made available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The SEC also maintains an internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Also available on our website are our (i) Corporate Governance Principles, (ii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, (iii) Code of Ethics for Senior Financial 20 Table of Contents Officers, (iv) Fair Disclosure Policy Summary, and (v) the charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Risk Committee. Item 1A. Risk Factors An investment in the Company involves risks, some of which, including market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, compliance, reputational and strategic risks, could be substantial and is inherent in our business. These risks also includes the possibility that the value of the investment could decrease considerably, and dividends or other distributions concerning the investment could be reduced or eliminated. Discussed below are risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, as well as the value of, and return on investment in the Company. Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business Our businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally. We provide traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services including asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, merger-and-acquisition advisory services and other specialty financing. All of our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally or specifically in the Southeastern U.S., the principal markets in which we conduct business. A worsening of business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business could have adverse effects on our business, including the following: • • • • • A decrease in the demand for, or the availability of, loans and other products and services offered by us; A decrease in the value of our loans held for sale or other assets secured by consumer or commercial real estate; An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill; A decrease in interest income from variable rate loans, due to declines in interest rates; and An increase in the number of clients and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us, which could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, provisions for credit losses, and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale. In the event of severely adverse business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business, there can be no assurance that the federal government and the Federal Reserve would intervene. Further, the ultimate success of measures taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown, and these measures may not be sufficient to address the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic or avert severe and prolonged reductions in economic activity. If economic conditions worsen or volatility increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations have been, and will likely continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has created disruptions that have adversely affected, and are likely to continue to adversely affect, our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations. We cannot predict the extent to which the pandemic will continue to cause such adverse effects. The extent of any continued or future adverse effects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and outside our control, including the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our employees, clients, customers, counterparties and service providers, as well as other market participants. Circumstances brought about by the pandemic persist, including worsened economic conditions, increased market volatility, ratings downgrades, credit deterioration and defaults, reductions in the targeted federal funds rate, and increased spending on business continuity efforts, which may require that we reduce costs and investments in other areas. Should the pandemic continue for a more extended period or worsen, we may face additional circumstances such as significant draws on credit lines should customers seek to increase liquidity. We are offering assistance to support customers experiencing financial hardships related to the pandemic. If such measures are not effective in mitigating the effects of the pandemic on borrowers, we may experience higher rates of default and increased credit losses in the future. We may also have to provide additional assistance or otherwise experience higher rates of default and increased credit losses. Further, we have approximately $3.6 billion in PPP loans as of year-end 2020, and have provided additional PPP loans, including second draw loans, in 2021. These efforts may affect our revenue and results of operations and make our results more difficult to forecast as the PPP forgiveness process has begun and the timing and amount of forgiveness to which our borrowers will be entitled is unpredictable. In addition, the PPP and other government programs in which we may participate are complex and our participation may lead to governmental and regulatory scrutiny, negative publicity and damage to our reputation. Certain industries where Regions has credit exposure, including energy, restaurants, hotels, and commercial retail, have experienced, and in some cases are continuing to experience, significant operational challenges as a result of the COVID-19 21 Table of Contents pandemic. These operational challenges could result in corporate lending clients making higher than usual draws on outstanding lines of credit, which may negatively affect our liquidity. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may also cause our commercial customers to be unable to pay their loans as they come due or decrease the value of collateral, which we expect would cause significant increases in our credit losses. The pandemic may alter consumer behavior, including short- and long-term spending patterns. Accordingly, certain of these industries may continue to be negatively impacted even after the pandemic has subsided. Other negative effects of the pandemic that may impact our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations cannot be predicted at this time, but it is likely that such adverse effects will continue until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides and the U.S. economy fully recovers. The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any subsequent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, we expect reduced revenues from our lending businesses, increased credit losses in our lending portfolios and a decrease in certain sources of fee income. Additionally, draws on lines of credit could increase in the future. After the COVID- 19 pandemic subsides, it is possible that the U.S. economy experiences a prolonged recession, which we expect would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations. Ineffective liquidity management could adversely affect our financial results and condition. Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals, payments on our debt obligations as they come due and other cash commitments under both normal operating conditions and unpredictable circumstances causing industry or general financial market stress. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy generally. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a downturn in the geographic markets in which our loans and operations are concentrated, difficult credit markets, or unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral, including as a result of higher than usual draws on credit lines in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our access to deposits may also be affected by the liquidity needs of our depositors. In particular, a majority of our liabilities during 2020 were checking accounts and other liquid deposits, which are payable on demand or upon several days’ notice, while by comparison, a substantial majority of our assets were loans, which cannot be called or sold in the same time frame. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors seek to withdraw their accounts, regardless of the reason. A failure to maintain adequate liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Our operations are concentrated in the Southeastern U.S., and adverse changes in the economic conditions in this region can adversely affect our financial results and condition. Our operations are concentrated in the Southeastern U.S., particularly in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. As a result, local economic conditions in the Southeastern U.S. significantly affect the demand for the loans and other products we offer to our customers (including real estate, commercial and construction loans), the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Although real estate values in many geographies have improved since the financial crisis, future declines, including any due to the current economic downturn as a result of the COVID- 19 pandemic, may adversely affect borrowers and the value of the collateral securing many of our loans, which could adversely affect our currently performing loans, leading to future delinquencies or defaults and increases in our provision for credit losses. Further or continued adverse changes in these economic conditions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Weather-related events and other natural disasters, including those caused or exacerbated by climate change, as well as man-made disasters, could cause a disruption in our operations or other consequences that could have an adverse impact on financial results and condition. Higher focus on climate change can also bring transition risks, which can negatively impact some sectors and borrowers in our loan portfolio. A significant portion of our operations is located in the areas bordering the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean, regions that are susceptible to hurricanes, or in areas of the Southeastern U.S. that are susceptible to tornadoes and other severe weather events. In particular, in recent years, a number of severe hurricanes impacted areas in our footprint. Many areas in the Southeastern U.S. have also experienced severe droughts and floods in recent years. Any of these, or any other severe weather event, could cause disruption to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our overall business, results of operations or financial condition. We have taken certain preemptive measures that we believe will mitigate these adverse effects, such as maintaining insurance that includes coverage for resultant losses and expenses; however, such measures cannot prevent the disruption that a catastrophic earthquake, fire, hurricane, tornado or other severe weather event could cause to the markets that we serve and any resulting adverse impact on our customers, such as hindering our borrowers’ ability to timely repay their loans and diminishing the value of any collateral held by us. The severity and impact of future earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts, floods and other weather-related events are difficult to predict and may be exacerbated by 22 Table of Contents global climate change. Man-made disasters and other events connected with the Gulf of Mexico or Atlantic Ocean, such as oil spills, could have similar effects. Climate change may worsen the frequency and severity of future earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts, floods and other extreme weather-related events that could cause disruption to our business and operations. Chronic results of climate change such as shifting weather patterns could also cause disruption to our business and operations. Climate change may also result in new and/or more stringent regulatory requirements for the Company, which could materially affect the Company’s results of operations by requiring the Company to take costly measures to comply with any new laws or regulations related to climate change that may be forthcoming. New regulations, shift in customer behaviors or breakthrough technologies that accelerate the transition to a lower carbon economy may negatively affect certain sectors and borrowers in our loan portfolio, impacting their ability to timely repay their loans or decreasing the value of any collateral held by us. We are subject to environmental, social and governance risks that could adversely affect our reputation and the trading price of our common stock. We are subject to a variety of risks that arise out of the set of concerns that together comprise what have become commonly known as ESG matters. Risks arising from ESG-related policies and practices may adversely affect, among other things, our reputation and the trading price of our common stock. As a large financial institution with a diverse base of customers, vendors and suppliers, we may face potential negative publicity based on the identity of those we choose to do business with and the public’s (or certain segments of the public’s) view of those entities. This negative publicity may be driven by adverse news coverage in traditional media and may also be spread through the use of social media platforms. If Regions’ relationships with its customers, vendors and suppliers were to become the subject of such negative publicity, our ability to attract and retain customers and employees may be negatively impacted and the trading price of our common stock may also be impacted. Additionally, investors are considering how corporations are incorporating ESG considerations into their business strategy when making investment decisions. For example, investors are more widely beginning to incorporate the business risks of climate change and the adequacy of companies’ responses to climate change and other ESG matters as part of their investment theses. These shifts in investing priorities may result in adverse effects on the trading price of our common stock if investors determine that Regions has not made sufficient progress on ESG matters. If we experience greater credit losses in our loan portfolios than anticipated, our earnings may be materially adversely affected. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans and leases according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans and leases may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for credit losses based on a number of factors. Our management periodically determines the allowance for credit losses based on available information, including the quality of the loan portfolio, the value of the underlying collateral and the level of non-accrual loans, taking into account relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of our loan portfolio. Increases in the allowance will result in an expense for the period, thereby reducing our reported net income. If, as a result of general economic conditions, there is a decrease in asset quality or growth in the loan portfolio and management determines that additional increases in the allowance for credit losses are necessary, we may incur additional expenses which will reduce our net income, and our business, results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Although our management will establish an allowance for credit losses it believes is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the life of loans in our loan portfolio, this allowance may not be adequate. For example, if a hurricane or other natural disaster were to occur in one of our principal markets or if economic conditions in those markets were to deteriorate unexpectedly, additional credit losses not incorporated in the existing allowance for credit losses may occur. Losses in excess of the existing allowance for credit losses will reduce our net income and could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, perhaps materially. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for credit losses and the value attributed to non-accrual loans and to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our determination of the value for these items. These adjustments could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. As discussed in greater detail below, CECL became effective January 1, 2020, and substantially changed the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets. The accounting standard removes the existing “probable” threshold in GAAP for recognizing credit losses and instead requires companies to reflect their estimate of credit losses over the life of the financial assets. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure on the impact to the allowance at adoption. 23 Table of Contents Weakness in the residential real estate markets could adversely affect our performance. As of December 31, 2020, consumer residential real estate loans represented approximately 27.9% of our total loan portfolio. Declines in home values would adversely affect the value of collateral securing the residential real estate that we hold, as well as the volume of loan originations and the amount we realize on the sale of real estate loans. These factors could result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Weakness in the commercial real estate markets could adversely affect our performance. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 8.5% of our loan portfolio consisted of investor real estate loans. The properties securing income-producing investor real estate loans are typically not fully leased at the origination of the loan. The borrower’s ability to repay the loan is instead dependent upon additional leasing through the life of the loan or the borrower’s successful operation of a business. Weak economic conditions, including those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as lockdowns or required business closings related to the COVID-19 pandemic, may impair a borrower’s business operations and typically slow the execution of new leases. Such economic conditions may also lead to existing lease turnover. As a result of these factors, vacancy rates for retail, office and industrial space may increase, and hotel occupancy rates may decline. High vacancy and lower occupancy rates could also result in rents falling. The combination of these factors could result in deterioration in the fundamentals underlying the commercial real estate market and the deterioration in value of some of our loans. Any such deterioration could adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay the amounts due under their loans. As a result, our business, results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Risks associated with home equity products where we are in a second lien position could materially adversely affect our performance. Home equity products, particularly those where we are in a second lien position, and particularly those in certain geographic areas, may carry a higher risk of non-collection than other loans. Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines of credit. Of our $7.3 billion home equity portfolio at December 31, 2020, approximately $4.6 billion were home equity lines of credit and $2.7 billion were closed-end home equity loans (primarily originated as amortizing loans). This type of lending, which is secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home. Real estate market values at the time of origination directly affect the amount of credit extended, and, in addition, past and future changes in these values impact the depth of potential losses. Second lien position lending carries higher credit risk because any decrease in real estate pricing may result in the value of the collateral being insufficient to cover the second lien after the first lien position has been satisfied. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $2.3 billion of our home equity lines and loans were in a second lien position. Weakness in commodity businesses could adversely affect our performance. Many of our borrowers operate in industries that are directly or indirectly impacted by changes in commodity prices. This includes agriculture, livestock, metals, timber, textiles and energy businesses (including oil, gas and petrochemical), as well as businesses indirectly impacted by commodities prices such as businesses that transport commodities or manufacture equipment used in production of commodities. Changes in commodity products prices depend on local, regional and global events or conditions that affect supply and demand for the relevant commodity. These industries have been, and may in the future be, subject to significant volatility. For example, oil prices have been volatile in recent years, including in 2020, and commodity prices have generally declined as a result of reduced demand driven by the COVID-19 pandemic. As a consequence of oil and gas price volatility, our energy-related portfolio may be subject to additional pressure on credit quality metrics including past due, criticized, and non-performing loans, as well as net charge-offs. In addition, legislative changes such as the elimination of certain tax incentives could have significant impacts on this portfolio. Industry competition may adversely affect our degree of success. Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully. We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued industry consolidation. This consolidation may produce larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wider array of financial products and services at more competitive prices. For example, there have been a number of recently completed or announced significant mergers of financial institutions within our market areas, and there may in the future be additional consolidation. These mergers will, if completed, allow the merged financial institutions to benefit from cost savings and shared resources. In our market areas, we face competition from other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, internet banks, fintechs, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, mortgage companies, and other financial intermediaries that offer similar services. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services, such as loans and payment services, that traditionally were banking products, and made it possible for technology companies to 24 Table of Contents compete with financial institutions in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone–based financial solutions. Competition with non-banks, including technology companies, to provide financial products and services is intensifying. In particular, the activity of fintechs has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. Fintechs have and may continue to offer bank or bank-like products. For example, a number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases been granted, bank or industrial loan charters. In addition, other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offer deposit products to their customers. Regulatory changes, such as the revisions to the FDIC’s rules on brokered deposits intended to reflect recent technological changes and innovations, may also make it easier for fintechs to partner with banks and offer deposit products. In addition to fintechs, traditional technology companies have begun to make efforts toward providing financial services directly to their customers and are expected to continue to explore new ways to do so. Many of these companies, including our competitors, have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures, in part due to lack of physical locations. Although providing digital products and services has been important to serving customers and competing in the financial services industry for some time, the COVID-19 pandemic has further accelerated the move toward digital banking and financial services and we expect a bank’s digital offerings to be a key competitive differentiator beyond the COVID-19 pandemic. The move toward digital banking and financial services, and customer expectations regarding digital offerings, will require us to invest greater resources in technological improvements. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of additional factors, including customer convenience, quality of service, personal contacts, the quality of the technology that supports the customer experience, pricing and range of products. If we are unable to successfully compete for new customers and to retain our current customers, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected, perhaps materially. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a result of our customers seeking investments with higher yields or greater financial stability, we may be forced to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely affecting our net interest margin and financial performance. In addition, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. As a result, our ability to effectively compete to retain or acquire new business may be impaired, and our business, financial condition or results of operations, may be adversely affected. Fluctuations in market interest rates may adversely affect our performance. Our profitability depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income received on interest-earning assets (primarily loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits and borrowings). Net interest income also includes rental income and depreciation expense associated with operating leases for which Regions is the lessor. The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC and interest rates markets. The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on short-term interest rates, the level of which is influenced heavily by the FOMC’s actions. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by both short-term and longer-term interest rates. Longer-term rates are affected by multiple factors including the actions of the FOMC through actions such as quantitative easing or tightening, and the market’s expectations for future inflation, growth and other economic considerations. The level of net interest income is, therefore, influenced by the overall level of interest rates along with the shape of the yield curve. Interest rate volatility can reduce unrealized gains or create unrealized losses in our portfolios. If the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income may decline. Our net interest income would be similarly affected if the interest rates on our interest-earning assets declined at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities. The significant reductions to the federal funds rate have led to a decrease in the rates and yields on U.S. Treasury securities. If interest rates decline further, we would expect net interest income to decline, however the Company's interest rate hedging program will protect against any reductions to short term interest rates. Conversely, an increasing rate environment would likely have a positive impact on twelve-month net interest income. However, increasing rates would also increase debt service requirements for some of our borrowers and may adversely affect those borrowers’ ability to pay as contractually obligated and could result in additional delinquencies or charge-offs. Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected as a result. The overall effect of lower interest rates cannot be predicted at this time and depends on future actions the Federal Reserve may take, including in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and resulting economic conditions. For a more detailed discussion of these risks and our management strategies for these risks, see the “Net Interest Income, Margin and Interest Rate Risk,” “Net Interest Income and Margin,” “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and “Securities” sections of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 25 Table of Contents Changes in the method pursuant to which the LIBOR and other benchmark rates are determined could adversely impact our business and results of operations. Our floating-rate funding, certain hedging transactions and certain of the products that we offer, such as floating-rate loans and mortgages, determine their applicable interest rate or payment amount by reference to a benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, or to an index, currency, basket or other financial metric. LIBOR and certain other benchmark rates are the subject of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the FCA announced that the FCA intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. The administrator of LIBOR has proposed extending publication of the most commonly used U.S. Dollar LIBOR settings to June 30, 2023 and ceasing publishing other LIBOR settings on December 31, 2021. The U.S. federal banking agencies have issued guidance strongly encouraging banking organizations to cease using U.S. Dollar LIBOR as a reference rate in “new” contracts as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021. These actions and announcements indicate that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable market benchmark, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or what the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives may be on the markets for LIBOR-linked financial instruments. Regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee) have, among other things, published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for certain LIBOR rates, and proposed implementations of the recommended alternatives in floating rate instruments. For example, in April 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York commenced publication of the SOFR, which has been recommended as an alternative to U.S. Dollar LIBOR by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. However, uncertainty remains as to the transition process and acceptance of SOFR as the primary alternative to LIBOR. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether these recommendations and proposals will be broadly accepted, whether they will continue to evolve, and what the effect of their implementation may be on the markets for floating-rate financial instruments. Certain of our LIBOR-based financial products and contracts, including, but not limited to, hedging products, debt obligations, preferred stock, investments, and loans, extend beyond proposed LIBOR cessation timelines. We are in the process of assessing the impact that a cessation or market replacement of LIBOR would have on these various products and contracts. Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs and place limitations on business activities. The major ratings agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix and level and quality of earnings, and we may not be able to maintain our current credit ratings. The ratings assigned to Regions and Regions Bank remain subject to change at any time, and it is possible that any ratings agency will take action to downgrade Regions, Regions Bank or both in the future. Additionally, ratings agencies may also make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices, which may affect our credit ratings. In the future, changes to existing ratings guidelines and new ratings guidelines may, among other things, adversely affect the ratings of our securities or other securities in which we have an economic interest. Regions’ credit ratings can have negative consequences that can impact our ability to access the debt and capital markets, as well as reduce our profitability through increased costs on future debt issuances. If Regions were to be downgraded below investment grade, we may not be able to reliably access the short-term unsecured funding markets, and certain customers could be prohibited from placing deposits with Regions Bank, which could cause us to hold more cash and liquid investments to meet our ongoing liquidity needs. Such actions could reduce our profitability as these liquid investments earn a lower return than other assets, such as loans. Regions’ liquidity policy requires that the holding company maintain the greater of (i) cash sufficient to cover 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (ii) a cash balance of $500 million. Although this policy helps protect us against the costs of unexpected adverse funding environments, we cannot guarantee that this policy will be sufficient. Additionally, if Regions were to be downgraded to below investment grade, certain counterparty contracts may be required to be renegotiated or require posting of additional collateral. Refer to Note 21 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fair value of contracts subject to contingent credit features and the collateral postings associated with such contracts. Although the exact amount of additional collateral is unknown, it is reasonable to conclude that Regions may be required to post additional collateral related to existing contracts with contingent credit features. The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. As of December 31, 2020, we had $5.2 billion of goodwill and $122 million of other intangible assets. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower economic growth or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock, any or all of which could be materially impacted by many of 26 Table of Contents the risk factors discussed herein, may necessitate our taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our goodwill. The COVID-19 pandemic may impact our assessment of our goodwill. Future regulatory actions and increases in income tax rates could also have a material impact on assessments of goodwill for impairment. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, we would record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill consist of core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationship assets, and the DUS license. Adverse events or circumstances could impact the recoverability of these intangible assets including loss of core deposits, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition and adverse changes in the economy. To the extent these intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, a non-cash impairment charge would be recorded, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The value of our deferred tax assets could adversely affect our operating results and regulatory capital ratios. As of December 31, 2020, Regions had approximately $505 million in net deferred tax liabilities, which include approximately $785 million of deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance of $31 million). Our deferred tax assets are subject to an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that they will be realized for financial statement purposes. In making this determination, we consider all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. We have determined that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized at December 31, 2020 (except for $31 million related to state deferred tax assets for which we have established a valuation allowance). If we were to conclude that a significant portion of our deferred tax assets were not more likely than not to be realized, the required valuation allowance could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and regulatory capital ratios. In addition, the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities would be affected by a change in statutory tax rates. An increase in statutory rates would have an adverse effect on a net deferred tax liability position. Other tax law changes could have a detrimental impact on the value of deferred tax assets. Changes in the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even mere speculation about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated if the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or lease or derivative exposure due us. Any such losses may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees. Our success depends, in part, on our executive officers and other key personnel. The market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or candidates to replace or succeed members of our senior management team or other key personnel. Our compensation practices are subject to review and oversight by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and other regulators. As a large financial and banking institution, we may be subject to limitations on compensation practices, which may or may not affect our competitors, by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC or other regulators. These limitations could further affect our ability to attract and retain our executive officers and other key personnel, in particular as we are more often competing for personnel with fintechs and other less regulated entities who may not have the same limitations on compensation as we do. We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including the risk of fraud or theft by employees, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations. We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including business continuity, process, third party, information technology, human resource, model, and fraud risks, each of which may be amplified by increased remote work due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Regions’ fraud risks include fraud committed by external parties against the Company or its customers and fraud committed internally by our associates. Certain fraud risks, including identity theft and account takeover may increase as a result of customers’ account or personally identifiable information being obtained through breaches of retailers’ or other third parties’ networks. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, mitigate, report and analyze these risks; however, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated, monitored or identified. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses, we may have to expend resources detecting and correcting the failure in our systems and we may be subject to potential claims from third parties and government agencies. We may also suffer severe reputational damage. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In particular, the unauthorized disclosure, misappropriation, mishandling or misuse of personal, non-public, 27 Table of Contents confidential or proprietary information of customers could result in significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Damage to our reputation could significantly harm our businesses. Our ability to attract and retain customers and highly-skilled management and employees is impacted by our reputation. A negative public opinion of us and our business can result from any number of activities, including our lending practices, corporate governance and regulatory compliance, acquisitions and actions taken by community organizations in response to these activities. Furthermore, negative publicity regarding Regions as an employer could have an adverse impact on our reputation, especially with respect to matters of diversity, pay equity and workplace harassment. Significant harm to our reputation could also arise as a result of regulatory or governmental actions, litigation and the activities of our customers, other participants in the financial services industry or our contractual counterparties, such as our service providers and vendors. The potential harm is heightened given increased attention to how corporations address environmental, social and governance issues. In addition, a cybersecurity event affecting Regions or our customers’ data could have a negative impact on our reputation and customer confidence in Regions and its cybersecurity practices. Damage to our reputation could also adversely affect our credit ratings and access to the capital markets. Additionally, whereas negative public opinion once was primarily driven by adverse news coverage in traditional media, the widespread use of social media platforms by virtually every segment of society facilitates the rapid dissemination of information or misinformation, which magnifies the potential harm to our reputation. We are subject to a variety of systems failure and cybersecurity risks that could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Failure in or breach of our systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party service providers (or providers to such third-party service providers), including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our businesses or the businesses of our customers. This could result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause financial losses. As a large financial institution, we depend on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis. As public and regulatory expectations, as well as our customers’ expectations, have increased regarding operational performance and information security, our systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting and data processing systems or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes; pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts and civil unrest; and, as described below, cyber-attacks. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers. For a discussion of the guidance that federal banking regulators have released regarding cybersecurity and cyber risk management standards, see the “Supervision and Regulation-Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity” section of Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information security risks for large financial institutions, such as Regions, have increased significantly in recent years in part because of the proliferation of Internet and mobile banking and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties. This increase is expected to continue and further intensify. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks to us, including security breaches or failures of their own systems. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use personal computers, smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices that are beyond our control environment. Although we believe that we have appropriate information security procedures and controls designed to prevent or limit the effects of a cyber-attack or information security breach, our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices may be the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of Regions’ or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information. We also have insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain losses associated with cyber-attacks or information security breaches, but it may be insufficient to cover all losses from any such attack or breach, including any related damage to our reputation. Additionally, cyber-attacks (such as denial of service, ransomware, or malware attacks), hacking or terrorist activities, could disrupt Regions’ or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. For example, denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial services institutions, including Regions. Although these past events have not resulted in a breach of Regions’ client data or account information, such attacks have adversely affected the performance of Regions Bank’s website, www.regions.com, and, in some instances, prevented customers from accessing Regions Bank’s secure websites for consumer and commercial applications. In all cases, the attacks primarily resulted in inconvenience; however, future cyber-attacks could be more disruptive and damaging, and 28 Table of Contents Regions may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. Work-from-home arrangements such as those implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may also present additional cybersecurity, information security and operational risks. During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced an increase in cybersecurity events, such as phishing attacks and malicious traffic. Our layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events to date. Our information security risks are generally expected to remain elevated until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our layers of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. We may also be required to incur significant costs in connection with any regulatory investigation or civil litigation resulting from a cyber-attack or information security breach that impacts us. In addition, our third-party service providers may be unable to identify vulnerabilities in their systems or, once identified, be unable to promptly provide required patches. Further, even if provided, such patches may not fully remediate any vulnerability or may be difficult for Regions to implement. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can be initiated from a variety of sources, including terrorist organizations and hostile foreign governments. These criminals may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to data or our systems. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers, or cyber-attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services, could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, civil litigation, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, remediation costs, additional cybersecurity protection costs, increased insurance premiums and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We could also be adversely affected if we lost access to information or services from a third-party service provider as a result of a security breach, system or operational failure or disruption affecting the third-party service provider. For a more detailed discussion of these risks and specific occurrences, see the “Information Security Risk” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are also subject to laws and regulations relating to the privacy of the information of clients, employees or others, and any failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. As new privacy-related laws and regulations, such as the GDPR, California Consumer Privacy Act, California Privacy Rights Act, and any future laws and regulations which will be modeled after those laws, are implemented, the time and resources needed for us to comply with such laws and regulations, as well as our potential liability for non-compliance and reporting obligations in the case of data breaches, may significantly increase. In addition, our businesses are increasingly subject to laws and regulations relating to privacy, surveillance, encryption and data use in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Compliance with these laws and regulations may require us to change our policies, procedures and technology for information security and segregation of data, which could, among other things, make us more vulnerable to operational failures and to monetary penalties for breach of such laws and regulations. We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure. Third parties provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet connections and network access. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, performing upfront due diligence and ongoing monitoring activities, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including those resulting from disruptions in services provided by a vendor (including as a result of a cyber-attack, other information security event or a natural disaster), financial or operational difficulties for the vendor, issues at third-party vendors to the vendors, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, failure of a vendor to provide services for any reason, poor performance of services, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or fraud or misconduct on the part of employees of any of our vendors, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers, our reputation and our ability to conduct our business. In certain situations, replacing these third-party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable, inherent risk to our business operations. Such risk is generally expected to remain elevated until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, as many of our vendors have also been, and may further be, affected by “stay- at-home” or similar orders, market volatility and other factors that increase their risks of business disruption or that may otherwise affect their ability to perform under the terms of any agreements with us or provide essential services. We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors if made available. If this information is inaccurate, we may be subject to regulatory action, reputational harm or other adverse effects with respect to the operation of our business, our financial condition and our results of operations. 29 Table of Contents We are exposed to risk of environmental liability when we take title to property. In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. We rely on the mortgage secondary market for some of our liquidity. In 2020, we sold 41.2% of the mortgage loans we originated to the Agencies. We rely on the Agencies to purchase loans that meet their conforming loan requirements in order to reduce our credit risk and provide funding for additional loans we desire to originate. We cannot provide assurance that the Agencies will not materially limit their purchases of conforming loans due to capital constraints, a change in the criteria for conforming loans or other factors. Additionally, various proposals have been made to reform the U.S. residential mortgage finance market, including the role of the Agencies. The exact effects of any such reforms, if implemented, are not yet known, but they may limit our ability to sell conforming loans to the Agencies. If we are unable to continue to sell conforming loans to the Agencies, our ability to fund, and thus originate, additional mortgage loans may be adversely affected, which would adversely affect our results of operations. We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct. In connection with our sale of one or more loan portfolios, we may make certain representations and warranties to the purchaser concerning the loans sold and the procedures under which those loans have been originated and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we may be required to repurchase part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If we are required to make any indemnity payments or repurchases and do not have a remedy available to us against a solvent counterparty, we may not be able to recover our losses resulting from these indemnity payments and repurchases. Consequently, our results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, we must report as held for sale any loans that we have undertaken to sell, whether or not a purchase agreement for the loans has been executed. We may, therefore, be unable to ultimately complete a sale for part or all of the loans we classify as held for sale. Management must exercise its judgment in determining when loans must be reclassified from held for investment status to held for sale status under applicable accounting guidelines. Any failure to accurately report loans as held for sale could result in regulatory investigations and monetary penalties. Any of these actions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Reclassifying loans from held for investment to held for sale also requires that the affected loans be marked to the lower of cost or fair value. As a result, any loans classified as held for sale may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates and by changes in the borrower’s creditworthiness. We may be required to reduce the value of any loans we mark held for sale, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates. Our accounting policies and assumptions are fundamental to our reported financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet may result in us reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative. Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our reported financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. The Company’s critical accounting estimates include: the allowance for credit losses; fair value measurements; intangible assets; residential MSRs; and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the allowance provided; recognize significant losses on assets carried at fair value; recognize significant impairment on our goodwill, other intangible assets or deferred tax asset balances; significantly increase our accrued income taxes; or significantly decrease the value of our residential MSRs. Any of these actions could adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations. 30 Table of Contents If the models that we use in our business perform poorly or provide inadequate information, our business or results of operations may be adversely affected. We utilize quantitative models to assist in measuring risks and estimating or predicting certain financial values. Models may be used in processes such as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, forecasting financial performance, predicting losses, improving customer services, maintaining adherence to laws and regulations, assessing capital adequacy, and calculating regulatory capital levels, as well as to estimate the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed, implemented, or managed models present the risk that our business decisions that consider information based on such models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy or inaccuracy of that information, which may damage our reputation and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations. Also, information we provide to the public or to our regulators based on poorly designed, implemented, or managed models could be inaccurate or misleading. Some of the decisions that our regulators make, including those related to capital distributions to our shareholders, could be affected adversely due to the perception that the quality of the models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient. Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition. From time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. For example, FASB’s CECL accounting standard became effective on January 1, 2020 and substantially changed the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial institutions and other organizations. The standard removes the existing “probable” threshold in GAAP for recognizing credit losses and instead requires companies to reflect their estimate of credit losses over the life of the financial assets. Companies must consider all relevant information when estimating expected credit losses, including details about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The standard had a material impact to the allowance and capital at adoption. See Regions' impact at adoption in Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In March 2020, the federal banking agencies released an interim final rule, subsequently adopted as a final rule in August 2020, which allows an addback to regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period and at the end of the two years the impact is then phased in over the following three years. Under the rule, during 2020 and 2021, the adjustment to CET1 capital reflects the change in retained earnings upon initial adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, plus 25% of the increase in the allowance for credit losses since January 1, 2020. Then beginning January 2022, the impact is phased in over the following three years. Regions has elected to apply this phase-in. CECL may also impact Regions' ongoing earnings, perhaps materially, due in part to changes in loan portfolio composition, changes in credit metrics, and changes in the macroeconomic forecast. Regions' ability to accurately forecast the future economic environment could result in volatility in the provision as a result of the new accounting standard. Risks Arising From the Legal and Regulatory Framework in which Our Business Operates We are, and may in the future be, subject to litigation, investigations and governmental proceedings that may result in liabilities adversely affecting our financial condition, business or results of operations or in reputational harm. We and our subsidiaries are, and may in the future be, named as defendants in various class actions and other litigation, and may be the subject of subpoenas, reviews, requests for information, investigations, and formal and informal proceedings by government and self-regulatory agencies regarding our and their businesses and activities (including subpoenas, requests for information and investigations related to the activities of our customers). Any such matters may result in material adverse consequences to our results of operations, financial condition or ability to conduct our business, including adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties (including civil money penalties under applicable banking laws), injunctions, restrictions on our business activities or other relief. Our involvement in any such matters, even if the matters are ultimately determined in our favor, could also cause significant harm to our reputation and divert management attention from the operation of our business. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by government or self-regulatory agencies may result in additional litigation, investigations or proceedings as other litigants and government or self-regulatory agencies (including the inquiries mentioned above) begin independent reviews of the same businesses or activities. In general, the amounts paid by financial institutions in settlement of proceedings or investigations, including those relating to anti-money laundering matters or sales practices, have increased substantially and are likely to remain elevated. In some cases, governmental authorities have required criminal pleas or other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, which could have significant collateral consequences for a financial institution, including loss of customers, restrictions on the ability to access the capital markets, and the inability to operate certain businesses or offer certain products for a period of time. In addition, enforcement matters could impact our supervisory and CRA ratings, which may in turn restrict or limit our activities. 31 Table of Contents Additional information relating to our litigation, investigations and other proceedings is discussed in Note 24 “Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could have an adverse impact on our operations. We are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and examination governing almost all aspects of our operations, which limits the businesses in which we may permissibly engage. The laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors, our customers, the financial system and the FDIC insurance fund, not our shareholders or other creditors. These laws and regulations govern a variety of matters, including certain debt obligations, changes in control, maintenance of adequate capital, and general business operations and financial condition (including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves against deposits, restrictions on dividends and repurchases of our capital securities, establishment of branch offices, and the maximum interest rate that may be charged by law). Further, we must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in many activities, and our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely. There can be no assurance that any regulatory approvals we may require or otherwise seek will be obtained. Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions are undergoing continuous review and frequently change, and the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Changes to the legal and regulatory framework governing our operations, including the Dodd-Frank Act and EGRRCPA, have significantly revised the laws and regulations under which we operate. Regulations and laws may be modified or repealed at any time, and new legislation may be enacted that will affect us, Regions Bank and our subsidiaries, including any changes resulting from the recent change in U.S. presidential administration and change in control of the U.S. Senate. Any changes in any federal and state law, as well as regulations and governmental policies, income tax laws and accounting principles, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or principles could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our regulatory capital position is discussed in greater detail in Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements. Regions and Regions Bank are each subject to capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that must be maintained. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming capital securities. Regions and Regions Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve, which are based on the Basel III framework. The Basel Committee has published standards that it describes as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms. These standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. Among other things, these standards revise the standardized approach for credit risk and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which the revisions are implemented in the U.S. with respect to firms such as Regions and Regions Bank. For more information concerning our compliance with capital and liquidity requirements, see Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Rulemaking changes implemented by the CFPB will result in higher regulatory and compliance costs that may adversely affect our results of operations. Since its formation, the CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules that could have a significant impact on our business and the financial services industry more generally. We may also be required to add additional compliance personnel or incur other significant compliance-related expenses. Our business, results of operations or competitive position may be adversely affected as a result. We may not be able to complete future acquisitions, may not be successful in realizing the benefits of any future acquisitions that are completed, or may choose not to pursue acquisition opportunities we might find beneficial. We may, from time to time, evaluate and engage in the acquisition or divestiture of businesses (including their assets or liabilities, such as loans or deposits). We must generally satisfy a number of meaningful conditions prior to completing any such transaction, including in certain cases, federal and state bank regulatory approvals. 32 Table of Contents The process for obtaining required regulatory approvals, particularly for large financial institutions, like Regions, can be difficult, time-consuming and unpredictable. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant business opportunities as a result of our inability, or our perceived inability, to obtain required regulatory approvals in a timely manner or at all. Assuming we are able to successfully complete one or more transactions, we may not be able to successfully integrate and realize the expected synergies from any completed transaction in a timely manner or at all. In particular, we may be held responsible by federal and state regulators for regulatory and compliance failures at an acquired business prior to the date of the acquisition, and these failures by the acquired company may have negative consequences for us, including the imposition of formal or informal enforcement actions. Completion and integration of any transaction may also divert management attention from other matters, result in additional costs and expenses, or adversely affect our relationships with our customers and employees, any of which may adversely affect our business or results of operations. Future acquisitions may also result in dilution of our current shareholders’ ownership interests or may require we incur additional indebtedness or use a substantial amount of our available cash and other liquid assets. As a result, our financial condition may be affected, and we may become more susceptible to economic conditions and competitive pressures. Increases in FDIC insurance assessments may adversely affect our earnings. Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, we are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. We generally cannot control the amount of assessments we will be required to pay for FDIC insurance. The FDIC may require us to pay higher FDIC assessments than we currently do or may charge additional special assessments or future prepayments if, for example, there are financial institution failures in the future. Any increase in deposit assessments or special assessments may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. See the “Supervision and Regulation-Deposit Insurance” discussion within Item 1. “Business” and the “Non-Interest Expense” discussion within Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the FDIC’s deposit insurance assessments applicable to Regions Bank. Unfavorable results from ongoing stress analyses may adversely affect our ability to retain customers or compete for new business opportunities. The Federal Reserve conducts supervisory stress testing of Regions to evaluate our ability to absorb losses in baseline and severely adverse economic and stressed financial scenarios generated by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve also has implemented the SCB framework which created a firm-specific risk sensitive buffer that is informed by the results of supervisory stress testing, and is applied to regulatory minimum capital levels to help determine effective minimum ratio requirements. Firm specific SCB requirements, as well as a summary of the results of certain aspects of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress testing and firm specific results are released publicly. Although the theoretical stress tests are not meant to assess our current condition or outlook, our customers may misinterpret and negatively react to the results of these stress tests despite the strength of our financial condition. Any potential misinterpretations and adverse reactions could limit our ability to attract and retain customers or to effectively compete for new business opportunities. The inability to attract and retain customers or effectively compete for new business may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our regulators may also require us to raise additional capital or take other actions, or may impose restrictions on capital distributions, based on the results of the supervisory stress tests, such as requiring revisions or resubmission of our annual capital plan, which could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase capital securities. In addition, we may not be able to raise additional capital if required to do so, or may not be able to do so on terms that we believe are advantageous to Regions or its current shareholders. Any such capital raises, if required, may also be dilutive to our existing shareholders. Further, as discussed in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Federal Reserve in August 2020 announced that Regions’ initial SCB would be 3.0 percent. This is higher than the SCB assigned to some peer banks and therefore could limit our future ability to make capital distributions relative to those peer banks should our capital ratios decline. If an orderly liquidation of a systemically important BHC or non-bank financial company were triggered, we could face assessments for the Orderly Liquidation Fund. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new mechanism, the OLA, for liquidation of systemically important BHCs and non-bank financial companies. The OLA is administered by the FDIC and is based on the FDIC’s bank resolution model. The Secretary of the U.S. Treasury may trigger a liquidation under this authority only after consultation with the President of the U.S. and after receiving a recommendation from the boards of the FDIC and the Federal Reserve upon a two-thirds vote. Liquidation proceedings will be funded by the Orderly Liquidation Fund, which will borrow from the U.S. Treasury and impose risk-based assessments on covered financial companies. Risk-based assessments would be made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in the liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on, among others, BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as Regions. Any such assessments may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. 33 Table of Contents We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments. We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. Our principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to our shareholders and principal and interest on our outstanding debt, is dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to us, as well as by us to our shareholders. Regulations of both the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama affect the ability of Regions Bank to pay dividends and other distributions to us and to make loans to us. If Regions Bank is unable to make dividend payments to us and sufficient cash or liquidity is not otherwise available, we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common and preferred shareholders or principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt. See the “Shareholders’ Equity” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent that any of our claims as a creditor of such subsidiary may be recognized. As a result, shares of our capital stock are effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations of our subsidiaries. At December 31, 2020, our subsidiaries’ total deposits and borrowings were approximately $123.3 billion. We may not pay dividends on shares of our capital stock. Holders of shares of our capital stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, the terms of our outstanding preferred stock prohibit us from declaring or paying any dividends on any junior series of our capital stock, including our common stock, or from repurchasing, redeeming or acquiring such junior stock, unless we have declared and paid full dividends on our outstanding preferred stock for the most recently completed dividend period. We are also subject to statutory and regulatory limitations on our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock. For example, it is the policy of the Federal Reserve that BHCs should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of earnings, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs, asset quality and financial condition. Additionally, Regions is subject to the Federal Reserve’s SCB requirement whereby supervisory stress testing informs a buffer above regulatory minimum capital levels that must be maintained to avoid restrictions on capital distributions. Further, as discussed in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Federal Reserve has extended, with modest adjustment, the distribution restrictions previously implemented through the first quarter of 2021 in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. At this time, it is unknown if these distribution restrictions will be extended beyond the first quarter. Lastly, if we are unable to satisfy the capital requirements applicable to us for any reason, we may be limited in our ability to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock. Anti-takeover and banking laws and certain agreements and charter provisions may adversely affect share value. Certain provisions of state and federal law and our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us without our Board’s approval. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring control of a BHC. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a BHC or state member bank, including shares of our common stock, creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the BHC or state member bank. Also, as noted under the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, a BHC must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any bank, including Regions Bank. One factor the federal banking agencies must consider in certain acquisitions is the systemic impact of the transaction. This may make it more difficult for large institutions to acquire other large institutions and may otherwise delay the regulatory approval process, possibly by requiring public hearings. Similarly, under Alabama state law, a person or group of persons must receive approval from the Superintendent of Banks before acquiring “control” of an Alabama bank or any entity having control of an Alabama bank. For the purposes of determining whether approval is required, “control” is defined as the power, directly or indirectly, to vote the lesser of (i) 25% or more of any class of voting securities of an Alabama bank (or any entity having control of an Alabama bank) or (ii) 10% or more of any class of voting securities of an Alabama bank (or any entity having control of an Alabama bank) if no other person will own, control, or hold the power to vote a majority of that class of voting securities following the acquisition of such voting securities. Furthermore, there also are provisions in our certificate of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. For example, holders of our preferred stock have certain voting rights that could adversely affect share value. If and when dividends on the preferred stock have not been declared and paid for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive), the authorized number of directors then constituting our Board will automatically be increased by two, and the preferred shareholders will be entitled to elect the two additional directors. Also, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the then-outstanding shares of the preferred stock is required to consummate a binding share-exchange or reclassification involving the preferred stock, or a merger or consolidation of Regions with or into another entity, unless certain requirements are met. These 34 Table of Contents statutory provisions and provisions in our certificate of incorporation, including the rights of the holders of our preferred stock, could result in Regions being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus adversely affect our share value. Risks Related to Our Capital or Debt The market price of shares of our capital stock will fluctuate. The market price of our capital stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to a change in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects. The market price of our capital stock, including our common stock and depositary shares representing fractional interests in our preferred stock, may be subject to fluctuations unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Our capital stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness. Our capital stock, including our common stock and depositary shares representing fractional interests in our preferred stock, ranks junior to all of Regions’ existing and future indebtedness and Regions’ other non-equity claims with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, including claims in the event of our liquidation. As of December 31, 2020, Regions’ total liabilities were approximately $129.3 billion, and we may incur additional indebtedness in the future to increase our capital resources. Additionally, if our total capital ratio or the total capital ratio of Regions Bank falls below the required minimums, we or Regions Bank could be forced to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of debt securities, including medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes or other applicable securities. We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in the future, but may be unable to do so. We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and other business purposes. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, prevailing conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of our control, and our financial performance. An economic slowdown or loss of confidence in financial institutions could increase our cost of funding and limit our access to some of our customary sources of capital, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve. We cannot be assured that capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of Regions Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets, or a downgrade of our debt ratings, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Future issuances of additional equity securities could result in dilution of existing shareholders’ equity ownership. We may determine from time to time to issue additional equity securities to raise additional capital, support growth, or to make acquisitions. Further, we may issue stock options or other stock grants to retain and motivate our employees. These issuances of our securities could dilute the voting and economic interests of our existing shareholders. 35 Table of Contents Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 2. Properties Regions’ corporate headquarters occupy the main banking facility of Regions Bank, located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203. At December 31, 2020, Regions Bank, Regions’ banking subsidiary, operated 1,369 banking offices. At December 31, 2020, there were no significant encumbrances on the offices, equipment and other operational facilities owned by Regions and its subsidiaries. See Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of the states in which Regions Bank’s branches are located. Item 3. Legal Proceedings Information required by this item is set forth in Note 24 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. Not applicable. Information About Our Executive Officers Information concerning the Executive Officers of Regions is set forth under Item 10. “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 36 Table of Contents PART II Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Regions common stock, par value $.01 per share, is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol RF. Information relating to compensation plans under which Regions' equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented in Part III, Item 12. As of February 22, 2021, there were 38,886 holders of record of Regions common stock (including participants in the Computershare Investment Plan for Regions Financial Corporation). Restrictions on the ability of Regions Bank to transfer funds to Regions at December 31, 2020, are set forth in Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements, which are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of Regions Bank to pay dividends to Regions and the ability of Regions to pay dividends on its common stock is set forth in Item 1. “Business” under the heading “Supervision and Regulation—Payment of Dividends” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities On June 27, 2019, Regions announced the Board authorization of the repurchase of up to $1.370 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting repurchases from the beginning of the third quarter of 2019 through the end of the second quarter of 2020. Regions did not repurchase any outstanding common stock under this plan during 2020. On June 25, 2020, the Federal Reserve indicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test. The capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve reflected no share repurchases through year-end 2020. 37 Table of Contents The graph below compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total return of Regions common stock against the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Banks Index for the past five years. This presentation assumes that the value of the investment in Regions’ common stock and in each index was $100 and that all dividends were reinvested. PERFORMANCE GRAPH 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 100.00 153.40 $ 111.95 124.31 188.60 $ 136.38 152.34 149.81 $ 130.39 127.30 199.69 $ 171.44 179.03 196.43 202.96 154.41 Cumulative Total Return Regions S&P 500 Index S&P 500 Banks Index Item 6. Selected Financial Data The information required by Item 6. is set forth in Table 1 "Financial Highlights" of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, which is included in Item 7. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 38 Table of Contents Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions Financial Corporation’s (“Regions” or “the Company”) business, particularly regarding its 2020 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets One of the primary factors influencing the credit performance of Regions’ loan portfolio is the overall economic environment in the U.S. and the primary markets in which it operates. Preliminary data shows real GDP contracted by 3.5 percent in 2020, and Regions expects real GDP growth of 4.8 percent in 2021 and 4.4 percent in 2022. The February 2021 baseline forecast anticipates the level of real GDP will return to the level as of the fourth quarter of 2019, the last quarter free of the effects of COVID-19, in the third quarter of 2021. Until there has been much wider vaccine distribution, the COVID-19 virus will pose a downside risk to near-term growth, while further progress on the vaccine front poses an upside opportunity for growth in late 2021 to early 2022. As the pandemic is still ongoing, however, there remains a heightened degree of uncertainty around economic forecasts being made at present. The surge in COVID-19 cases that began in mid-November 2020 and which led many state and local governments to impose new limitations on activity, has begun to abate, but the effects continue to act as a drag on the process of healing from the economic and financial impacts of the pandemic. The direct effects of the recent surge, however, were largely concentrated amongst a few industry groups in the services sector, such as leisure and hospitality services, as has been the case over the course of the pandemic. Still, there remain risks to the broader economy in the near term. There are, however, reasons to expect the pace of economic growth to improve as 2021 progresses. Based on information now available, it is expected that more widespread distribution of a vaccine against the COVID-19 virus will be in place by summer 2021, which should eventually lead to state and local governments lifting any remaining restrictions on activity. While there are uncertainties as to whether, or to what extent, consumer behavior and attitudes will have changed after the experiences of the pandemic, a more widespread distribution of an effective vaccine is expected to provide a meaningful boost to economic growth. This will be amplified by what is expected to be even further fiscal policy support once the new administration and the new Congress are in place. A second round of fiscal support was signed into law in late-December 2020, providing another round of Economic Impact Payments of up to $600 for eligible individuals and an extension of supplemental unemployment insurance benefits and pandemic-related unemployment benefit programs. In the month of January 2021, Treasury distributed more than $140 billion in Economic Impact Payments. Though some of these funds will be spent, a considerable portion will go into savings or will be used to pay down debt of our customers, as was the case with the first round of payments provided under the CARES Act. The Biden administration is expected to push for another round of Economic Impact Payments of up to $1,400 for eligible individuals and seek to further extend unemployment insurance benefits being paid by the federal government. On top of an already elevated saving rate, these additional funds add to the potential for a significant burst of spending once the economy is more fully reopened, which Regions expects to be the case at some point in 2021. It is also likely that the Biden administration will seek increased funding for health care and new funding for infrastructure spending and financial assistance to state and local governments. While it is reasonable to expect a transition to a faster rate of economic growth at some point in 2021, the timing of any such transition is highly uncertain, and the early months of 2021 could be challenging unless the ongoing surge in COVID-19 cases subsides. Still, if economic growth does not accelerate as the year progresses, that will likely be accompanied by a faster rate of inflation. While inflation is not likely to accelerate to a degree that would lead the FOMC to respond, by raising short-term rates, it would nonetheless likely add upward pressure to longer-term interest rates, which have risen in early 2021 on the prospect of larger federal government budget deficits. With the short end of the yield curve well-anchored, persistent steepening of the yield curve could at some point lead the FOMC to alter the composition of FRB asset purchases, putting more emphasis on longer-dated assets and less emphasis on shorter-dated assets. Regions does not expect any changes in the pace of FRB asset purchases in 2021, nor any changes in the Fed funds rate target range at least through 2022. The patterns of economic activity within the Regions footprint will be broadly similar to those seen in the U.S. as a whole. Florida’s economy has an above- average exposure to leisure and hospitality services, while Texas and Louisiana have above-average exposure to energy, so these economies could be more prone to lasting effects if the recovery does prove to be slower than is now anticipated. 39 Table of Contents The continued economic uncertainty, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of December 31, 2020. See the "Allowance" section for further information. COVID-19 Pandemic Regions' business operations and financial results are influenced by the economic environment in which the Company operates. The adverse economic conditions and uncertainty in the economic outlook as of December 31, 2020 driven by the COVID-19 pandemic impacted the 2020 financial results in the areas as described below. Regions expects that the pandemic will continue to influence economic conditions and the Company's financial results in future quarters. In the third quarter of 2020, Regions re-opened branches for walk-in services. Regions continues to keep measures in place to ensure associate and customer safety, which include reduced occupancy levels to provide for social distancing, implementation of stringent cleaning protocols, and providing appropriate facemasks and other sanitizing supplies. As of December 31, 2020, only 3 percent of branches were temporarily closed due to COVID-related impacts; this percentage was down to less than 1 percent as of January 31, 2021. Regions is in the process of implementing a phased approach to return more remote working associates to office locations in accordance with applicable safety protocols. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 90 percent of the Company's non-branch associates were working remotely. Beginning late in the first quarter of 2020 and throughout the remainder of the year, the Company offered special financial assistance to support customers who were experiencing financial hardships related to the COVID-19 pandemic. This assistance included offering customer payment deferrals or forbearances to existing loans over a set period of time, typically 90 days. Residential mortgage payment assistance was granted through forbearance. During the forbearance period, a borrower's payment obligation is suspended and no foreclosure action will be pursued. All payments are then due at expiration of the forbearance period, unless the loan has been modified. For most other loan products (commercial and consumer products except for residential real estate), payment assistance is granted through deferrals or extensions. Deferrals and extensions are different than forbearances in that all payments are normally not due at the end of the deferral or extension period. Instead, the payment due date is advanced. For most products, interest continues to accrue on the loan during the deferral or forbearance period, unless the loan is on non-accrual. Regions' outstanding deferrals have declined throughout 2020, and as of December 31, 2020, more than 95 percent of the loan balances previously in deferral were either current or less than 30 days past due. The following table provides detail of the outstanding loan deferrals by quarter (the second quarter of 2020 is the first quarter shown below since most deferrals commenced in the second quarter): December 31, 2020 September 30, 2020 June 30, 2020 Number of Deferrals Deferral Balance % Exceeding One Deferral Number of Deferrals Deferral Balance % Exceeding One Deferral Number of Deferrals Deferral Balance Total consumer Total business Residential first mortgage- portfolio (1) Residential first mortgage- serviced for others 5,800 $ 650 6,450 $ 3,400 6,700 $ $ 600 85 685 85% 65% 550 (2) 89% 1,100 (Dollars in rounded millions) 8,900 $ 2,600 11,500 $ 1,000 500 1,500 85% 68% 4,800 9,300 $ $ 920 88% 1,500 27,200 $ 14,300 41,500 $ 5,500 18,100 $ $ 1,900 3,800 5,700 1,400 3,000 _____ (1) The residential first mortgage-portfolio balances are included in the total consumer balances. (2) Approximately 60% of the residential first mortgage-portfolio loan balances in deferral at December 31, 2020 were guaranteed by the U.S. government. As provided in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to COVID-19 beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency concerning the COVID-19 outbreak ends or December 31, 2020 were eligible for relief from TDR classification. On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law and extended the relief from TDR classification through the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency concerning the COVID-19 outbreak ends or January 1, 2022. Regions elected this provision. Refer to Table 23 "Troubled Debt Restructurings" for further information. As a certified SBA lender, Regions assisted customers through the loan process under the PPP in 2020, and some of the loans originated under this program were forgiven in the fourth quarter of 2020. Under this program, Regions has approximately 42,000 loans outstanding totaling approximately $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2020. In December of 2020, additional funds were approved under the SBA's PPP. Regions is participating in this round of funding and will assist customers who meet the criteria under the program. 40 Table of Contents Regions continues to have strong liquidity and capital levels, which have the Company well-prepared to respond to the increase in customer borrowing needs. The Company has ample sources of liquidity that include a granular and stable deposit base, cash balances held at the Federal Reserve, borrowing capacity at the FHLB, unencumbered highly liquid securities, and borrowing availability at the Federal Reserve's discount window. See the "Liquidity", "Shareholders' Equity", and "Regulatory Capital" sections for further information. The COVID-19 pandemic also affected non-interest income. While consumer spending increased moderately in the second half of 2020 as restrictions on economic activity were eased throughout the country, spending remained below pre-pandemic levels. The Company expects consumer service charges to grow in 2021 compared to 2020; however, given current spending levels, the Company estimates consumer service charges will remain approximately 10 percent to 15 percent below 2019 levels. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Income" for more detail. Regions assessed goodwill for impairment in light of the economic environment caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. In the second quarter of 2020, Regions concluded that a triggering event had occurred which required Regions to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test which did not result in impairment. As of October 1, 2020, Regions completed its annual goodwill impairment test by performing a qualitative assessment and determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units exceeded their respective carrying value. Refer to the "Goodwill" section for further detail. Regions has experienced a modest increase in cyber events as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, however the Company's layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events. Refer to the "Information Security" section for further detail. 2020 Results Regions reported net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders of $1.0 billion, or $1.03 per diluted share, in 2020 compared to net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations of $1.5 billion, or $1.50 per diluted share, in 2019. Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $3.9 billion in 2020 compared to $3.8 billion in 2019. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.21 percent in 2020, reflecting a 24 basis point decrease from 2019. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by increases in loan balances due to PPP lending, the impact of the Company's April 2020 equipment finance acquisition, increased production of residential first mortgage loans, a decrease in deposit costs, and decreases in short and long-term borrowings through the redemption of senior notes and paydowns of FHLB advances. Net interest income also benefited from the execution of the Company's interest rate hedging strategy. The decline in net interest margin was primarily driven by elevated liquidity as evidenced by higher cash levels held at the Federal Reserve and increases in average loan balances at lower interest rates. Additionally, net interest margin was negatively impacted by the repricing of fixed rate loan portfolios and the securities portfolio at lower market interest rates. The provision for credit losses totaled $1.3 billion in 2020 compared to the provision for loan losses of $387 million in 2019. The provision was higher than net charge-offs by $818 million in 2020. The increase in the provision for credit losses was driven primarily by CECL adoption, a change in the economic outlook due to COVID-19, and higher net charge-offs. Refer to the "Allowance for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail. Non-interest income was $2.4 billion in 2020 compared to $2.1 billion in 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in capital markets income, mortgage income and other miscellaneous income during 2020. The increases were partially offset by lower service charges and card and ATM fees. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Income from Continuing Operations" for further details. Non-interest expense was $3.6 billion in 2020 and $3.5 billion in 2019. The increase was driven primarily by higher salaries and employee benefits (which includes associates added through the Ascentium acquisition), furniture and equipment expense, branch consolidation, property and equipment charges and loss on early extinguishments of debt. These increases were partially offset by decreases in checkcard expense and other miscellaneous expenses. See Table 6 "Non-Interest Expense from Continuing Operations" for further details. Regions' effective tax rate was 16.8 percent in 2020 compared to 20.3 percent in 2019. The effective tax rate is lower in 2020 due primarily to a consistent level of permanent income tax preferences having a proportionally larger impact relative to pre–tax earnings, which were negatively impacted in 2020 because of the COVID–19 pandemic. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details. For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K: • • • "Operating Results" section of MD&A “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A “Interest Rate Risk” discussion within “Risk Management” section of MD&A 41 Table of Contents Capital Capital Actions On June 25, 2020, the Federal Reserve indicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test. The capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve reflected no share repurchases through year-end 2020. During the third quarter, the FRB finalized Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2020 through the third quarter of 2021 at 3.0 percent. The Federal Reserve may decide at any point through March 31, 2021 to update Regions' and other firms' SCB requirement based on the results of its supervisory stress test associated with the capital plan resubmission disclosed in December 2020. During the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve mandated that banks must not increase their quarterly per share common dividend and implemented an earnings-based payout restriction in connection with the supervisory stress test, requiring the third quarter 2020 dividend to not exceed the average of the prior four quarters of net income excluding preferred dividends. This mandate was subsequently extended through the first quarter of 2021. On February 3, 2021, the Company declared a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2021 of $0.155 per share, which was in compliance with the Federal Reserve's SCB framework. In 2019, the Board authorized the repurchase of $1.370 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting repurchases from the beginning of the third quarter of 2019 through the second quarter of 2020. Regions did not repurchase any shares under this plan or otherwise during 2020. Any repurchases in the near term will be considered with the intent to operate at the higher end of the Company's range for CET1 of 9.5 percent to 10 percent. The Company regularly performs internal stress testing which can result in modifications to the operating range. For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K: • • • "Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A "Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A Note 15 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements Regulatory Capital Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintained the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2020, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 11.39% and 13.56%, respectively. The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2020 was estimated to be 9.84%. For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K: • • • “Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business "Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements Loan Portfolio and Credit During 2020, total loans increased by $2.3 billion or 2.8 percent compared to 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the commercial portfolio of $2.7 billion, which reflected loans acquired through the Company's equipment finance acquisition, as well as loans originated through the PPP program totaling $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2020. The economy has been and will continue to be the primary factor which influences Regions’ loan portfolio. As discussed above, the COVID-19 pandemic impacted Regions' loan portfolio. Additionally, low interest rates drove growth in the residential mortgage portfolio. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion. Net charge-offs totaled $512 million, or 0.58 percent of average loans, in 2020, compared to $358 million, or 0.43 percent in 2019, reflecting increased charge- offs in the commercial and industrial loan portfolios. On January 1, 2020, Regions adopted CECL, which replaced the incurred loss allowance methodology with an expected loss allowance methodology. The allowance was 2.69 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2020, an increase from 1.10 percent at December 31, 2019. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 308 percent at December 31, 2020, compared to 180 percent at December 31, 2019. For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K: • • Adjusted Average Balances of Loans within the Table 2 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations" "Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A 42 Table of Contents “Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A “Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” “Troubled Debt Restructurings” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements Note 5 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements • • • • • • Liquidity At the end of 2020, Regions Bank had $16.4 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 70 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $1.5 billion. Regions' liquidity policy related to minimum holding company cash requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $12.8 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $16.2 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end. For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K: • • • • • • “Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business “Short-Term Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A “Long-Term Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A “Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A “Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A Note 12 "Borrowings" to the consolidated financial statements 2021 Expectations 2021 Expectations (1) Category Total Adjusted Revenue Adjusted Non-Interest Expense Adjusted Ending Loans Adjusted Average Loans Net charge-offs/ average loans Effective tax rate Expectation Down modestly (depending on timing and amount of PPP forgiveness) Relatively stable to down modestly Up low single digits Down low single digits 55 - 65 basis points 20% - 22% ______ (1) Total revenue guidance assumes short-term rates remain near zero and the 10-year U.S Treasury yield remains between 1.0%-1.25%. The reconciliation with respect to these forward-looking non-GAAP measures is expected to be consistent with the actual non-GAAP reconciliations within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. For more information related to the Company's 2021 expectations, refer to the related sub-sections discussed in more detail within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. 43 Table of Contents GENERAL The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2020 and 2019; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate. Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non- interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non- interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes. Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas. Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking. Recent Acquisitions On February 27, 2020, Regions announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Ascentium Capital LLC, an independent equipment financing company headquartered in Kingwood, Texas. The transaction closed on April 1, 2020, and included approximately $1.9 billion in loans and leases to small businesses. Refer to the "Ascentium Acquisition" section for more detail. On May 31, 2019, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Highland Associates, Inc., an institutional investment firm based in Birmingham, Alabama. The transaction closed on August 1, 2019. Dispositions On April 4, 2018, Regions entered into a stock purchase agreement to sell Regions Insurance Group, Inc. and related affiliates to BB&T Insurance Holdings, Inc. (now Truist Insurance Holdings, Inc). The transaction closed on July 2, 2018. The gain associated with the transaction amounted to $281 million ($196 million after-tax). On January 11, 2012, Regions entered into a stock purchase agreement to sell Morgan Keegan and related affiliates to Raymond James. The sale closed on April 2, 2012. Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Regions Trust were not included in the sale; they are included in the Wealth Management segment. Results of operations for the entities sold are presented separately as discontinued operations for all periods presented on the consolidated statements of income. Other expenses related to the transaction are also included in discontinued operations. Refer to Note 3 "Discontinued Operations" and Note 24 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for further details. Business Segments Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder split between Discontinued Operations and Other. See Note 23 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments. 44 Table of Contents Table 1— Financial Highlights EARNINGS SUMMARY Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (1) (1) (1) (2) Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Income from discontinued operations, net of tax Net income Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders Net income available to common shareholders Earnings per common share from continuing operations – basic Earnings per common share from continuing operations – diluted Earnings per common share – basic Earnings per common share – diluted Return on average common shareholders' equity - continuing operations (3) Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) - continuing operations (3)(4) Return on average assets - continuing operations BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY As of December 31 (3) Loans, net of unearned income Allowance for credit losses Assets Deposits Long-term debt Shareholders’ equity Average balances Loans, net of unearned income Assets Deposits Long-term debt Shareholders’ equity (5) SELECTED RATIOS Common equity Tier 1 ratio (5) Tier 1 capital (5) Total capital Leverage capital Tangible common shareholders’ equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) (5) (4) Efficiency ratio Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) (4) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (In millions, except per share data) $ $ $ $ $ 4,262 368 3,894 1,330 2,564 2,393 3,643 1,314 220 1,094 — — — 1,094 991 991 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 $ $ $ $ $ 4,596 851 3,745 387 3,358 2,116 3,489 1,985 403 1,582 — — — 1,582 1,503 1,503 1.51 1.50 1.51 1.50 $ $ $ $ $ 4,337 602 3,735 229 3,506 2,019 3,570 1,955 387 1,568 271 80 191 1,759 1,504 1,695 1.38 1.36 1.55 1.54 3,912 373 3,539 150 3,389 1,962 3,491 1,860 619 1,241 19 (3) 22 1,263 1,177 1,199 0.99 0.98 1.01 1.00 6.24 % 10.06 % 10.33 % 7.42 % $ $ 14.91 1.26 82,963 (914) 126,240 97,475 7,879 16,295 83,248 125,110 94,413 10,126 16,082 9.68 10.91 12.68 9.65 8.34 58.99 58.03 $ $ 15.59 1.27 83,152 (891) 125,688 94,491 12,424 15,090 80,692 123,380 94,438 9,977 15,381 9.90 10.68 12.46 9.32 7.80 61.50 59.26 10.80 1.00 79,947 (987) 124,294 96,889 8,132 16,192 79,846 123,976 97,341 7,076 16,665 11.05 11.86 13.78 10.01 8.71 62.44 61.35 $ $ 9.23 0.79 85,266 (2,293) 147,389 122,479 3,569 18,111 87,813 138,095 110,794 6,601 17,382 9.84 11.39 13.56 8.71 7.91 57.50 56.62 45 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,711 313 3,398 262 3,136 2,011 3,483 1,664 510 1,154 16 7 9 1,163 1,090 1,099 0.87 0.86 0.87 0.87 6.69 % 9.61 0.92 80,095 (1,160) 125,968 99,035 7,763 16,664 81,333 125,506 97,921 8,159 17,126 11.21 11.98 14.15 10.20 8.99 63.42 62.46 Table of Contents COMMON STOCK DATA Common equity book value per share Tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP) Market value at year-end Total trading volume (shares) Dividend payout ratio Shareholders of record at year-end (actual) Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (4) Basic Diluted 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (In millions, except per share data) $ $ 17.13 11.71 16.12 2,744 60.21 % 39,174 $ 15.65 10.58 17.16 2,782 39.24 % 40,279 959 962 995 999 $ 13.92 9.19 13.38 3,044 29.90 % 42,087 1,092 1,102 $ 13.55 9.16 17.28 3,704 31.48 % 46,143 1,186 1,198 13.04 8.95 14.36 5,241 29.25 % 48,958 1,255 1,261 ________ (1) Due to the immaterial impact of other financing income and depreciation expense on operating lease assets in 2020, interest income and interest expense for prior periods have been revised to reflect the 2020 presentation. (2) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense. (3) Due to the immaterial impact of the discontinued operations, the balance sheet has not been presented on a continuing operations basis. (4) See Table 2 for GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations. (5) Current year common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital, Total capital, and Leverage capital ratios are estimated. NON-GAAP MEASURES The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which exclude certain significant items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include “adjusted average balances of loans”, "adjusted ending balances of loans", "ACL to loans excluding PPP, net ratio", “adjusted efficiency ratio”, “adjusted fee income ratio”, “return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity” on a consolidated and continuing operations basis, and end of period “tangible common shareholders’ equity”, and related ratios. Regions believes that expressing earnings and certain other financial measures excluding these significant items provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the Company and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by management to assess the performance of Regions’ business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be indications of ongoing operations. Regions believes that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows: • Preparation of Regions’ operating budgets • Monthly financial performance reporting • Monthly close-out reporting of consolidated results (management only) • Presentations to investors of Company performance Average total loans are presented excluding loan balances related to commercial loans transferred to held for sale, loans originated through the SBA's PPP program, the indirect-other consumer exit portfolio, the indirect vehicles exit portfolio, and the impact of the first quarter 2018 residential first mortgage loan sale, as well as including the impact of the fourth quarter of 2018 reclassification of purchase cards to commercial and industrial loans from other assets to arrive at adjusted average total loans (non-GAAP). Regions believes adjusting average total loans provides a meaningful calculation of loan growth rates and presents them on the same basis as that applied by management. Ending total loans are presented excluding loan balances related to loans originated through the SBA's PPP program. Regions believes the related ACL to loans excluding PPP ratio provides meaningful information about credit loss allowance levels when the SBA's PPP loans, which are fully backed by the U.S. government, are excluded from total loans and the related credit loss is excluded from the total allowance for credit losses. The adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), which is a measure of productivity, is generally calculated as adjusted non-interest expense divided by adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis. The adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) is generally calculated as adjusted non-interest income divided by adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis. Management uses these ratios to monitor performance and believes these measures provide meaningful information to investors. Non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), which is the numerator for the adjusted efficiency ratio. Non-interest income (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), which is the numerator for the adjusted fee income ratio. Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP) is presented excluding certain adjustments related to Tax Reform to 46 Table of Contents arrive at adjusted net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP). Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and non-interest income are added together to arrive at total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis. Adjustments are made to arrive at adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP), which is the denominator for the adjusted efficiency and adjusted fee income ratios. Tangible common shareholders’ equity ratios have become a focus of some investors in analyzing the capital position of the Company absent the effects of intangible assets and preferred stock. Traditionally, the Federal Reserve and other banking regulatory bodies have assessed a bank’s capital adequacy based on Tier 1 capital, the calculation of which is codified in federal banking regulations. Analysts and banking regulators have assessed Regions’ capital adequacy using the tangible common shareholders’ equity measure. Because tangible common shareholders’ equity is not formally defined by GAAP, this measure is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure and other entities may calculate it differently than Regions’ disclosed calculations. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess Regions’ capital adequacy using tangible common shareholders’ equity, Regions believes that it is useful to provide investors the ability to assess Regions’ capital adequacy on this same basis. Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP. In particular, a measure of earnings that excludes selected items does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to shareholders. The following tables provide: 1) a reconciliation of average total loans (GAAP) to adjusted average total loans (non-GAAP), 2) a reconciliation of ending total loans (GAAP) to ending total loans (non-GAAP), 3) a reconciliation of ending total loans excluding PPP loans (non-GAAP) and a computation of ACL to ending loans excluding PPP loans (non-GAAP), 4) a reconciliation of net income (GAAP) to net income available to common shareholders (GAAP), 5) a reconciliation of non-interest expense (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), 6) a reconciliation of net interest income/margin, taxable equivalent basis (GAAP) to adjusted net interest income/margin, taxable equivalent basis (non-GAAP), 7) a reconciliation of non-interest income (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest income (non- GAAP), 8) a computation of adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP), 9) a computation of the adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), 10) a computation of the adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP), and 11) a reconciliation of average and ending shareholders’ equity (GAAP) to average and ending tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) and calculations of related ratios (non-GAAP). Table 2—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations ADJUSTED AVERAGE BALANCES OF LOANS Average total loans Less: Commercial loans transferred to held for sale Less: SBA PPP Loans Less: Indirect—other consumer exit portfolio Less: Indirect—vehicles Less: Balances of residential first mortgage loans sold Add: Purchasing card balances (4) (1) (2) Adjusted average total loans (non-GAAP) ADJUSTED ENDING BALANCES OF LOANS Ending total loans Less: SBA PPP Loans Less: Indirect—other consumer exit portfolio Less: Indirect—vehicles Less: Balances of residential first mortgage loans sold Add: Purchasing card balances (4) (2) Adjusted ending total loans (non-GAAP) (3) (3) 2020 2019 Year Ended December 31 2018 (In millions) 2017 2016 87,813 $ 179 2,986 1,417 1,341 — — 81,890 $ 83,248 $ — — 1,850 2,421 — — 78,977 $ 80,692 $ — — 1,484 3,217 40 232 76,183 $ 79,846 $ — — 981 3,660 254 202 75,153 $ 81,333 — — 559 4,103 254 178 76,595 2020 2019 Year Ended December 31 2018 (In millions) 2017 2016 85,266 $ 3,624 1,101 934 — — 79,607 $ 82,963 $ — 1,799 1,812 — — 79,352 $ 83,152 $ — 1,737 3,053 — — 78,362 $ 79,947 $ — 1,242 3,326 254 213 75,338 $ 80,095 — 750 4,040 254 189 75,240 $ $ $ $ 47 Table of Contents ACL/LOANS, EXCLUDING PPP, NET Ending total loans (GAAP) Less: SBA PPP loans Ending total loans excluding PPP, net (non-GAAP) ACL at period end Less: SBA PPP Loans' ACL ACL excluding PPP Loans' ACL (non-GAAP) ACL/Loans, excluding PPP, net (non-GAAP) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in millions) $ $ $ $ 85,266 3,624 81,642 2,293 1 2,292 $ $ $ $ 82,963 — 82,963 914 — 914 $ $ $ $ 83,152 — 83,152 891 — 891 $ $ $ $ 79,947 — 79,947 987 — 987 $ $ $ $ 80,095 — 80,095 1,160 — 1,160 2.81 % 1.10 % 1.07 % 1.23 % 1.45 % 48 Table of Contents INCOME — CONSOLIDATED Net income (GAAP) Preferred dividends (GAAP) Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP) Income from discontinued operations, net of tax Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders (GAAP) ADJUSTED EFFICIENCY AND FEE INCOME RATIOS — CONTINUING OPERATIONS Non-interest expense (GAAP) Adjustments: Contribution to Regions Financial Corporation foundation Professional, legal and regulatory expenses Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges Expenses associated with residential mortgage loan sale Loss on early extinguishment of debt Salary and employee benefits—severance charges Acquisition expense (5) Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP) Net interest income (GAAP) Reduction in leveraged lease interest income resulting from Tax Reform Adjusted net interest income (non-GAAP) Net interest income (GAAP) Taxable-equivalent adjustment Net interest income, taxable-equivalent basis - continuing operations Reduction in leveraged lease interest income resulting from Tax Reform Adjusted net interest income, taxable equivalent basis (non-GAAP) Net interest margin (GAAP) Reduction in leveraged lease interest income resulting from Tax Reform (6) Adjusted net interest margin (non-GAAP) Non-interest income (GAAP) Adjustments: Securities (gains) losses, net Valuation gain on equity investment Bank-owned life insurance Insurance proceeds Leveraged lease termination gains Gain on sale of affordable housing residential mortgage loans (8) (9) Adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) Total revenue Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP) Total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis Adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP) Efficiency ratio (GAAP) Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) Fee income ratio (GAAP) Adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) (7) (7) (7) (7) Year Ended December 31 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (Dollars in millions, except per share data) $ A $ B $ 1,094 (103) 991 — 991 C $ 3,643 (10) (7) (31) — (22) (31) (1) 3,541 3,894 — 3,894 3,894 48 3,942 — 3,942 D $ E $ F $ $ G H $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,582 (79) 1,503 — 1,503 3,489 — — (25) — (16) (5) — 3,443 3,745 — 3,745 3,745 53 3,798 — 3,798 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,759 (64) 1,695 191 1,504 3,570 (60) — (11) (4) — (61) — 3,434 3,735 — 3,735 3,735 51 3,786 — 3,786 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,263 (64) 1,199 22 1,177 3,491 (40) — (22) — — (10) — 3,419 3,539 6 3,545 3,539 90 3,629 6 3,635 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,163 (64) 1,099 9 1,090 3,483 — (3) (58) — (14) (21) — 3,387 3,398 — 3,398 3,398 84 3,482 — 3,482 3.21 % — 3.21 % 3.45 % — 3.45 % 3.50 % — 3.50 % 3.32 % 0.01 3.33 % 3.14 % — 3.14 % I $ 2,393 $ 2,116 $ 2,019 $ 1,962 $ 2,011 (4) (50) (25) — (2) — 2,312 6,287 6,206 6,335 6,254 57.50 % 56.62 % 37.77 % 36.96 % $ $ $ $ $ 28 — — — (1) (8) $ $ $ $ $ 2,135 5,861 5,880 5,914 5,933 58.99 % 58.03 % 35.78 % 36.00 % (1) — — — (8) — $ $ $ $ $ 2,010 5,754 5,745 5,805 5,796 61.50 % 59.26 % 34.78 % 34.68 % (19) — — — (1) (5) 1,937 5,501 5,482 5,591 5,572 62.44 % 61.35 % 35.09 % 34.80 % $ $ $ $ $ (6) — — (50) (8) (5) 1,942 5,409 5,340 5,493 5,424 63.42 % 62.46 % 36.62 % 35.82 % J $ E+I=K $ F+J=L $ G+I=M $ H+J=N $ C/M D/N I/M J/N 49 Table of Contents RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY — CONSOLIDATED Average shareholders’ equity (GAAP) Less: Average intangible assets (GAAP) Average deferred tax liability related to intangibles (GAAP) Average preferred stock (GAAP) Average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) (7) $ O $ A/O RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY — CONTINUING OPERATIONS Average shareholders’ equity (GAAP) Less: Average intangible assets (GAAP) (10) (10) $ Average deferred tax liability related to intangibles (GAAP) Average preferred stock (GAAP) 10 9) (10) Average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) TANGIBLE COMMON RATIOS — CONSOLIDATED Ending shareholders’ equity (GAAP) Less: Ending intangible assets (GAAP) (5)(7) Ending deferred tax liability related to intangibles (GAAP) Ending preferred stock (GAAP) Ending tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) Ending total assets (GAAP) Less: Ending intangible assets (GAAP) Ending deferred tax liability related to intangibles (GAAP) Ending tangible assets (non-GAAP) End of period shares outstanding Tangible common shareholders’ equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) Tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP) (7) P $ B/P $ Q $ $ R $ S Q/R Q/S $ Year Ended December 31 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (Dollars in millions, except share data) 17,382 5,239 (99) 1,509 10,733 9.23 % 17,382 5,239 (99) 1,509 10,733 9.23 % 18,111 5,312 (106) 1,656 11,249 147,389 5,312 (106) 142,183 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 16,082 4,943 (94) 1,151 10,082 14.91 % 16,082 4,943 (94) 1,151 10,082 14.91 % 16,295 4,950 (92) 1,310 10,127 126,240 4,950 (92) 121,382 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 15,381 5,010 (97) 820 9,648 17.57 % 15,381 5,010 (97) 820 9,648 15.59 % 15,090 4,944 (94) 820 9,420 125,688 4,944 (94) 120,838 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 16,665 5,103 (148) 820 10,890 11.01 % 16,665 5,103 (148) 820 10,890 10.80 % 16,192 5,081 (99) 820 10,390 124,294 5,081 (99) 119,312 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 17,126 5,125 (162) 820 11,343 9.69 % 17,126 5,125 (162) 820 11,343 9.61 % 16,664 5,125 (155) 820 10,874 125,968 5,125 (155) 120,998 960 7.91 % 957 8.34 % 1,025 7.80 % 1,134 8.71 % 1,215 8.99 % 11.71 $ 10.58 $ 9.19 $ 9.16 $ 8.95 _________ (1) In the fourth quarter of 2020, Regions made the decision to sell a certain portfolio of $239 million of commercial and industrial loans, which were reclassified to held for sale as of December 31, 2020. Adjustments to average loan balances assume a simple day-weighted average impact for the fourth quarter of 2020, and are equal to the ending balance of the loans moved to held for sale for the prior periods. In the fourth quarter of 2019, Regions decided not to renew a third party relationship. (2) (3) Adjustments to average loan balances assume a simple day-weighted average impact for the year ended December 31, 2018, and are equal to the ending balance of the residential first mortgage loans sold for the prior periods. (4) On December 31, 2018, purchasing cards were reclassified to commercial and industrial loans from other assets. (5) In the second quarter of 2020, Regions recorded $7 million in professional fees and related costs associated with the April 2020 equipment finance acquisition, Regions recorded $3 million of contingent legal and regulatory accruals during the second quarter of 2016 related to previously disclosed matters. (6) Refer to Table 3 for computation of net interest margin. (7) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values. (8) (9) Insurance proceeds recognized in the third quarter of 2016 are related to the previously disclosed settlement with the Department of Housing and Urban Development. In the first quarter of 2019, the Company sold $167 million of affordable housing residential mortgage loans for a gain of $8 million. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company sold affordable housing residential mortgage loans to FHLMC for a $5 million gain. 50 Table of Contents Approximately $91 million were sold with recourse, resulting in a deferred gain of $5 million, which was recognized during the second quarter of 2017. (10) Due to the immaterial impact of the discontinued operations, the balance sheet has not been presented on a continuing operations basis. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), residential MSRs and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance. On January 1, 2020, Regions adopted CECL, which replaced the incurred loss allowance methodology with an expected loss allowance methodology. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about CECL adoption, areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance. The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as modifications in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, health pandemics, government stimulus, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes. Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts. Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. In addition, it is difficult to predict how changes in economic conditions, including changes resulting from various pandemic scenarios, the impact of government stimulus programs to individuals and businesses, and the timely distribution and efficacy of a vaccine could affect borrower behavior. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions. In December 2020, the FRB released its estimated modeled credit losses for Regions as part of its second round of stress test results for 2020. The second round of FRB stress test results included two hypothetical scenarios that were more severe than the severely adverse scenario from the supervisory stress test results released in the second quarter of 2020. In the second round of stress test results, the FRB estimated credit losses in its severely adverse scenario of $6 billion for Regions. Whereas this scenario assumed a different macroeconomic outlook than Regions', it may represent a possible range of potential credit losses in such a scenario. See the Federal Reserve stress test disclosures for more information regarding their assumptions in this stress test. It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor or input might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions compared the modeled quantitative allowance results using favorable and unfavorable scenarios ( +/- 1 standard deviation) to the base economic forecast. The difference between the base macroeconomic forecast and the favorable scenario over the two year R&S period results in an approximate 15 percent decrease to the modeled allowance results. The difference between the base and the unfavorable scenario over the two year R&S period results in an approximate 20 percent increase to the modeled allowance results. 51 Table of Contents Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario generated a 36 percent increase in the modeled allowance for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios. Fair Value Measurements A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates. A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes. Intangible Assets Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily acquired customer relationship intangibles, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships). Goodwill totaled $5.2 billion and $4.8 billion at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion). Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment test is performed. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. To the extent that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, impairment is not indicated. Conversely, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount, a loss (which could be 52 Table of Contents material) would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated fair value. The carrying value of equity for each reporting unit is determined from an allocation based upon risk weighted assets. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill. During the second quarter of 2020, Regions assessed events and circumstances for all three reporting units that could potentially indicate goodwill impairment including analyzing the impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic. Based on these events and circumstances, and after assessing indicators such as recent operating performance, changes in market capitalization, and changes in the business climate, Regions concluded that a triggering event had occurred which required Regions to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. The results of the test did not require Regions to record a goodwill impairment charge as all three reporting units continued to have a fair value in excess of book value. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2020, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative impairment test was deemed unnecessary. Refer to Note 10 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of goodwill. Specific factors as of the date of filing the financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or a significant protraction in the current level of interest rates. Other material identifiable intangible assets, primarily acquired customer relationship intangibles, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships, are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, loss of core deposits, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would be recorded to reduce the carrying amount. These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the “Fair Value Measurements” section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its residential mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its residential MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted residential mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of residential MSRs which impacts earnings. The carrying value of residential MSRs was $296 million at December 31, 2020. Based on a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, Regions estimates that a reduction in benchmark interest rates of 25 basis points and 50 basis points would reduce the December 31, 2020 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 10 percent ($28 million) and 19 percent ($56 million), respectively. Conversely, 25 basis point and 50 basis point increases in these rates would increase the December 31, 2020 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 9 percent ($28 million) and 18 percent ($55 million), respectively. Regions also estimates that an increase in servicing costs of approximately $10 per loan, or 16 percent, would result in a decline in the value of the residential MSRs by approximately $10 million. The pro forma fair value analyses presented above demonstrates the sensitivity of fair values to hypothetical changes in primary mortgage rates. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect an expected outcome. Refer to Note 7 "Servicing of Financial Assets"to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on residential mortgage servicing rights. Income Taxes Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received. 53 Table of Contents Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method. The net balance is reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated book-tax differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. These assumptions require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the underlying businesses. The realization of the deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if these estimates are significantly different than forecasted. For a detailed discussion of realization of deferred tax assets, refer to the “Income Taxes” section found later in this report. The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in a range of outcomes. Thus, the Company is required to exercise judgment regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. The Company will evaluate and recognize tax liabilities related to any tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. On December 22, 2017, Tax Reform was enacted. Effective January 1, 2018, Tax Reform reduced the maximum corporate statutory federal income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent. See Note 20 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details. OPERATING RESULTS NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased $144 million in 2020 compared to 2019, driven primarily by increases in loan balances attributable to PPP lending, the Ascentium acquisition in the second quarter of 2020, increased production of residential first mortgage loans, a decrease in deposit costs, and active cash management strategies. This includes increases in investment securities balances and decreases in short and long-term borrowings balances through the redemption of Parent and Bank senior notes and paydowns of FHLB advances. Net interest income also benefited from the Company's interest rate hedging strategy. The hedges are designed to protect net interest income in a low short-term rate environment, such as the one that currently exists, and had a positive impact to net interest income of approximately $260 million for all of 2020. The Company began adding hedges in 2018; however, they were designed to become effective beginning in 2020. Therefore, the hedging strategy produced no benefits before 2020. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve dramatically increased policy accommodation during 2020, through lowering its policy rate to near-zero and increasing the size of its balance sheet. This, coupled with a sharp revision in global economic growth trends, resulted in decreases in long-term interest rates to all-time lows in 2020. Long-term interest rates are generally represented by the yield on the 10-year U.S. Treasury note. The average yield on the 10- year U.S. Treasury rate decreased to 0.89 percent in 2020, compared to 2.14 percent in 2019. The net interest margin decreased to 3.21 percent in 2020 from 3.45 percent in 2019. The decline was primarily driven by elevated liquidity, as indicated by higher cash levels and increases in loan balances due to PPP lending. Lower market interest rates also impacted the net interest margin in 2020. The net interest margin was negatively impacted by the repricing of fixed rate loan portfolios and the securities portfolio at lower market interest rates during 2020. However, the reduction in loan and securities yields was almost completely offset by additional hedging income and lower funding costs. Average earning asset yields were 71 basis points lower in 2020 as compared to 2019, and interest-bearing liability rates were 67 basis points lower. As a result, the net interest rate spread only decreased 4 basis points to 3.00 percent in 2020 compared to 3.04 percent in 2019. Regions' asset yields were impacted by the lower interest rate environment. The taxable investment securities portfolio, which contains significant residential fixed-rate exposure, decreased in yield to 2.34 percent in 2020 from 2.65 percent in 2019. The yield decreased primarily due to reinvestment, adding new securities at lower yields, and higher premium amortization driven by higher premium balances as a result of securities purchases combined with increased prepayment speeds. Notably, non-economic increases to prepayment speeds on GNMA collateral based on favorable economics for servicers to purchase loans in forbearance out of pools contributed to elevated premium amortization in 2020. The loan portfolio decreased in yield to 4.15 percent in 2020 from 4.69 percent in 2019. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day LIBOR, which averaged 0.52 percent in 2020, compared to 2.22 percent in 2019. Notably the hedging program, which protects against lower short-term rates, contributed 0.30 percent to 54 Table of Contents loan yields in 2020. Reinvestment of fixed rate loans at lower long-term interest rates throughout 2020 also contributed to the yield decrease. Loan yields were also negatively impacted by unfavorable remixing of the loan portfolio during 2020, including the intentional runoff of higher yielding unsecured consumer loans. The Company's funding costs also decreased in 2020 as compared to 2019. Deposit costs decreased to 16 basis points for 2020 compared to 47 basis points for 2019. The decrease was due primarily to lower interest rates and active deposit cost management, coupled with a higher non-interest bearing balance mix. The average long-term borrowing balance of $6.6 billion in 2020 was lower than 2019 due to the redemption of Parent and Bank senior notes and the elimination of all FHLB advances. The cost on these borrowings decreased 76 basis points, as the majority of Regions' long-term debt is effectively converted to floating rate debt through the execution of interest rate swaps. See the "Borrowings" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis and Note 12 "Borrowings" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. 55 Table of Contents Table 3 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread. Table 3—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis Average Balance 2020 Income/ Expense Yield/ Rate Average Balance 2019 Income/ Expense Yield/ Rate Average Balance 2018 Income/ Expense Yield/ Rate (Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis) Year Ended December 31 582 28 3,658 42 4,310 14 35 51 76 4 180 1 9 178 368 — 368 $ 24,837 932 $ $ $ 87,813 9,070 122,652 935 (1,944) 2,047 14,405 138,095 10,325 21,522 27,877 6,432 252 66,408 46 797 6,601 73,852 44,386 118,238 2,469 17,382 6 643 17 3,919 70 4,649 14 125 167 123 18 447 5 48 351 851 — 851 2.34 % $ 2.95 24,274 450 $ $ $ 4.15 0.47 3.50 0.14 0.16 0.18 1.18 1.58 0.27 1.18 1.13 2.67 0.50 — 0.31 3.00 83,248 2,202 110,174 (5) (857) 1,895 13,903 125,110 8,719 18,772 24,637 7,632 784 60,544 227 2,014 10,126 72,911 33,869 106,780 2,245 16,082 3 2.65 % $ 3.75 25,005 386 $ 4.69 3.17 4.21 0.16 0.67 0.68 1.61 2.26 0.74 2.28 2.35 3.43 1.17 — 0.79 3.04 80,692 2,891 108,974 (742) (863) 1,975 14,036 $ 123,380 $ 8,838 19,167 24,181 6,665 123 58,974 135 1,262 9,977 70,348 35,464 105,812 2,187 15,381 — 626 15 3,664 84 4,389 2.50 % 3.98 4.52 2.90 4.01 14 79 86 69 2 250 3 27 322 602 — 602 0.16 0.41 0.35 1.05 1.99 0.42 1.98 2.15 3.19 0.86 — 0.57 3.15 $ 138,095 $ 125,110 $ 123,380 $ 3,942 3.21 % $ 3,798 3.45 % $ 3,787 3.48 % Assets Earning assets: (1) Debt securities Loans held for sale Loans, net of unearned (2)(3) income Other earning assets Total earning assets Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net Allowance for credit losses Cash and due from banks Other non-earning assets (1) Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Savings Interest-bearing checking Money market Time deposits Other deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Other short-term borrowings (4) Long-term borrowings Total interest-bearing liabilities (4) Non-interest-bearing deposits Total funding sources Net interest spread (1) Other liabilities Shareholders’ equity Noncontrolling Interest Net interest income/margin on a taxable- equivalent basis (5) _______ (1) Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly. (2) Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented. (3) (4) Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits. The rates for total Interest income includes net loan fees of $75 million, $7 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. deposit costs equal 0.16%, 0.47% and 0.26% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. (5) The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit. 56 Table of Contents Table 4 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income. Table 4— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances $ Interest income on: Debt securities Loans held for sale Loans, including fees Other earning assets Total earning assets Interest expense on: Savings Interest-bearing checking Money market Time deposits Other deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Other short-term borrowings Long-term borrowings Total interest-bearing liabilities Increase (decrease) in net interest income $ 2020 Compared to 2019 Change Due to Volume Yield/ Rate Net Volume (Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions) 2019 Compared to 2018 Change Due to Yield/ Rate Net 15 $ 15 206 71 307 2 16 19 (17) (10) 10 (2) (21) (106) (119) 426 $ (76) $ (4) (467) (99) (646) (2) (106) (135) (30) (4) (277) (2) (18) (67) (364) (282) $ (61) $ 11 (261) (28) (339) — (90) (116) (47) (14) (267) (4) (39) (173) (483) 144 $ (19) $ 3 117 (21) 80 — (2) 2 11 16 27 2 18 5 52 28 $ 36 $ (1) 138 7 180 — 48 79 43 — 170 — 3 24 197 (17) $ 17 2 255 (14) 260 — 46 81 54 16 197 2 21 29 249 11 ______ Notes: • • The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit. The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities, Federal funds sold or securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average earning assets in 2020 totaled $122.7 billion, an increase of $12.5 billion as compared to the prior year, due to increased balances at the FRB and loan balances. See the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" and "Loans" sections for further details. Average loans as a percentage of average earning assets were 72 percent and 76 percent in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The remaining categories of earning assets are shown in Table 3 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis". The proportion of average earning assets to average total assets, which was 89 percent in 2020 and 88 percent in 2019, measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable earning vehicles. Funding for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. Another significant factor affecting the net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of average earning assets funded by average interest-bearing liabilities was 60 percent in 2020 and 66 percent in 2019. 57 Table of Contents PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES The provision for credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. Regions adopted CECL on January 1, 2020. Upon adoption, Regions classified the provision for unfunded credit losses as provision for credit losses. Prior to 2020, the provision for unfunded credit losses was included in non-interest expense. During 2020, the provision for credit losses totaled $1.3 billion and net charge-offs were $512 million. This compares to a provision for loan losses of $387 million and net charge-offs of $358 million in 2019. For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. NON-INTEREST INCOME Table 5—Non-Interest Income from Continuing Operations Service charges on deposit accounts Card and ATM fees Mortgage income Capital markets income Investment management and trust fee income Bank-owned life insurance Investment services fee income Commercial credit fee income Valuation gain on equity investment Securities gains (losses), net Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - defined benefit Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other Other miscellaneous income _______ NM - Not Meaningful Service Charges on Deposit Accounts Year Ended December 31 Change 2020 vs. 2019 2020 2019 2018 Amount Percent (Dollars in millions) $ $ 621 $ 438 333 275 253 95 84 77 50 4 — 12 151 2,393 $ 729 $ 455 163 178 243 78 79 73 — (28) 5 11 130 2,116 $ 710 $ 438 137 202 235 65 71 71 — 1 (6) (5) 100 2,019 $ (108) (17) 170 97 10 17 5 4 50 32 (5) 1 21 277 (14.8)% (3.7)% 104.3 % 54.5 % 4.1 % 21.8 % 6.3 % 5.5 % NM 114.3 % (100.0)% 9.1 % 16.2 % 13.1 % Service charges on deposit accounts include non-sufficient fund and overdraft fees, corporate analysis service charges, overdraft protection fees and other customer transaction-related service charges. The decrease in 2020 compared to 2019 was the result of lower customer spending due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Government stimulus programs resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic aided in the increase of customer deposits, elevation of customer liquidity and also resulted in a reduction in overdraft charges. Consumer spending continues to normalize and the Company expects consumer service charges to grow in 2021 compared to 2020 levels; however, due to changes in customer behavior and enhancements to overdraft practices and transaction posting, the expectation is that consumer service charges will remain approximately 10 percent to 15 percent below 2019 levels in 2021. Card and ATM Fees Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card/bank card income and debit card and ATM related revenue. The decrease in 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to decreases in bank card and consumer credit card income as a result of declines in debit and credit card spending and transaction volumes associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. Card and ATM fees began to recover late in 2020 with the expectation that such fees will increase in 2021. 58 Table of Contents Mortgage Income Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The increase in mortgage income in 2020 compared to 2019 was due to increased loan production and sales income as lower interest rates during 2020 drove higher loan application volume. See Note 7 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for more information. Capital Markets Income Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that includes securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. The increase in 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to increases in fees generated from the placement of permanent financing for real estate, securities underwriting and placement fees, M&A advisory services, and positive market- related credit valuation adjustments tied to credit derivatives within commercial swap income. Investment Management and Trust Fee Income Investment management and trust fee income represents income from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. The increase in 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to an increase in assets under administration and higher sales volumes. Bank-owned Life Insurance Bank-owned life insurance increased in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to a $25 million gain associated with a policy exchange completed during the fourth quarter of 2020, partially offset by a reduction in claims benefits during 2020. Valuation Gain on Equity Investment Valuation gain on equity investment is associated with an unrealized holding gain on an equity investment in a company which executed an initial public offering during the third quarter of 2020. Subsequent to December 31, 2020, at the end of the 180-day lockup period, Regions executed a trade of all positions on this equity investment realizing an additional gain of approximately $3 million. Securities Gains (Losses), net Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability management process. The net loss incurred during 2019 was primarily due to a securities portfolio optimization strategy which included repositioning MBS. See Table 7 "Debt Securities" section and Note 4 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for more information. Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets, both defined benefit and other, are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. The adjustments reported as employee benefit assets - other are offset in salaries and benefits expense. Changes to market valuation adjustments in 2020 compared to 2019 were driven by the overall performance of the equity markets. Furthermore, the Company repositioned its defined employee benefits assets portfolio during the second quarter of 2019 into investments that are no longer subject to the volatility of the equity markets. Other Miscellaneous Income Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, valuation adjustments to equity investments (other than the item referenced above), fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous income. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges. Other miscellaneous income increased in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to an increase in additional revenue derived from the Company's April 2020 equipment finance acquisition, commercial loan related fee income, and commercial leasing income driven by higher loan balances in 2020. 59 Table of Contents NON-INTEREST EXPENSE Table 6—Non-Interest Expense from Continuing Operations Salaries and employee benefits Furniture and equipment expense Net occupancy expense Outside services Marketing Professional, legal and regulatory expenses Credit/checkcard expenses FDIC insurance assessments Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges Visa class B shares expense Loss on early extinguishment of debt Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses Other miscellaneous expenses (1) Year Ended December 31 Change 2020 vs. 2019 2020 2019 2018 Amount Percent (Dollars in millions) $ $ 2,100 $ 348 313 170 94 89 50 48 31 24 22 — 354 3,643 $ 1,916 $ 325 321 189 97 95 68 48 25 14 16 (6) 381 3,489 $ 1,947 325 335 187 92 119 57 85 11 10 — (2) 404 3,570 $ $ 184 23 (8) (19) (3) (6) (18) — 6 10 6 6 (27) 154 9.6 % 7.1 % (2.5)% (10.1)% (3.1)% (6.3)% (26.5)% — % 24.0 % 71.4 % 37.5 % 100.0 % (7.1)% 4.4 % _______ (1) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses presented within net interest income after provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense. Salaries and Employee Benefits Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased during 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to higher production-based incentives, the addition of associates through the Company's April 2020 equipment finance acquisition and annual merit raises that occurred in the second quarter of 2020. Also contributing to the increase for 2020 was increased pay related to the COVID-19 pandemic that did not occur in 2019. Full-time equivalent headcount decreased to 19,406 at December 31, 2020 from 19,564 at December 31, 2019, reflecting the continuing impact of the Company's efficiency initiatives implemented as part of its strategic priorities which offset the addition of approximately 450 associates from the April 2020 equipment finance acquisition. Furniture and Equipment Expense Furniture and equipment expense includes depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other expenses of equipment utilized by Regions and its affiliates. Furniture and equipment expense increased during 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to investments in technology. Net Occupancy Expense Net occupancy expense includes rent, depreciation, ad valorem taxes, utilities, insurance, and maintenance. Net occupancy expense decreased during 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to lower operating expenses resulting from the shelter in place orders during the COVID-19 pandemic and continued occupancy optimization initiatives which included branch closures and square footage reductions. Outside Services Outside services consists of expenses related to routine services provided by third parties, such as contract labor, servicing costs, data processing, loan pricing and research, data license purchases, data subscriptions, and check printing. Outside services decreased in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to Regions exiting a third party lending relationship in late 2019. Credit/Checkcard Expenses Credit/checkcard expenses include credit and checkcard fraud and expenses. Credit/checkcard expenses decreased in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to a decline in debit card fraud. 60 Table of Contents Branch Consolidation, Property and Equipment Charges Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges include valuation adjustments related to owned branches when the decision to close them is made. Accelerated depreciation and lease write-off charges are recorded for leased branches through and at the actual branch close date. Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges also include costs related to occupancy optimization initiatives. Visa Class B Shares Expense Visa class B shares expense is associated with shares sold in a prior year. The Visa class B shares have restrictions tied to the finalization of certain covered litigation. Visa class B shares expense increased during 2020 compared to 2019 as a result of increases in Visa's stock price and changes in the status of the covered litigation. Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt In the second quarter of 2020, Regions executed a partial tender of two Regions Bank senior notes due April 2021. In the third quarter of 2020, Regions redeemed the principal outstanding of two Regions Bank senior notes due August 2021. In the fourth quarter of 2020, Regions called its 2.75% Parent senior notes due August 2022. In conjunction with these actions and early terminations of all FHLB advances, Regions incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges totaling $22 million. In 2019, Regions commenced a tender offer and received tenders for $740 million of its outstanding 3.20% senior notes due 2021, incurring a related early extinguishment pre-tax charge of approximately $16 million. See Note 12 "Borrowings" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Provision (Credit) for Unfunded Credit Losses Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses is the adjustment to the reserve for unfunded credit commitments, which can fluctuate based on the amount of outstanding commitments and the level of risk associated with those commitments. Beginning in 2020, adjustments to the reserve for unfunded credit commitments are included within the provision for credit losses. Other Miscellaneous Expenses Other miscellaneous expenses include expenses related to communications, postage, supplies, certain credit-related costs, foreclosed property expenses, mortgage repurchase costs, operational losses and other costs (benefits) related to employee benefit plans. Other miscellaneous expenses decreased during 2020 compared to 2019 primarily driven by lower operational losses, declines in expenses related to non-service related pension costs and lower expenses associated with limited travel as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. INCOME TAXES The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended 2020 was $220 million compared to income tax expense of $403 million for the same period in 2019, resulting in effective tax rates of 16.8 percent and 20.3 percent, respectively. The effective tax rate is lower in 2020 due primarily to a consistent level of permanent income tax preferences having a proportionally larger impact relative to pre–tax earnings, which were negatively impacted in 2020 because of the COVID–19 pandemic. The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to unrecognized tax benefits. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL. This resulted in an adjustment to the opening balance of the allowance. The tax impact of this adjustment increased deferred tax assets by approximately $126 million. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further information. At December 31, 2020, the Company reported a net deferred tax liability of $505 million compared to a net deferred liability of $328 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in the net deferred tax liability was due principally to the increase in unrealized gains in derivative instruments and available for sale securities, which was partially offset by an increase in the deferred tax asset related to the allowance. The Company continually assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets based on an evaluative process that considers all available positive and negative evidence. As part of this evaluative process, the Company considers the following sources of taxable income: 1) the future reversals of taxable temporary differences; 2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and 3) tax-planning strategies. In making a conclusion, the Company has evaluated all available positive and negative evidence impacting these sources of taxable income. The primary sources of evidence impacting the Company's judgment regarding the realization of its deferred tax assets are summarized below. 61 Table of Contents • • • • History of earnings - In 2020, the Company has continued its positive earnings trend with positive earnings from 2012 through 2020. There is no history of significant tax carryforwards expiring unused. Reversals of taxable temporary differences - The Company anticipates that future reversals of taxable temporary differences, including the accretion of taxable temporary differences related to leveraged leases acquired in a prior business combination, can absorb up to approximately $1.2 billion of deferred tax assets, which is significantly larger than the $785 million deferred tax asset balance net of valuation allowance at December 31, 2020. Creation of future taxable income - The Company has projected future taxable income that could offset excess deferred tax assets. Ability to implement tax planning strategies - The Company has the ability to implement tax planning strategies such as asset sales to maximize the realization of deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluative process, the Company established a valuation allowance in the amount of $31 million at December 31, 2020 and $32 million at December 31, 2019 because the Company believes that a portion of state net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 20 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On July 2, 2018, Regions sold Regions Insurance Group, Inc. and related affiliates. On April 2, 2012, Morgan Keegan was sold. Regions' results from discontinued operations are presented in Note 3 "Discontinued Operations" to the consolidated financial statements. The results from discontinued operations in 2020 and 2019 were immaterial. BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories. Cash and Cash Equivalents At December 31, 2020, cash and cash equivalents totaled $18.0 billion compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2019. The increase was due primarily to an increase in cash on deposit with the FRB. Significant deposit growth during the last half of 2020 contributed to elevated liquidity sources for the Company. Commercial customer deposit levels significantly increased as customers brought excess deposits back to Regions. Additionally, consumers kept government stimulus payments as well as continued to adjust their spending and saving behavior in response to the economic environment. Regions deployed some excess liquidity as opportunities existed given market interest rates, primarily through securities purchases and long-term borrowing extinguishment activities. See the "Borrowings" and "Securities" sections for further details. The remaining excess liquidity is held at the FRB. See the "Liquidity" and "Deposits" sections for more information. 62 Table of Contents Debt Securities Debt securities available for sale, which constitute the majority of the securities portfolio, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company. Regions maintains a highly rated securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency mortgage-backed securities. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity. Debt securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 96% percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2020. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 4% percent of total debt securities at December 31, 2020. The “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and "Liquidity Risk" sections, found later in this report, further explain Regions’ interest rate and liquidity risk management practices. The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2020 was estimated to be 4.59 years, with a duration of approximately 4.0 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 5.3 years, with a duration of approximately 4.2 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2019. Despite the low interest rate environment in 2020, Regions' comprehensive securities repositioning executed in late 2019 positioned the portfolio to react favorably to the current economic environment. The increase from year-end 2019 was the result of improved market valuation and purchases of mortgage-backed securities. During the third quarter of 2020, as part of its cash deployment strategy, Regions added $2.6 billion of residential agency mortgage-backed securities and $391 million of commercial agency mortgage-backed securities. See Note 4 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Table 7 "Debt Securities" details the carrying values of debt securities, including both available for sale and held to maturity. Table 7—Debt Securities U.S. Treasury securities Federal agency securities Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Residential non-agency Commercial agency Commercial non-agency Corporate and other debt securities 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 183 $ 105 19,611 1 6,586 586 1,204 28,276 $ 182 $ 43 16,226 1 5,388 647 1,451 23,938 $ 280 43 17,475 2 4,466 760 1,185 24,211 63 Table of Contents Table 8 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields. Table 8— Relative Contractual Maturities U.S. Treasury securities Federal agency securities Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Residential non-agency Commercial agency Commercial non-agency Corporate and other debt securities Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2020 Within One Year After One But Within Five Years $ $ 54 1 — — 56 — 147 258 $ $ 121 10 139 — 1,334 — 742 2,346 After Five But Within Ten Years (Dollars in millions) 1 $ 1 716 1 4,629 — 298 5,646 $ $ $ After Ten Years Total $ 7 93 18,756 — 567 586 17 20,026 $ 183 105 19,611 1 6,586 586 1,204 28,276 Weighted-average yield (1) 2.88 % 2.61 % 2.34 % 2.18 % 2.25 % _________ (1) The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 3 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Loans Held For Sale At December 31, 2020, loans held for sale totaled $1.9 billion, consisting of $1.4 billion of residential real estate mortgage loans, $460 million of commercial mortgage and other loans, and $6 million of non-performing loans. In the fourth quarter of 2020, Regions made the decision to sell a certain portfolio of $239 million commercial and industrial loans, which were reclassified to held for sale as of December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2019, loans held for sale totaled $637 million, consisting of $436 million of residential real estate mortgage loans, $188 million of commercial mortgage and other loans, and $13 million of non-performing loans. The levels of residential real estate and commercial mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations to be sold fluctuate depending on the timing of origination and sale to third parties. Loans GENERAL Loans, net of unearned income, represented 64 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2020, compared to 74 percent as of December 31, 2019. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans (including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home equity lines and loans, indirect-vehicles, indirect-other consumer, consumer credit card and other consumer loans). 64 Table of Contents Table 9 illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31 and Table 10 provides information on selected loan maturities as of December 31: Table 9—Loan Portfolio Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer Table 10— Selected Loan Maturities Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied (2) Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Due after one year but within five years Due after five years _________ (1) Excludes consumer portfolio segment. (2) Excludes $193 million of small business credit card accounts. 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (In millions, net of unearned income) $ $ 42,870 $ 5,405 300 48,575 5,394 1,869 7,263 16,575 4,539 2,713 934 2,431 1,213 1,023 29,428 85,266 $ 39,971 $ 5,537 331 45,839 4,936 1,621 6,557 14,485 5,300 3,084 1,812 3,249 1,387 1,250 30,567 82,963 $ 39,282 $ 5,549 384 45,215 4,650 1,786 6,436 14,276 5,871 3,386 3,053 2,349 1,345 1,221 31,501 83,152 $ 36,115 $ 6,193 332 42,640 4,062 1,772 5,834 14,061 6,571 3,593 3,326 1,467 1,290 1,165 31,473 79,947 $ 35,012 6,867 334 42,213 4,087 2,387 6,474 13,440 7,233 3,454 4,040 920 1,196 1,125 31,408 80,095 Within One Year Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2020 (1) After One But Within Five Years After Five Years (In millions) Total $ $ 5,738 $ 360 16 6,114 1,504 287 1,791 7,905 $ 28,674 $ 2,076 39 30,789 3,594 1,581 5,175 35,964 $ 8,265 $ 2,969 245 11,479 296 1 297 11,776 $ Predetermined Rate Variable Rate $ $ (In millions) 10,107 $ 8,753 18,860 $ 42,677 5,405 300 48,382 5,394 1,869 7,263 55,645 25,857 3,023 28,880 Loans, net of unearned income, totaled $85.3 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $2.3 billion from year-end 2019 levels. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital. Loan balances increased year over year in the commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments but decreased in the consumer portfolio segment. Within the consumer portfolio segment, the year over year balance decline is attributable to declines across all 65 Table of Contents categories except for residential first mortgage. Regions' decision in 2019 to discontinue its indirect auto lending and indirect other businesses contributed to declines in indirect portfolios. PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 9, explain changes in balances from the 2019 year- end, and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, certain loan products, or certain regions of the country. See Note 5 "Loans" and Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion. Many classes within Regions' portfolio segments continue to experience the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The extent to which Regions' borrowers are ultimately impacted will be influenced by the duration and severity of the economic impact, the timely distribution and efficacy of a vaccine, as well as the effectiveness of the various government stimulus programs in place to support individuals and businesses. See Tables 11 through 16 below for more detail. Commercial The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects. Commercial and industrial loans increased $2.9 billion or 7 percent since year-end 2019. This balance includes $3.6 billion of PPP loans and the addition of $1.9 billion in loans related to the Ascentium acquisition that occurred at the beginning of the second quarter of 2020 (see the "Ascentium Acquisition" section for more information). In the first half of 2020, the commercial portfolio experienced elevated draws on commercial lines of credit; however line utilization levels normalized and declined to historic lows in the second half of 2020 driven by excess liquidity and customer deleveraging. Commercial also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on land and buildings, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in the table below. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry. The following table provides detail of Regions' commercial portfolio balances in selected industries as of December 31: Table 11—Commercial Industry Exposure Loans Unfunded Commitments Total Exposure 2020 Administrative, support, waste and repair Agriculture Educational services Energy Financial services Government and public sector Healthcare Information Manufacturing Professional, scientific and technical services Real estate Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services Restaurant, accommodation and lodging Retail trade Transportation and warehousing Utilities Wholesale goods (1) Other (2) Total commercial $ (In millions) $ $ 1,017 332 852 2,337 4,905 621 2,468 1,096 4,216 1,594 7,456 810 341 2,178 1,415 2,758 3,303 1,774 1,605 424 3,055 1,676 4,416 2,907 4,141 1,699 4,555 2,467 7,285 1,966 2,196 2,578 2,731 1,829 3,050 (5) $ 48,575 $ 39,473 $ 66 2,622 756 3,907 4,013 9,321 3,528 6,609 2,795 8,771 4,061 14,741 2,776 2,537 4,756 4,146 4,587 6,353 1,769 88,048 Table of Contents Administrative, support, waste and repair Agriculture Educational services Energy Financial services Government and public sector Healthcare Information Manufacturing Professional, scientific and technical services Real estate Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services Restaurant, accommodation and lodging Retail trade Transportation and warehousing Utilities Wholesale goods Other (2) Total commercial Loans Unfunded Commitments Total Exposure 2019 (3) $ (In millions) $ $ 888 225 676 2,528 4,257 522 1,802 847 3,912 1,299 7,224 769 420 2,039 1,250 2,437 2,637 2,095 1,402 456 2,724 2,172 4,588 2,825 3,646 1,394 4,347 1,970 7,067 1,748 1,780 2,439 1,885 1,774 3,335 287 $ 45,839 $ 35,827 $ 2,290 681 3,400 4,700 8,845 3,347 5,448 2,241 8,259 3,269 14,291 2,517 2,200 4,478 3,135 4,211 5,972 2,382 81,666 _______ "Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related. (1) (2) "Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level. (3) As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted. Regions has identified certain industry sectors within the commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments that have the highest risk due to COVID-19. A bottom-up review was performed in the fourth quarter of 2020, which narrowed high-risk industry sectors compared to the third and second quarters. As of December 31, 2020, these high-risk industries include energy, healthcare, consumer services and travel, retail, restaurants, and hotels. Industries identified as high- risk may change in future periods depending on how the macroeconomic environment conditions develop over time. These identified high-risk industries, and specified sectors within these industries, are detailed in Table 12 below. PPP loan balances are not included in Table 12 as these loans are not considered high risk, as they are fully guaranteed by the U.S government. Regions is closely monitoring customers in these industries and has frequent dialogue with these customers. Certain of these exposures are also represented in Table 12 through Table 16 below. All loans within these tables are in the commercial portfolio segment, unless specifically identified as IRE. 67 Table of Contents Table 12—COVID-19 High-Risk Industries Commercial Energy - E&P, oilfield services, coal Healthcare - offices of physicians and other health practitioners Consumer services & travel - amusement, arts and recreation, personal care services, charter bus industry Retail (non-essential) - furniture & furnishings, miscellaneous store retailers, clothing Restaurants - full service Total commercial REITs and IRE Hotels - full service, limited service, extended stay Retail (non-essential) - malls and outlet centers Total REITs and IRE Total COVID-19 high-risk industries Other specifically identified at-risk assets (1) Total COVID-19 high-risk balances $ $ $ 1,133 955 648 504 705 3,945 269 749 1,018 4,963 188 5,151 Balance Outstanding % of Total Loans Utilization % December 31, 2020 Leveraged % of Balance ($ in millions) SNC % of Balance % Deferral % Criticized 1.3 % 1.1 % 0.8 % 0.6 % 0.8 % 4.6 % 0.3 % 0.9 % 1.2 % 53 % 72 % 67 % 43 % 83 % 61 % 91 % 96 % 95 % — % 6 % 37 % 3 % 31 % 13 % — % — % — % 78 % 10 % 36 % 22 % 37 % 40 % — % 27 % 20 % — % 1 % 2 % — % — % — % — % — % — % 39 % 3 % 13 % 8 % 64 % 27 % 94 % 26 % 44 % _____ (1) Represents balances considered high-risk that are not included in high-risk industries. Energy Regions' direct energy portfolio is comprised mostly of E&P and midstream sector borrowers. As of December 31, 2020, oil prices have rebounded from all- time lows in April 2020, but have not yet reached pre-pandemic levels. None of Regions' direct energy credits are leveraged loans and Regions has no second lien energy exposure. Throughout 2020, Regions recognized approximately $136 million in energy charge-offs, of which 83% is associated with loans originated prior to 2016 and were unable to restructure after the 2015 downturn. Since first quarter 2015, utilization rates have remained between 40-60%. Hedge positions are adequate for oil producers and strong for natural gas providers, and less than one percent of energy loans are currently operating under a COVID-19 payment deferral. Table 13—Energy Industry Exposure Balance Outstanding % of Total Outstanding December 31, 2020 Utilization Rate (In millions) Criticized Balances % Criticized Oilfield services and supply E&P Midstream Downstream Other PPP Total energy 17 % 47 % 29 % 3 % 3 % 1 % 100 % 64 % $ 57 % 32 % 14 % 19 % 100 % 42 % $ 66 346 135 — 30 — 577 23 % 44 % 28 % — % 53 % — % 34 % $ $ 289 787 485 48 57 10 1,676 68 Table of Contents Restaurant The quick service sector comprises over half of Regions' restaurant portfolio balances outstanding. Quarantining, social distancing, and reduced business travel as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic has and will continue to result in lost demand, much of which may not be recoverable. The $705 million in COVID high-risk balances disclosed in Table 12 above include loans in the quick service, casual dining and other sectors disclosed in Table 14 below. Casual dining is the sector under the most stress in the current environment. While the quick service sector does include COVID high risk loans, they represent a smaller portion of the sector's total outstanding balance compared to other restaurant sectors. The quick service restaurants focus on fast food service and limited menus, and have performed relatively well during the pandemic given their digital platforms, drive-through and delivery capabilities. Approximately 19% of restaurant outstandings are leveraged. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, Regions strategically exited some higher risk restaurant relationships at par. Less than one percent of restaurant, accommodation and lodging portfolio balances are in payment deferrals as of December 31, 2020. During 2020, Regions has recognized approximately $40 million in restaurant charge- offs. Table 14—Restaurant Industry Exposure Quick service Casual dining Other PPP Total restaurant Hotel-related Balance Outstanding % of Total Outstanding $ $ 1,127 429 120 347 2,023 56 % 21 % 6 % 17 % 100 % December 31, 2020 Utilization Rate (In millions) Criticized Balances % Criticized 82 % $ 88 % 81 % 100 % 86 % $ 98 389 97 — 584 9 % 91 % 81 % — % 29 % Regions' hotel-related portfolio is the most impacted property type given cancellations of events, conventions, and most business and leisure travel. While demand is expected to increase in 2021, the average daily rate will likely be slower to recover. Regions' hotel-related portfolio is primarily comprised of 11 REIT customers. These loans are unsecured commercial and industrial loans; however, they are real estate related. The REIT portfolio benefits from low leverage, strong liquidity, and diversity of property holdings. Companies have also taken proactive steps to reduce capital expenditures, cut dividends, and reduce overhead to preserve cash. SNCs comprise 55% of Regions' total hotel-related loans. As noted above, less than one percent of restaurant, accommodation and lodging portfolio balances are in payment deferrals as of December 31, 2020. The consumer services and PPP balances included in the table below along with the total restaurants balance in Table 14 above comprise the restaurant, accommodation and lodging balance in Table 11 above. Table 15—Hotel-Related Industry Exposure Commercial: REITs Consumer services PPP Total commercial IRE: IRE - mortgage IRE - construction Total IRE Total hotel-related Balance Outstanding % of Total Outstanding December 31, 2020 Utilization Rate (In millions) Criticized Balances % Criticized $ 606 140 33 779 202 66 268 58 % 13 % 3 % 74 % 20 % 6 % 26 % 74 % $ 95 % 100 % 94 % 83 % $ 1,047 100 % 81 % $ 602 7 — 609 187 66 253 862 99 % 5 % — % 78 % 93 % 100 % 94 % 82 % 69 Table of Contents Retail-related Regions' retail-related industry is primarily comprised of REITs and non-leveraged commercial and industrial sectors. Approximately $319 million of outstanding balances across the REIT and IRE portfolios relate to shopping malls and outlet centers. Portfolio exposure to REITs specializing in enclosed malls consists of a small number of credits. Approximately 30% of mall REIT balances are investment grade with low leverage. The IRE portfolio is widely distributed. The largest tenants typically include "basic needs" anchors. The commercial and industrial retail portfolio is also widely distributed. The largest categories include motor vehicle and parts dealers, gasoline stations, building materials, garden equipment and supplies, and non-store retailers. Owner-occupied CRE consists primarily of small strip malls and convenience stores which are largely term loans where a higher utilization rate is expected. Less than one percent of retail trade and retail only lending is operating in a deferral as of December 31, 2020. In 2020, Regions has recognized approximately $13 million in retail-related lending charge-offs. The commercial and industrial leveraged and non-leveraged, asset-based lending, PPP and CRE owner-occupied balances totaling $2.6 billion in the table below comprise the retail trade commercial industry sector balance in Table 11. Table 16—Retail-Related Industry Exposure Balance Outstanding % of Total Outstanding December 31, 2020 Utilization Rate (In millions) Criticized balances Criticized percentage Commercial: REITs Commercial and industrial- leveraged Commercial and industrial- not leveraged Asset-based lending PPP CRE- owner-occupied Total commercial IRE $ 1,210 155 1,099 300 264 760 3,788 749 27 % 3 % 24 % 6 % 6 % 17 % 83 % 17 % 43 % $ 58 % 48 % 27 % 100 % 95 % 96 % Total commercial and IRE retail-related $ 4,537 100 % 54 % $ — — 25 110 — 25 160 194 354 — % — % 2 % 37 % — % 3 % 4 % 26 % 8 % Investor Real Estate Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total investor real estate loans increased $706 million in comparison to 2019 year-end balances reflecting new fundings and draws on investor real estate construction lines. Residential First Mortgage Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. These loans increased $2.1 billion in comparison to 2019 year-end balances. The increase in residential first mortgage loans was primarily driven by an increase in originations due to historically low market interest rates during 2020. Approximately $7.2 billion in new loan originations were retained on the balance sheet through the year ended December 31, 2020. Home Equity Lines Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased by $761 million in comparison to 2019 year-end balances. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network. 70 Table of Contents Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, home equity lines of credit had a 20-year repayment term with a balloon payment upon maturity or a 5-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit. The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2020. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period. Table 17—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026-2031 2031-2035 Thereafter Total Home Equity Loans First Lien % of Total Second Lien % of Total Total (Dollars in millions) $ $ 131 88 118 165 170 1,808 2 3 2,485 2.88 % $ 1.93 2.61 3.65 3.74 39.83 0.04 0.06 54.74 % $ 108 84 94 125 193 1,443 3 4 2,054 2.39 % $ 1.86 2.06 2.76 4.25 31.79 0.06 0.09 45.26 % $ 239 172 212 290 363 3,251 5 7 4,539 Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity loans decreased by $371 million in comparison to 2019 year-end balances. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network. Other Consumer Credit Quality Data The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area. The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall. 71 Table of Contents Table 18—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges Estimated current LTV: Above 100% Above 80% - 100% 80% and below Data not available Estimated current LTV: Above 100% Above 80% - 100% 80% and below Data not available Indirect—Vehicles Residential First Mortgage Home Equity Lines of Credit Home Equity Loans 1st Lien 2nd Lien (In millions) 1st Lien 2nd Lien December 31, 2020 $ $ 20 $ 2,510 13,790 255 16,575 $ 4 $ 32 2,417 32 2,485 $ 2 $ 82 1,888 82 2,054 $ 5 $ 22 2,452 7 2,486 $ 4 12 207 4 227 Residential First Mortgage Home Equity Lines of Credit Home Equity Loans 1st Lien 2nd Lien (In millions) 1st Lien 2nd Lien December 31, 2019 $ $ 32 $ 1,745 12,438 270 14,485 $ 8 $ 76 2,669 35 2,788 $ 18 $ 187 2,216 91 2,512 $ 9 $ 32 2,738 14 2,793 $ 5 24 257 5 291 Indirect-vehicles lending, which is lending initiated through third-party business partners, largely consists of loans made through automotive dealerships. This portfolio decreased $878 million from year-end 2019. The decrease was due to the termination of a third-party arrangement during the fourth quarter of 2016 and Regions' decision in January 2019 to discontinue its indirect auto lending business. The Company remains in the direct auto lending business. Indirect—Other Consumer Indirect-other consumer lending represents other lending initiatives through third parties, including point of sale lending. This portfolio class decreased $818 million from year-end 2019 due to exiting a third party relationship during the fourth quarter of 2019. Consumer Credit Card Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans. These balances decreased $174 million from year-end 2019 reflecting lower credit card transaction volume as customers reacted to the economic environment. Other Consumer Other consumer loans primarily include direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans decreased $227 million from year- end 2019. Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for consumer loans. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for all consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Allowance The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. On January 1, 2020, Regions adopted CECL, which replaced the incurred loss allowance methodology with an expected loss allowance methodology. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", Note 5 "Loans", Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses"and Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" for information about CECL adoption, areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance. 72 Table of Contents Since the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, Regions has increased the allowance by $878 million from $1.4 billion to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2020, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios. Key drivers of the change in the allowance are presented in Table 19 below. While many of these items overlap regarding impact, they are included in the category most relevant. Table 19— Allowance Changes (1) Allowance for credit losses, beginning balance (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance on January 1, 2020) Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans Net charge-offs Provision (credit) over net charge-offs: Economic outlook and adjustments Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty Changes in specific reserves (2) Portfolio growth (run-off) Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans (3) Total provision (credit) versus net charge-offs Allowance for credit losses, ending balance December 31, 2020 September 30, 2020 June 30, 2020 March 31, 2020 Three Months Ended $ $ $ 2,425 — (94) (137) 147 (5) (43) — (132) (In millions) $ 2,425 — (113) (22) 115 52 (32) — — $ 1,665 60 (182) 287 382 (10) 147 76 700 2,293 $ 2,425 $ 2,425 $ 1,415 — (123) 223 42 36 72 — 250 1,665 Allowance for credit losses at January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans Net charge-offs Provision over net charge-offs: Economic outlook and adjustments Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty Changes in specific reserves (2) Portfolio growth (run-off) (1) Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans (3) Total provision over net charge-offs Allowance for credit losses at December 31 Twelve months ended December 31, 2020 (In millions) 1,415 60 (512) 351 686 73 144 76 818 2,293 $ $ _________ (1) Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. See Note 1 for additional details. (2) Portfolio growth does not include PPP loans of $3.6 billion, $4.6 billion and $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2020, September 30, 2020 and June 30, 2020, respectively, which are fully backed by the U.S. government and have an immaterial associated allowance. (3) This balance includes $64 million related to the initial allowance for non-PCD loans acquired as part of the second quarter 2020 Ascentium acquisition. The 2020 allowance was impacted by the economic conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. In the first half of 2020, the economic environment showed signs of deterioration in reaction to the public health crisis. While the second half of 2020 showed signs of economic improvement and stabilization, there continues to be uncertainty surrounding the economic environment due to the status of the COVID-19 pandemic. Credit metrics improved during the fourth quarter, and deferrals and forbearance balances declined. Additionally, stimulus continues to work its way through the economic system, as evidenced by a moderate increase in consumer spend later in 2020. While economic growth improved and vaccines were approved for distribution in the fourth quarter of 2020, the public health crisis is not resolved and continued economic uncertainty remains. While the initial economic stimulus for those on unemployment expired in the third quarter of 2020, an additional stimulus package was approved in the fourth quarter of 2020. Additionally, mortgage LTVs are holding up well and the HPI showed robust appreciation. As the credit risk within Regions' loan portfolio continues to be evaluated, both negative and positive factors of the ever-evolving economic landscape were considered in determining the allowance as of year-end. Credit metrics are monitored throughout the year in order to understand external macro-views of credit metrics, trends and industry outlooks as well as Regions' internal specific views of credit metrics and trends. The fourth quarter of 2020 exhibited improving credit metrics as economic conditions stabilized. While commercial and investor real estate criticized balances increased approximately $66 million, classified balances decreased $326 million compared to the third quarter. Non-performing 73 Table of Contents loans excluding held for sale decreased $22 million compared to the third quarter. Additionally net charge-offs decreased $19 million during the fourth quarter. Regions performed a bottom-up review of commercial and IRE loan portfolios during the fourth quarter, which resulted in fewer sectors considered high-risk compared to the third quarter. Approximately $5.2 billion of commercial and investor real estate loans are in COVID-19 high-risk industry segments or are considered COVID-19 at-risk-assets. These high-risk industries include energy, healthcare, consumer services and travel, retail, restaurants, and hotels. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for more information about the high-risk industries. Regions purchased Ascentium, an independent equipment financing company on April 1, 2020. The purchase included approximately $1.9 billion in loans and leases to small businesses, of which approximately 46% were considered to be PCD. Regions considered loan payment status, COVID-19 deferral status, and loans in high-risk industries in COVID-19 highly-impacted states in its determination of PCD. The Ascentium acquisition resulted in $136 million in additional allowance in the second quarter, of which $76 million was recorded through the provision for credit losses and the remaining $60 million was for acquired PCD loans and did not impact the provision for credit losses. See the "Ascentium Acquisition" section for more information. Changes in the macroeconomic environment can be extremely impactful to the allowance estimate under CECL. Regions' economic forecast utilized in the January 1, 2020 allowance upon adoption of CECL considered a relatively benign economic environment. The forecast utilized in the March 31, 2020 allowance considered a more stressed economic environment due to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic based on early stage pandemic information. The economic forecast utilized in the June 30, 2020 allowance included further deterioration primarily due to higher levels of unemployment. The economic forecast utilized in the September 30, 2020 allowance included normalization of economic activity, albeit at an uneven pace across individual states and industry groups. The economic forecast used in the December 31, 2020 allowance included stabilizing economic conditions. Refer to the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" section for more information. Regions benchmarked its internal forecast with external forecasts and available external data. Risks to the economic forecasts included a high degree of uncertainty around how wide the COVID-19 pandemic could spread, how long it could persist, and if any public health changes could trigger another round of shutdowns. However, the development of vaccines in the fourth quarter of 2020 and passage of an additional round of stimulus are positive signs. The CECL model produced unintuitive results in the second quarter of 2020, primarily due to the transient spike in unemployment rates. In the third quarter of 2020, unemployment levels normalized, but remained elevated, and the CECL models reacted directionally as expected. In the fourth quarter of 2020, the modeled results acted directionally consistent with the updated forecast reflecting improving economic conditions and resulted in a decline to modeled results. In consideration of economic uncertainty, several points of analysis including spikes in unemployment rates, stress analyses on industries most acutely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and certain other loan portfolio-specific adjustments were considered and resulted in model adjustments to partially offset the reduction in modeled results. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for more information about COVID-19 impacted industries. While Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. The qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. The December 31, 2020 general imprecision allowance considered incremental risks of the current economic environment including uncertainty specific to COVID-19, vaccine distribution, future government assistance and consumer spending. A key consideration for the commercial models' general imprecision was the continued impacts of spikes in variables other than unemployment rates. Additionally, general imprecision was considered for certain consumer models that are not economically conditioned and as such do not fully consider these risks. The table below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the Base forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2020. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the CECL models. Table 20— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast Real GDP, annualized % change Unemployment rate HPI, year-over-year % change S&P 500 Pre-R&S Period 4Q2020 3.40 % 6.80 % 7.20 % 3,579 Base R&S Forecast December 31, 2020 1Q2021 2Q2021 3Q2021 4Q2021 1Q2022 2Q2022 3Q2022 4Q2022 0.50 % 6.60 % 7.20 % 3,705 1.60 % 6.40 % 6.80 % 3,755 5.00 % 6.10 % 5.40 % 3,803 5.30 % 5.80 % 3.80 % 3,850 3.90 % 5.40 % 3.10 % 3,900 2.90 % 5.20 % 3.00 % 3,944 2.40 % 5.00 % 2.90 % 3,988 2.40 % 4.90 % 3.00 % 4,028 Based on the overall analysis performed, management deemed an allowance of $2.3 billion to be appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the loan and credit commitment portfolios as of December 31, 2020. 74 Table of Contents Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s totals, are included in Table 21 "Allowance for Credit Losses". As noted, economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices and collateral valuations as well as the length and depth of the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact of the CARES Act and other policy accommodations, and the timely distribution and efficacy of a vaccine will impact the future levels of net charge-offs and may result in volatility of certain credit metrics during 2021 and beyond. Table 21—Allowance for Credit Losses 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (Dollars in millions) Allowance for loan losses at January 1 Cumulative change in accounting guidance Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) Loans charged-off: (1) (1) $ $ 869 438 1,307 Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Recoveries of loans previously charged-off: Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Net charge-offs (recoveries): Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Provision for loan losses Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans Allowance for loan losses at December 31 358 10 — 1 — 6 12 3 18 78 58 69 613 38 5 — 3 — 3 12 3 9 2 10 16 101 320 5 — (2) — 3 — — 9 76 48 53 512 1,312 60 2,167 75 $ 840 — 840 138 11 1 1 — 4 21 5 28 77 67 90 443 24 5 — 3 1 3 12 4 12 — 9 12 85 114 6 1 (2) (1) 1 9 1 16 77 58 78 358 387 — 869 934 — 934 130 18 — 9 — 14 25 6 38 48 61 84 433 37 8 — 5 3 6 13 4 15 — 7 12 110 93 10 — 4 (3) 8 12 2 23 48 54 72 323 229 — 840 $ $ 1,091 — 1,091 1,106 — 1,106 159 17 — 2 — 11 29 6 49 32 54 75 434 33 9 — 21 2 4 17 4 18 2 6 11 127 126 8 — (19) (2) 7 12 2 31 30 48 64 307 150 — 934 120 22 1 2 — 15 48 8 51 15 42 74 398 32 11 — 10 3 3 22 4 18 1 6 11 121 88 11 1 (8) (3) 12 26 4 33 14 36 63 277 262 — 1,091 Table of Contents Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 1 Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1) Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, as adjusted for change in accounting guidance Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 31 Allowance for credit losses at December 31 Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity- lines of credit Home equity- closed end Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total Ratios: Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, excluding PPP, net (non-GAAP) Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale (2) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (Dollars in millions) $ $ $ $ $ 45 63 108 18 126 2,293 85,266 87,813 $ $ $ $ $ 51 — 51 (6) 45 914 82,963 83,248 $ $ $ $ $ 53 — 53 (2) 51 891 83,152 80,692 $ $ $ $ $ 69 — 69 (16) 53 987 79,947 79,846 $ $ $ $ $ 52 — 52 17 69 1,160 80,095 81,333 0.71 % 0.09 % 0.64 % (0.03)% — % (0.03)% 0.02 % (0.01)% 0.01 % 0.64 % 2.59 % 3.84 % 4.71 % 0.58 % 2.69 % 2.81 % 2.54 % 308 % 291 % 0.28 % 0.09 % 0.26 % (0.04)% (0.05)% (0.04)% 0.01 % 0.15 % 0.05 % 0.67 % 2.83 % 4.44 % 6.37 % 0.43 % 1.10 % 1.10 % 1.05 % 180 % 171 % 0.25 % 0.17 % 0.24 % 0.11 % (0.16)% 0.02 % 0.06 % 0.19 % 0.06 % 0.71 % 2.54 % 4.21 % 6.13 % 0.40 % 1.07 % 1.07 % 1.01 % 180 % 169 % 0.35 % 0.13 % 0.32 % (0.46)% (0.12)% (0.35)% 0.06 % 0.18 % 0.05 % 0.87 % 2.58 % 4.00 % 5.55 % 0.38 % 1.23 % 1.23 % 1.17 % 152 % 144 % 0.24 % 0.16 % 0.23 % (0.19)% (0.11)% (0.16)% 0.09 % 0.34 % 0.12 % 0.80 % 1.97 % 3.29 % 5.89 % 0.34 % 1.45 % 1.45 % 1.36 % 117 % 110 % _______ (1) Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. See Note 1 for additional details. (2) See Table 2 for calculation. 76 Table of Contents Allocation of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows: Table 22—Allowance Allocation Loan Balance 2020 Allowance (1) Allocation Allowance to (2) Loans % Loan Balance (Dollars in millions) 2019 Allowance (1) Allocation Allowance to (2) Loans % Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer Total Less: SBA PPP loans Total, excluding PPP loans (3) $ $ $ 42,870 $ 5,405 300 48,575 5,394 1,869 7,263 16,575 4,539 2,713 934 2,431 1,213 1,023 29,428 85,266 $ 3,624 81,642 $ 1,027 242 24 1,293 167 30 197 155 122 33 19 241 161 72 803 2,293 1 2,292 2.4 % $ 4.5 8.0 2.7 3.1 1.6 2.7 0.9 2.7 1.2 2.0 9.9 13.3 7.0 2.7 $ 39,971 5,537 331 45,839 4,936 1,621 6,557 14,485 5,300 3,084 1,812 3,249 1,387 1,250 30,567 2.7 % $ 82,963 $ — — 2.8 % $ 82,963 $ 442 86 9 537 30 15 45 37 18 9 13 91 69 50 287 869 — 869 Loan Balance 2018 Allowance (1) Allocation Allowance to (2) Loans % Loan Balance 2017 Allowance (1) Allocation Allowance to (2) Loans % Loan Balance 2016 Allowance (1) Allocation Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer $ 39,282 $ 5,549 384 45,215 4,650 1,786 6,436 14,276 5,871 3,386 3,053 2,349 1,345 1,221 31,501 $ 83,152 $ 421 91 8 520 42 16 58 37 22 7 26 61 67 42 262 840 1.1 % $ 36,115 $ 1.6 2.0 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.3 0.4 0.2 0.8 2.6 5.0 3.5 0.8 6,193 332 42,640 4,062 1,772 5,834 14,061 6,571 3,593 3,326 1,467 1,290 1,165 31,473 1.0 % $ 79,947 $ 455 127 9 591 42 22 64 62 24 16 34 34 66 43 279 934 1.3 % $ 35,012 $ 2.0 2.9 1.4 1.0 1.3 1.1 0.4 0.4 0.4 1.0 2.3 5.1 3.7 0.9 6,867 334 42,213 4,087 2,387 6,474 13,440 7,233 3,454 4,040 920 1,196 1,125 31,408 1.2 % $ 80,095 $ 585 161 7 753 54 31 85 68 29 16 39 15 45 41 253 1,091 1.1 % 1.6 2.7 1.2 0.6 1.0 0.7 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.7 2.8 5.0 4.0 0.9 1.0 % N/A 1.0 % Allowance to (2) Loans % 1.7 % 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.5 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.6 3.8 3.6 0.8 1.4 % ______ (1) Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. The allowance allocation after January 1, 2020 is the allowance for credit losses compared to the allowance for loan losses prior to January 1, 2020. See Note 1 for additional details. (2) Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values. (3) Non-GAAP; see Table 2 for reconciliation. 77 Table of Contents TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs) TDRs are modified loans in which a concession is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. As provided in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or December 31, 2020 were eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of the CARES Act; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs and are excluded from the disclosures below. Further, on December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law and extended the relief from TDR classification through the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency concerning the COVID-19 outbreak ends or January 1, 2022. Regions elected this provision. Under Regions' COVID-19 deferral and forbearance programs, customer payments are deferred for a period of time, typically 90 days. Upon expiration of the deferral period, customers may apply for additional relief or resume making payments on their loans. Repayment plans for the deferrals differ depending on the loan type and repayment ability of the borrower. The CARES Act relief and short-term nature of most COVID-19 deferrals precluded the majority of these modifications from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2020. See "The Executive Overview" section for additional details on deferrals as of December 31, 2020. Residential first mortgage, home equity, consumer credit card and other consumer TDRs are consumer loans modified under the CAP. Commercial and investor real estate loan modifications are not the result of a formal program, but represent situations where modifications were offered as a workout alternative. Renewals of classified commercial and investor real estate loans are considered to be TDRs, even if no reduction in interest rate is offered, if the existing terms are considered to be below market. Insignificant modifications are not considered TDRs. More detailed information is included in Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. The following table summarizes the loan balance and related allowance for accruing and non-accruing TDRs for the periods ending December 31: Table 23—Troubled Debt Restructurings 2020 2019 Loan Balance Allowance for Credit Losses Loan Balance Allowance for Credit Losses (In millions) Accruing: Commercial Investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Consumer credit card Other consumer Non-accrual status or 90 days past due and still accruing: Commercial Investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Total TDRs - Loans TDRs- Held For Sale Total TDRs 77 $ 44 188 35 78 1 4 427 124 — 42 2 7 175 602 $ 1 603 $ $ $ $ 78 6 $ 1 23 5 8 — — 43 18 — 6 — 1 25 68 $ — 68 $ 106 $ 32 177 42 109 1 4 471 139 1 40 2 $ 6 $ 188 659 $ 1 660 $ 15 3 18 2 5 — — 43 20 — 4 — — 24 67 — 67 Table of Contents The following table provides an analysis of the changes in commercial and investor real estate TDRs. TDRs with subsequent restructurings that meet the definition of a TDR are only reported as TDR additions in the period they were first modified. Other than resolutions such as charge-offs, foreclosures, payments, sales and transfers to held for sale, Regions may remove loans from TDR classification if the following conditions are met: the borrower's financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, the loan has not been restructured as an "A" note/"B" note, the loan has been reported as a TDR over one fiscal year-end and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms such that it qualifies as a new loan. For the consumer portfolio, changes in TDRs are primarily due to additions from CAP modifications and outflows from payments and charge-offs. Given the types of concessions currently being granted under the CAP as detailed in Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements, Regions does not expect that the market interest rate condition will be widely achieved. Therefore, Regions expects consumer loans modified through CAP to continue to be identified as TDRs for the remaining term of the loan. Table 24—Analysis of Changes in Commercial and Investor Real Estate TDRs 2020 2019 Commercial Investor Real Estate Commercial Investor Real Estate Balance, beginning of year Additions Charge-offs Other activity, inclusive of payments and removals (1) Balance, end of year $ $ 245 $ 252 (67) (229) 201 $ (In millions) 33 $ 40 — (29) 44 $ 291 $ 192 (33) (205) 245 $ 19 13 — 1 33 _________ (1) The majority of this category consists of payments and sales. It also includes normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments, loans transferred to held for sale, removals and reclassifications between portfolio segments. Additionally, it includes $21 million of commercial loans and $12 million of investor real estate loans refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification during 2020. During 2019, $6 million of commercial loans and $1 million of investor real estate loans were refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification. 79 Table of Contents NON-PERFORMING ASSETS The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31: Table 25—Non-Performing Assets Non-performing loans: Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Total consumer Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale Non-performing loans held for sale (1) Total non-performing loans Foreclosed properties Non-marketable investments received in foreclosure Total non-performing assets Accruing loans 90 days past due: (1) Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Total investor real estate (2) Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer Non-performing loans to loans and non-performing loans held for sale Non-performing assets to loans, foreclosed properties, non-marketable investments, and non-performing loans held for sale (1) (1) $ $ $ $ 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 (Dollars in millions) $ $ $ 418 97 9 524 114 — 114 53 46 8 107 745 6 751 25 — 776 7 1 8 — — 99 19 13 4 5 14 2 156 $ $ $ 347 73 11 431 2 — 2 27 41 6 74 507 13 520 53 5 578 11 1 12 — — 70 32 10 7 3 19 5 146 $ $ $ 307 67 8 382 11 — 11 40 53 10 103 496 10 506 52 8 566 8 — 8 — — 66 24 10 9 1 20 5 135 $ $ $ 404 118 6 528 5 1 6 47 59 10 116 650 17 667 73 — 740 4 1 5 1 1 92 27 10 9 — 19 4 161 623 210 3 836 17 — 17 50 79 13 142 995 13 1,008 90 — 1,098 6 2 8 — — 99 22 11 10 — 15 5 162 $ 164 0.88 % $ 158 0.63 % $ 143 0.61 % $ 167 0.83 % 0.91 % 0.70 % 0.68 % 0.92 % 170 1.26 % 1.37 % _________ (1) Excludes accruing loans 90 days past due. (2) Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to the GNMA where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90 days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $57 million at December 31, 2020, $66 million at December 31, 2019, $84 million at December 31, 2018, $124 million at December 31, 2017 and $113 million at December 31, 2016. Non-performing loans increased during 2020 primarily driven by downgrades in the commercial and industrial and the commercial investor real estate mortgage classes. Retail IRE and restaurant sectors within these classes have experienced stress due to recent declines in demand brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic. 80 Table of Contents Economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, and collateral valuations will impact the future level of non-performing assets. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility. At December 31, 2020, Regions estimates that the amount of commercial and investor real estate loans that have the potential to migrate to non-accrual status for the next quarter is within the range of $135 million to $225 million. In order to arrive at the estimated range of potential problem loans for the next quarter, credit personnel forecast certain larger dollar loans that may potentially be downgraded to non-accrual at a future time, depending upon the occurrence of future events. A variety of factors are included in the assessment of potential problem loans, including a borrower’s capacity and willingness to meet contractual repayment terms, make principal curtailments or provide additional collateral when necessary and provide current and complete financial information, including global cash flows, contingent liabilities and sources of liquidity. For other loans (for example, smaller dollar loans), a trend analysis is also incorporated to determine an estimate of potential future downgrades. In addition, the economic environment and industry trends are evaluated in the establishment of the estimated range of potential problem loans for the next quarter. Current trends will additionally influence the size of the estimated range. Because of the inherent uncertainty in forecasting future events, the estimated range of potential problem loans ultimately represents the estimated aggregate dollar amounts of loans, as opposed to an individual listing of loans. Many of the loans on which the potential problem loan estimate is based are considered criticized and classified. Detailed disclosures for substandard accrual loans (as well as other credit quality metrics) are included in Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. The following table provides an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment: Table 26— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 Commercial Investor Real Estate Consumer (1) Total Balance at beginning of year Additions Net payments/other activity Return to accrual Charge-offs on non-accrual loans Transfers to held for sale Transfers to real estate owned Sales (3) (2) Balance at end of year Balance at beginning of year Additions Net payments/other activity Return to accrual Charge-offs on non-accrual loans Transfers to held for sale Transfers to real estate owned Sales (3) (2) Balance at end of year $ 431 797 (261) (85) (321) (19) (4) (14) 524 $ (In millions) 2 121 (8) — — (1) — — 114 $ $ $ 74 35 (2) — — — — — 107 $ Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Commercial Investor Real Estate Consumer (1) Total $ 382 469 (206) (19) (126) (43) (6) (20) 431 $ (In millions) 11 4 (8) (3) (1) (1) — — 2 $ $ $ 103 — (29) — — — — — 74 $ 507 953 (271) (85) (321) (20) (4) (14) 745 496 473 (243) (22) (127) (44) (6) (20) 507 $ $ $ $ ________ (1) All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than additions, sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line. Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale. (2) (3) Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs of $7 million and $11 million recorded upon transfer for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 81 Table of Contents Other Earning Assets Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB and FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and operating lease assets. The balance at December 31, 2020 totaled $1.2 billion compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2019. Refer to Note 8 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Goodwill Goodwill totaled $5.2 billion at December 31, 2020 and $4.8 billion at December 31, 2019. Refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section earlier in this report for detailed discussions of the Company’s methodology for testing goodwill for impairment. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 10 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for the methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis. Deposits Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations and hours for its customers, all while trying to keep branch employees safe during the COVID-19 pandemic. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services and the Company's digital channels and contact center. Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 90 percent of average earning assets in 2020 and 86 percent of average earning assets in 2019. Table 27 "Deposits" details year-over-year deposits on a period-ending basis. Total deposits at December 31, 2020 increased approximately $25.0 billion compared to year-end 2019 levels. The increase in deposits was primarily driven by increases in non-interest-bearing demand, interest-bearing transaction, savings and money market categories. These increases were partially offset by decreases in customer time deposits and corporate treasury other deposits. Deposit costs decreased to 16 basis points for 2020, compared to 47 basis points for 2019 and 26 basis points for 2018. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased to 0.27 percent in 2020 compared to 0.74 percent for 2019 and 0.42 percent for 2018. The decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing deposits during 2020 is largely due to the decline of short-term interest rates. Low deposit costs are driven primarily by the composition of the Company's deposit base, which includes a significant amount of low-cost and relatively small account balance consumer and private wealth deposits. The deposit base composition is a key component of the Company's franchise value. The following table summarizes deposits by category as of December 31: Table 27—Deposits Non-interest-bearing demand Savings Interest-bearing transaction Money market—domestic Time deposits Customer deposits Corporate treasury time deposits Corporate treasury other deposits 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 51,289 $ 11,635 24,484 29,719 5,341 122,468 11 — 122,479 $ 34,113 $ 8,640 20,046 25,326 7,442 95,567 108 1,800 97,475 $ 35,053 8,788 19,175 24,111 7,122 94,249 242 — 94,491 Non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $17.2 billion to $51.3 billion at year-end 2020 due primarily to consumer reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic which has impacted customer liquidity levels. Customers have chosen to keep excess funds from government stimulus programs. Corporate customers consolidated sources of liquidity and brought cash balances back to Regions. Also, businesses are focused on supply chain efficiencies and turnover of receivables which has increased their cash levels and resulting deposits. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits accounted for approximately 42 percent of total deposits for 2020 compared to 35 percent for 2019. Interest-bearing transaction deposits increased $4.4 billion to $24.5 billion and money market accounts increased $4.4 billion to $29.7 billion at year-end 2020. Interest-bearing transaction deposits accounted for approximately 20 percent of total deposits for 2020 compared to 21 percent for 2019. Money market accounts accounted for approximately 24 percent of total deposits at year-end 2020 compared to 26 percent at year end 2019. A large driver of the increase in interest-bearing transaction and money market balances was due to customers choosing to keep excess cash from government stimulus, as discussed above. Additionally, lower consumer spend in response to the economic environment contributed to deposit growth. 82 Table of Contents Included in time deposits are certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Customer time deposits decreased $2.1 billion to $5.3 billion at year- end 2020 due to maturities and continued lower interest rates resulting in a decrease in the utilization of time deposit accounts throughout 2020. Time deposits accounted for 4 percent and 8 percent of total deposits in 2020 and 2019, respectively. See Table 28 "Maturity of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More" for maturity information. Corporate treasury other deposits decreased as these deposits were used to supplement incremental balance sheet funding at year-end 2019, but not utilized during 2020. Table 28—Maturity of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More Time deposits of $100,000 or more, maturing in: 3 months or less Over 3 through 6 months Over 6 through 12 months Over 12 months Borrowings Short-Term Borrowings 2020 2019 (In millions) $ $ 504 $ 434 662 633 2,233 $ 1,226 372 1,018 1,034 3,650 Short-term borrowings, which consist of FHLB advances, totaled zero at December 31, 2020 compared to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2019. The levels of these borrowings can fluctuate depending on the Company’s funding needs and the sources utilized. FHLB advances decreased in 2020 as the increase in deposits reduced the need for short-term funding from the FHLB. Short-term secured borrowings, such as securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances, are a core portion of Regions' funding strategy. The securities financing market and specifically short-term FHLB advances continue to provide reliable funding at attractive rates. See the "Liquidity" section for further detail of Regions' borrowing capacity with the FHLB. Long-Term Borrowings Total long-term borrowings decreased approximately $4.3 billion to $3.6 billion at December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a $2.5 billion decrease in FHLB advances. The increase in deposits also reduced the need for long-term borrowings from the FHLB. Additionally, Regions executed partial tenders and redeemed senior notes in their entirety. The issuance of $750 million of senior notes due 2025 was a partial offset to the tenders and redemptions. The overall decrease was also partially offset by the Ascentium acquisition, through which Regions acquired securitized borrowings, which the Company will manage within its broader liability management process and in line with the allowable terms of the contracts. See Note 12 "Borrowings" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings. Ratings Table 29 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by Standard and Poor's ("S&P"), Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service ("DBRS") as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Table 29—Credit Ratings Regions Financial Corporation Senior unsecured debt Subordinated debt Regions Bank Short-term Long-term bank deposits Senior unsecured debt Subordinated debt Outlook As of December 31, 2020 S&P Moody’s Fitch DBRS BBB+ BBB A-2 N/A A- BBB+ Stable Baa2 Baa2 P-1 A2 Baa2 Baa2 Stable BBB+ BBB F1 A- BBB+ BBB Stable AL BBBH R-IL A A AL Stable 83 Table of Contents Regions Financial Corporation Senior unsecured debt Subordinated debt Regions Bank Short-term Long-term bank deposits Senior unsecured debt Subordinated debt Outlook _________ N/A - not applicable. As of December 31, 2019 S&P Moody’s Fitch DBRS BBB+ BBB A-2 N/A A- BBB+ Stable Baa2 Baa2 P-1 A2 Baa2 Baa2 Positive BBB+ BBB F1 A- BBB+ BBB Positive AL BBBH R-IL A A AL Stable On April 3, 2020 Moody's revised outlooks for Regions Bank and Regions Financial Corporation to stable from positive citing expectations for a contracting economy in 2020 which is expected to have a direct negative impact on U.S. banks' asset quality and profitability. On April 9, 2020 Fitch revised outlooks for Regions Financial Corporation to stable from positive as part of an overall revision of its U.S. bank sector and rating outlook. Revision to the overall outlook was driven by concerns over the negative financial and economic impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic. In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Shareholders' Equity Shareholders’ equity was $18.1 billion at December 31, 2020 as compared to $16.3 billion at December 31, 2019. During 2020, net income increased shareholders’ equity by $1.1 billion. Cash dividends on common stock and cash dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $595 million and $103 million, respectively. Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income increased shareholders' equity by $1.4 billion, primarily due to the net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market interest rates during 2020. The cumulative effect from the adoption of CECL decreased shareholders' equity by $377 million. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for information about the CECL adoption. Lastly, during the second quarter of 2020, the Company issued Series D preferred stock, which increased shareholders' equity by $346 million. See Note 15 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS CAPITAL RULES Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. See Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules are now fully phased in, and among other things, (i) impose a capital measure called CET1, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to prior regulations. The Basel III Rules also prescribe a standardized approach for risk-weightings of assets and off-balance sheet exposures to derive the capital ratios. 84 Table of Contents The Basel III Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. For example, goodwill and selected other intangible assets, and disallowed deferred tax assets are deducted. MSRs, certain other deferred tax assets and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities are also deducted from CET1 if they exceed defined thresholds. Under the Basel III Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are included; however, standardized approach banking organizations, including Regions and Regions Bank, were allowed to make a one-time permanent election to exclude these items. Regions and Regions Bank made this election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital, including the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of their securities portfolios. In the third quarter of 2020, the federal banking agencies finalized a rule related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital requirements. The rule allows an addback to regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period. At the end of the two years, the impact is then phased-in over the following three years. The addback is calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. At December 31, 2020, the impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $582 million, or approximately 54 basis points. In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk-weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. Under the current U.S. capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approach institutions, and not to Regions or Regions Bank. The impact of Basel IV on the Company will depend on the manner in which it is implemented by the federal banking regulators. In October of 2020, the SCB framework that was finalized in the first quarter of 2020, was implemented. This new framework created a firm-specific risk sensitive buffer that is applied to regulatory minimum capital levels to help determine effective minimum ratio requirements. The SCB is now floored at 2.5 percent to ensure effective minimum capital levels do not decline as a result of this rule change. At implementation, the SCB replaced the Capital Conservation Buffer, which was a static 2.5 percent in addition to the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios shown in Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions". During the third quarter, and in connection with the results of its supervisory stress test released in June 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2020 through the third quarter of 2021 at 3.0 percent. The 3.0 percent requirement represented the amount of capital degradation under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, inclusive of four quarters of planned common stock dividends. In December 2020, the Federal Reserve disclosed the results of its supervisory stress test associated with the capital plan resubmission. While the Federal Reserve did not recalibrate SCBs as a part of the resubmission for participating banks, Regions’ implied SCB would have been floored at 2.5 percent based on capital degradation in the supervisory severely adverse scenario had the SCB been updated. Although the decision to update SCB requirements based on the resubmission results was deferred, the Federal Reserve may decide at any point through March 31, 2021 to update Regions' and other firms' SCB requirement based on the results. EGRRCPA was enacted on May 24, 2018, and makes limited amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act as well as modifications to other post-crisis regulatory requirements. As a result of EGRRCPA, Regions is no longer subject to company-run stress testing requirements and changes Regions’ supervisory stress testing cycle from annual to biennial. In October 2019, the federal banking agencies finalized rules that would tailor the application of enhanced prudential standards per the EGRRCPA and would assign each institution with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets, as well as its bank subsidiaries, to one of four categories based on its size and five risk-based indicators. Regions is a “Category IV” institution. Broader discussion of the impact of EGRRCPA on Regions and Regions Bank is included under the “Supervision and Regulation” section of the “Business” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules and their applicability to Regions is included in Note 13 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements. Discussion of the final rule to provide relief for the initial capital decrease at adoption of CECL is included in the “Risk Factors” section and in Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements. LIQUIDITY Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile. 85 Table of Contents See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section later in this report for more information. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS Regions periodically invests in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects, which are funded through a combination of debt and equity. See Note 2 "Variable Interest Entities" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. Regions' off-balance sheet credit risk includes obligations for loans sold with recourse, unfunded loan commitments, and letters of credit. See Note 7 "Servicing of Financial Assets" and Note 24 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. EFFECTS OF INFLATION The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. While the implications differ for a bank, inflation does have influence on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting level of capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments. Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of Regions’ ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. The Company was modestly asset sensitive as of December 31, 2020, primarily driven by exposure to middle and long term rates from future fixed- rate business originations. However, recent hedging activity has reduced the exposure to net interest income and other financing income due to changes in short-term interest rates. Regions' hedging strategy is designed to protect net interest income and net interest margin against a continued low short-term interest rate environment. Refer to Table 30 "Interest Rate Sensitivity" for additional details on Regions’ interest rate sensitivity. EFFECTS OF DEFLATION A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions. Potentially, deflation could lead to lower profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through reduced balance sheet growth and less favorable product pricing, as well as impairment in the ability of borrowers to repay loans. Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to Regions’ ability to maintain a sufficient amount of capital to cushion against future market and credit related losses. However, the Company can utilize certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to develop. RISK MANAGEMENT Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives. The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk. • Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices. • Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk"). • Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation. • Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events. • Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives. • Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards. 86 Table of Contents • Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. • Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment. Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis. Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components: • Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board. • • Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives. Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk. • Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks. Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company. • • • 1st Line of Defense activities provide for the identification, acceptance and ownership of risks. 2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels. 3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company. The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals. The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include: • • Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company; Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected; • Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product; • Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and 87 Table of Contents • Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls. As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes. Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement. Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts. MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. To quantify this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk. Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and from customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior. The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity for measurement, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the traditional instantaneous parallel rate shifts of plus 100 and 200 basis points. Given low market rates by historical standards, the Company also focuses on a falling rate shock scenario with most yield curve tenors floored near zero and a reduction in mortgage indices based on historical minimums as explained in the following section. In addition to parallel curve shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements. Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—As of December 31, 2020, Regions was asset sensitive to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the measurement horizon ending December 2021. The fourth quarter continued the trend of strong balance sheet growth in low-cost deposits and cash balances held with the Federal Reserve. These trends increase reported asset sensitivity levels in the near-term assuming modest deposit normalization. Given the uncertainty surrounding balance sheet liquidity in the current environment, interest rate risk under various deposit scenarios is explored in more detail later in this section. The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in the table below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. A decline in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed Funds rate, the rate of Interest on Excess Reserves and 1 month LIBOR) will lead to a reduction of yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates. Under that environment, it is expected that declines in funding costs and increases in balance sheet hedging income will completely offset the decline in asset yields. Therefore, net interest income sensitivity to short-term rates is approximately neutral in a falling rate scenario. An increase in short-term rates will result in an increase in net interest income, though this is largely due to elevated deposit balances resulting from outsized growth in 2020. Net interest income remains exposed to longer yield curve tenors. An increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swap and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed rate, newly originated or renewed loans, increase prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases, and reduce amortization of premium expense on existing securities in the investment portfolio. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall. 88 Table of Contents The table below summarizes Regions' positioning in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate risk hedging activities. All forward starting hedges were due to become active in January 2021. More information regarding forward starting hedges is disclosed in Table 31 and its accompanying description. Table 30—Interest Rate Sensitivity Gradual Change in Interest Rates + 200 basis points + 100 basis points - 100 basis points (floored) (3) Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates + 200 basis points + 100 basis points - 100 basis points (floored) (3) ________ Estimated Annual Change in Net Interest Income (1)(2) December 31, 2020 (In millions) $ 319 178 (97) 414 246 (132) (1) Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12 month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing. (2) All cash flow hedges transacted are now fully reflected within the measurement horizon (see Table 32 for additional information regarding hedge start and maturity dates). (3) The -100 basis point (floored) scenario represents a 12 month average rate shock of -13 basis points and -99 basis points to approximately zero for 1 month LIBOR and the 10 year U.S. Treasury yield, respectively. Mortgage yield shocks are floored at their historical minimums -35 basis points. Regions has established scenarios by which yield curve tenors will fall to a consistent level. The shock magnitude for each tenor, when compared to market forward rates, equated to the lesser of the shock scenario amount, or a rate 35 basis points lower than the historical all-time minimum. Recent market volatility and new historic lows established for longer yield curve tenors have resulted in a shock scenario where the majority of rates now fall to approximately zero. Mortgage rates, which have retained somewhat elevated levels, are still being shocked in the manner previously described. Further, the scenarios presented do not allow for negative rates. The falling rate scenarios in Table 30 above quantify the expected impact for both gradual and instantaneous shocks under this environment. As discussed above, the interest rate sensitivity analysis presented in Table 30 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with the prolonged period of low interest rates and industry liquidity, management evaluates the impact to its sensitivity analysis of these key assumptions. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results. The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include loan and deposit projections reflecting management's best estimate. The behavior of deposits in response to changes in interest rate levels is largely informed by analyses of prior rate cycles, but with suitable adjustments based on management’s expectations in the current environment. In the base case scenario and falling rate scenarios in Table 30, interest-bearing deposit rates move into the single digits. The deposit beta model is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. Currently, the gradual +100 basis point, parallel interest rate shock scenario outlined above includes an approximately 20% to 25% interest-bearing deposit beta. Deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5% in that scenario would increase or decrease net interest income by $26 million, respectively. In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of deposits will change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Management assumes that in rising rate scenarios, some shift from non-interest bearing to interest-bearing products will occur. The magnitude of the shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $3 billion over 12 months in the gradual +100 basis point scenario in Table 30. Since the end of 2019, Regions has seen sizable deposit growth, which has contributed to its higher interest rate risk sensitivity year-to-date. The Company estimates that every $5 billion decline in total deposit balances would reduce NII sensitivity in Table 30 by approximately -$35 million and +$12 million in the gradual +100 basis point and the gradual -100 basis point floored shock scenarios, respectively. While estimates should be used as a guide, differences may result driven by the pace of rate changes, and other market competitive factors. 89 Table of Contents Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity. Regions from time to time may hedge these price movements with derivatives (as discussed below). Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions employs are forward rate contracts, Eurodollar futures contracts, interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, and forward sale commitments. Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. A Eurodollar futures contract is a future on a Eurodollar deposit. Eurodollar futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with Eurodollar futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform. Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and floors in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position and to effectively convert a portion of its variable-rate loan portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing. The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk: Table 31—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships: Receive fixed/pay variable swaps Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships: Receive fixed/pay variable swaps Interest rate floors Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments December 31, 2020 Weighted-Average Notional Amount Maturity (Years) Receive Rate Pay Rate (1) Strike Price (1) (Dollars in millions) $ $ 2,100 16,000 5,750 23,850 2.7 4.3 3.7 4.0 1.7 % 1.9 — 1.9 % 0.2 % 0.2 — 0.2 % — % — 2.1 2.1 % _________ (1) Variable rate indexes on swap and floor contracts reference a combination of short-term LIBOR benchmarks, primarily 1 month LIBOR. As of December 31, 2020, $20.8 billion notional of the cash flow hedging relationships designated above in Table 31 were active. The remaining $1.0 billion forward starting notional amount is due to become active in January 2021. This includes $250 million in floors and $750 million in swaps. Total cash flow hedges have a current weighted average maturity of approximately four years. The following table presents cash flow hedge notional amounts with start dates prior to the year-end periods shown through 2026. All cash flow hedge notional amounts mature prior to the end of 2027. 90 Table of Contents Table 32—Schedule of Notional for Cash Flow Hedging Derivatives Receive fixed/pay variable swaps Interest rate floors Cash flow hedges _________ Notional Amount Years Ended 2020 (1)(2) 2021 (1)(2) 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 15,250 5,500 20,750 $ 16,000 5,750 21,750 $ $ (Dollars in millions) 13,700 5,750 19,450 $ 16,000 5,750 21,750 $ 12,700 3,000 15,700 $ 3,750 250 4,000 $ 1,250 — 1,250 (1) All cash flow hedges transacted are now fully reflected within the 12-month measurement horizon and are fully included in income sensitivity levels as disclosed in Table 30. (2) Start dates for all remaining forward starting hedge notional are in January 2021; includes $750 million in interest rate swaps and $250 million in interest rate floors. Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. All hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report contains more information on the management of credit risk. Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income. The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates. See Note 21 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion. Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio. LIBOR Transition—In 2017, the FCA, which regulates LIBOR, announced that panel banks will no longer be required to submit estimates that are used to construct LIBOR by the end of 2021, confirming that the continuation of LIBOR will not be guaranteed beyond that date. In the fourth quarter of 2020, the FCA, in coordination with ICE Benchmark Administration and the Federal Reserve announced a consultation process that could potentially amend the LIBOR cessation date. If the consultation is finalized as proposed, the LIBOR cessation date would be modified to June 30, 2023 for most rate tenors. Regions holds instruments that may be impacted by the likely discontinuance of LIBOR, including loans, investments, derivative products, floating-rate obligations, and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a benchmark rate. The Company has established a LIBOR Transition Program, which includes dedicated leadership and staff, with all relevant business lines and support groups engaged. As part of this program, the Company continues to identify, assess, and monitor risks associated with the discontinuation, unavailability, or non-representativeness of LIBOR. While significant uncertainty remains, steps to mitigate risks associated with the transition are being overseen by Regions’ Executive LIBOR Steering Committee. Regions is also coordinating with regulatory agencies and industry groups to identify appropriate alternative rates Regions has taken proactive steps to facilitate the transition on behalf of customers, which include: • The adoption and ongoing implementation of fallback provisions that provide for the determination of replacement rates for LIBOR-linked financial institutions. 91 Table of Contents • The adoption of new products linked to alternative reference rates, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, consistent with guidance provided by the official sector and Government-Sponsored Enterprises. Regions has also continued to evaluate its financial and operational infrastructure, and continued its efforts to transition all financial and strategic processes, systems, and models; and implemented processes to coordinate communications with customers. In the third quarter of 2020, Regions adopted temporary accounting relief for affected transactions that reference LIBOR. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements for details. MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a debtor, so that the debtor may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management. LIQUIDITY Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawal requirements of its customers. Regions maintains strong liquidity levels that position the Company to respond to stressed environments. As discussed below, Regions has a variety of liquidity sources, which it continues to utilize to fund customer needs. On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law as a response to the economic uncertainty amid the COVID-19 pandemic. A focus of the Act is the establishment of federally guaranteed loans for small businesses under the PPP. Regions, a certified SBA lender, has and will continue to assist its customers through the process of utilizing this program. As a lending institution in this program, additional liquidity is available to the Company through the Federal Reserve's Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility. As of December 31, 2020, Regions had not used the Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility. Regions intends to fund its obligations primarily through cash generated from normal operations. Regions also has obligations related to potential litigation contingencies. See Note 24 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements. Assets, consisting principally of loans and securities, are funded by customer deposits, borrowed funds and shareholders’ equity. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, while at the same time meeting the Company’s cash flow needs in normal and stressed conditions. Having and using various sources of liquidity to satisfy the Company’s funding requirements is important. In order to ensure an appropriate level of liquidity is maintained, Regions performs specific procedures including scenario analyses and stress testing at the bank, holding company, and affiliate levels. Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2020. Compliance with the holding company cash requirements is reported to the Risk Committee of the Board on a quarterly basis. Regions also has minimum liquidity requirements for the Bank and subsidiaries. These minimum requirements are informed by internal stress testing measures which are reflective of Regions' portfolio and business mix. The Bank's funding and contingency planning does not currently assume any reliance on short-term unsecured sources. Risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits. The securities portfolio is one of Regions’ primary sources of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a constant flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 4 "Debt Securities" to the 92 Table of Contents consolidated financial statements). The agency guaranteed mortgage-backed securities portfolio is another source of liquidity in various secured borrowing capacities. Maturities in the loan portfolio also provide a steady flow of funds. Regions’ liquidity is further enhanced by its relatively stable customer deposit base. Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in state and national money markets, although Regions does not assume reliance on short-term unsecured sources of funding. The balance with the FRB is the primary component of the balance sheet line item, “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2020, Regions had approximately $16.4 billion in cash on deposit with the FRB, an increase from approximately $2.5 billion at December 31, 2019, due to the significant increase in deposits associated with government programs offered in relation to COVID-19. The average balance held with the FRB was approximately $7.7 billion and $666 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" section for more information. Regions’ borrowing availability with the FRB as of December 31, 2020, based on assets pledged as collateral on that date, was $12.8 billion. Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2020, Regions had no FHLB borrowings and its total borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled approximately $16.2 billion. FHLB borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. Regions Bank pledged certain eligible securities and loans as collateral for the outstanding FHLB advances. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding. Refer to Note 8 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 12 "Borrowings" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. Regions' contractual obligations and expected payment dates are presented in the following table: Table 33— Contractual Obligations (2) (3) Deposits Long-term borrowings Lease obligations Purchase obligations (4) Benefit obligations Commitments to fund low income housing partnerships Unrecognized tax benefits (6) (5) Less than 1 Year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years More than 5 Years Indeterminable Maturity Total Payments Due By Period (1) $ $ 3,721 $ 616 118 26 35 622 — 5,138 $ 1,289 $ 1,061 221 43 49 — — 2,663 $ (In millions) 251 $ 1,096 152 10 26 — — 1,535 $ 91 $ 796 251 — 63 — — 1,201 $ 117,127 $ — — — — — 12 117,139 $ 122,479 3,569 742 79 173 622 12 127,676 Includes month-to-month and finance leases that are not included in Note 14 "Leases" to the consolidated financial statements. _________ (1) See Note 24 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for the Company’s commercial commitments at December 31, 2020. (2) Deposits with indeterminable maturity include non-interest bearing demand, savings, interest-bearing transaction accounts and money market accounts. (3) (4) Amounts only include obligations related to the unfunded non-qualified pension plan and postretirement health care plan. (5) Commitments to fund low income housing partnerships includes commitments to make future investments, short-term construction loans and letters of credit, as well as the funded portions of these loans and letters of credit. All of these items are short-term in nature and the majority do not have defined maturity dates. Therefore, they have all been considered due on demand, maturing one year or less. See Note 2 "Variable Interest Entities"to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. (6) See Note 20 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements. 93 Table of Contents CREDIT RISK Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type. See further discussion of the current U.S. economic environment in the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" section and counterparty risk below. Management Process Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision- making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives. Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication. Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio. For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, and Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 21 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Also, refer to Table 22 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category. Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company. Counterparty Risk Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client. Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk management of client side counterparties. Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management. INFORMATION SECURITY RISK Regions faces a variety of operational risks, including information security risks. Information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber attacks that are conducted regularly against Regions and other large financial institutions to compromise or disable information systems, have generally increased in recent years. This trend is expected to continue for a number of reasons, including the proliferation of new technologies, increase in technology-based products and services used by 94 Table of Contents us and our customers, the growing use of mobile devices and cloud technologies, the ability to conduct more financial transactions online, and the increasing sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties or fraud on the part of employees. Regions devotes significant financial and non-financial resources to identify and mitigate threats to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of its information systems. Regions regularly assesses the threats and vulnerabilities to its environment so it can update and maintain its systems and controls to effectively mitigate these risks. Layered security controls are designed to complement each other to protect customer information and transactions. Regions regularly tests its control environment utilizing practices such as penetration testing and more targeted assessments to ensure its controls are working as expected. Regions will continue to commit the resources necessary to mitigate these growing cyber risks, as well as continue to develop and enhance controls, processes and technology to respond to evolving disruptive technology and to protect its systems from attacks or unauthorized access. In addition, Regions maintains a strong commitment to a comprehensive risk management program that includes due diligence and oversight of third-party relationships with vendors. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, Regions has experienced a modest increase in cyber events, such as phishing attacks and malicious traffic from outside the United States. However, the Company's layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events. Regions’ system of internal controls also incorporates an organization-wide protocol for the appropriate reporting and escalation of information security matters to management and the Board, to ensure effective and efficient resolution and, if necessary, disclosure of any matters. The Board is actively engaged in the oversight of Regions’ continuous efforts to reinforce and enhance its operational resilience and receives education to ensure that their oversight efforts accommodate for the ever-evolving information security threat landscape. The Board monitors Regions’ information management risk policies and practices primarily through its Risk Committee, which oversees areas of operational risk such as information technology activities; risks associated with development, infrastructure, and cybersecurity; approval and oversight of internal and third-party information security risk assessments, strategies, policies and programs; and disaster recovery, business continuity, and incident response plans. Additionally, the Board’s Audit Committee regularly reviews Regions’ cybersecurity practices, mainly by receiving reports on the cybersecurity management program prepared by the Chief Information Security Officer, Risk Management, and Internal Audit. The Board annually reviews the information security program and, through its various committees, is briefed at least quarterly on information security matters. Regions participates in information sharing organizations such as FS-ISAC, to gather and share information with peer banks and other financial institutions to better prepare and protect its information systems from attack. FS-ISAC is a nonprofit organization whose objective is to protect the financial services sector against cyber and physical threats and risk. It acts as a trusted third party that provides anonymity to allow members to submit threat, vulnerability and incident information in a non-attributable and trusted manner so information that would normally not be shared is instead made available to other members for the greater good of the membership. In addition to FS-ISAC, Regions is a member of BITS. BITS serves the financial community and its members by providing industry best practices on a variety of security and fraud topics. Regions has contracts with vendors to provide denial of service mitigation. These vendors have also committed the necessary resources to support Regions in the event of a cyber event. Even though Regions devotes significant resources to combat cyber security risks, there is no guarantee that these measures will provide absolute security. As an additional security measure, Regions has engaged a computer forensics firm and an industry-leading consulting firm on retainer in case of a cyber event. Regions has also developed and maintains robust business continuity and disaster recovery plans that it could implement in the event of a cyber event to mitigate the effects of any such event and minimize necessary recovery time. Some of Regions' financial risk exposure with respect to data breaches may be offset by applicable insurance. Even if Regions successfully prevents cyber attacks to its own network, the Company may still incur losses that result from customers' account information being obtained through breaches of retailers' networks where customers have transacted business. The fraud losses, as well as the costs of investigations and re- issuing new customer cards, may impact Regions' financial results. In addition, Regions also relies on some vendors to provide certain components of its business infrastructure, and although Regions actively assesses and monitors the information security capabilities of these vendors, Regions' reliance on them may also increase exposure to information security risk. In the event of a cyber attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event. 95 Table of Contents FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective. Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis. As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary. COMPARISON OF 2019 WITH 2018—CONTINUING OPERATIONS Refer to the “2019 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for comparisons of 2019 with 2018. Table 34— Quarterly Results of Operations Total interest income Total interest expense (1) Net interest income Provision (credit) for credit losses Net interest income after provision (credit) for credit losses Total non-interest income, excluding securities gains (losses), net Securities gains (losses), net Total non-interest expense Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Earnings (loss) per common share: (2) Basic Diluted ________ 2020 2019 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter (In millions, except per share data) $ $ $ 1,079 151 1,098 180 1,063 91 $ 1,150 213 $ 1,177 235 1,171 223 972 882 90 572 1 924 (261) (47) (214) (237) (0.25) (0.25) $ $ $ 928 373 555 485 — 836 204 42 162 139 0.15 0.14 $ $ $ 918 96 822 564 (2) 897 487 98 389 366 0.38 0.38 $ $ $ 937 108 829 558 — 871 516 107 409 385 0.39 0.39 $ $ $ 942 92 850 513 (19) 861 483 93 390 374 0.37 0.37 $ $ $ 948 91 857 509 (7) 860 499 105 394 378 0.37 0.37 $ $ $ $ 1,061 55 1,006 (38) 1,044 680 — 987 737 121 616 588 0.61 0.61 $ $ 1,059 71 988 113 875 652 3 896 634 104 530 501 0.52 0.52 96 $ $ $ $ $ $ Table of Contents (1) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense. (2) Quarterly amounts may not add to year-to-date amounts due to rounding. ASCENTIUM ACQUISITION On April 1, 2020, Regions completed its acquisition of an equipment finance company Ascentium Capital, LLC. The acquisition gives Regions the ability to increase business loans and leases to small business customers using Ascentium's tech-enabled same-day credit decision and funding capabilities. As a result of the acquisition Regions recorded approximately $2.4 billion of assets and assumed $1.9 billion of liabilities. Of the total assets acquired, $1.9 billion were loans and leases that are included in Regions' commercial and industrial loan portfolio. Of the liabilities assumed, $1.8 billion were long-term borrowings. Regions subsequently paid down a significant portion of the borrowings, and as of December 31, 2020, $97 million of long-term debt remained. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at estimated fair value. These fair value estimates are considered preliminary as of December 31, 2020. Fair value estimates, including loans, intangible assets and goodwill, are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information becomes available. Of the loans acquired, a portion were determined to be credit deteriorated on the date of purchase. Purchased loans that have experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered to be credit deteriorated. PCD loans are initially recorded at purchase price less the ALLL recognized at acquisition. Subsequent credit loss activity is recorded within the provision for credit losses. Regions recorded PCD loans of $873 million as a result of the acquisition, which was reflective of a nominal discount. Regions recorded an ALLL related to these loans of $60 million, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition. The non-credit discount related to Ascentium's PCD loans and the fair value mark on non-PCD loans will be amortized to interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method. The amortization will not be material. In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $345 million and other intangible assets of $47 million. Intangible assets are comprised of trademarks, customer lists and other intangibles. Intangible assets will be amortized over the expected useful life of each recognized asset. 97 Table of Contents Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING We, as members of the Management of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Regions’ internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified. All internal controls systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements in the Company’s financial statements, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Regions’ management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in its 2013 Internal Control— Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe and assert that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. Regions’ independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the following page. REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION /S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR. John M. Turner, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer /S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR. David J. Turner, Jr. Chief Financial Officer by by 98 Table of Contents To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes of the Company and our report dated February 24, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Birmingham, Alabama February 24, 2021 99 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 24, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Adoption of New Accounting Standard As discussed in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for credit losses in 2020 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. As explained below, auditing the Company’s allowance for credit losses, including the adoption of the new accounting guidance, was a critical audit matter. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 100 Table of Contents Description of the Matter Allowance for credit losses The allowance for credit losses consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2020, the allowance for credit losses (ACL) was $2.3 billion. The provision for credit losses was $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020. As discussed above and in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2020 the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the estimate of the ACL, resulting in an ACL increase of $501 million. The ACL is established to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loans measured at amortized cost, including unfunded commitments. Management’s measurement of expected losses is driven by loss forecasting models which utilize relevant quantitative information about historical experience, current conditions and the reasonable and supportable economic forecast that affects the collectability of the reported amount. Management’s estimate for the expected credit losses is established through these quantitative factors, as well as qualitative considerations to account for the imprecision inherent in the estimation process. As a result, management may adjust the ACL for the potential impact of qualitative factors through their established framework. Management’s qualitative framework provides for specific model and general imprecision adjustments for such factors as the economic forecast imprecision, potential model error imprecision, process imprecision and specific issues or events that Management believes are not adequately captured in the modeled outcomes. Auditing management’s ACL estimate and related provision for credit losses involved a high degree of complexity in evaluating the expected loss forecasting models and subjectivity in evaluating management’s measurement of the economic forecast used during the reasonable and supportable period and the qualitative factors. How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s process for establishing the ACL, including management’s controls over: 1) expected loss forecasting models including model validation, implementation, monitoring, the completeness and accuracy of key inputs and assumptions used in the models; 2) the development and application of the reasonable and supportable economic forecast; 3) the identification and measurement of qualitative factors. With respect to expected loss forecasting models, with the support of specialists, we evaluated the conceptual soundness of the model methodology and re-performed the calculation for a sample of models. We also tested the appropriateness of key inputs and assumptions used in these models by agreeing a sample of inputs to supporting information. Regarding the reasonable and supportable economic forecast, with the support of specialists, we assessed the forecasted economic scenario by, among other procedures, evaluating management’s methodology for developing the forecast and comparing a sample of key economic variables developed to external sources, historical and peer bank information. With respect to the identification of qualitative factors, we evaluated 1) the potential impact of imprecision in the quantitative models and hence the need to consider a qualitative adjustment to the ACL, and 2) changes, assumptions and adjustments to the models. Regarding measurement of the qualitative factors, we evaluated internal data utilized by management to estimate the appropriate level of the qualitative factors, as well as internal data produced by the Company’s Credit Review, Internal Audit and Model Validation groups, and external macroeconomic factors independently obtained during the audit. We evaluated the overall ACL amount, including model estimates and qualitative factor adjustments, and whether the recorded ACL appropriately reflects expected credit losses on the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments. We reviewed historical loss statistics, peer-bank information, subsequent events and transactions and considered whether they corroborate or contradict the Company’s measurement of the ACL. We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1971. Birmingham, Alabama February 24, 2021 101 Table of Contents REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS $ $ $ Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits in other banks Debt securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of $1,215 and $1,372 respectively) Debt securities available for sale (amortized cost of $26,092 and $22,332, respectively) Loans held for sale (includes $1,446 and $439 measured at fair value, respectively) Loans, net of unearned income Allowance for loan losses Net loans Other earning assets Premises and equipment, net Interest receivable Goodwill Residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value Other identifiable intangible assets, net Other assets Total assets Deposits: Non-interest-bearing Interest-bearing Total deposits Borrowed funds: Short-term borrowings Long-term borrowings Total borrowed funds Other liabilities Total liabilities Equity: Liabilities and Equity Preferred stock, authorized 10 million shares, par value $1.00 per share: Non-cumulative perpetual, including related surplus, net of issuance costs; issued—1,850,000 and 1,500,000 shares, respectively Common stock, authorized 3 billion shares, par value $.01 per share: Issued including treasury stock—1,001,507,052 and 998,278,188 shares, respectively Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost— 41,032,676 shares Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and equity See notes to consolidated financial statements. 102 December 31 2020 2019 (In millions, except share data) $ 1,558 16,398 1,122 27,154 1,905 85,266 (2,167) 83,099 1,217 1,897 346 5,190 296 122 7,085 1,598 2,516 1,332 22,606 637 82,963 (869) 82,094 1,518 1,960 362 4,845 345 105 6,322 147,389 $ 126,240 $ 51,289 71,190 122,479 — 3,569 3,569 3,230 129,278 1,656 10 12,731 3,770 (1,371) 1,315 18,111 34,113 63,362 97,475 2,050 7,879 9,929 2,541 109,945 1,310 10 12,685 3,751 (1,371) (90) 16,295 126,240 $ 147,389 $ Table of Contents REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Year Ended December 31 2020 2019 (In millions, except per share data) 2018 Interest income, including other financing income on: Loans, including fees Debt securities Loans held for sale Other earning assets Total interest income Interest expense on: Deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term borrowings Total interest expense Net interest income Provision for credit losses (1) Net interest income after provision for credit losses (1) Non-interest income: Service charges on deposit accounts Card and ATM fees Investment management and trust fee income Capital markets income Mortgage income Securities gains (losses), net Other Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Salaries and employee benefits Net occupancy expense Furniture and equipment expense Other Total non-interest expense Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from continuing operations Discontinued operations: Income from discontinued operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from discontinued operations, net of tax Net income Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders Net income available to common shareholders Weighted-average number of shares outstanding: Basic Diluted Earnings per common share from continuing operations: Basic Diluted Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,610 582 28 42 4,262 180 10 178 368 3,894 1,330 2,564 621 438 253 275 333 4 469 2,393 2,100 313 348 882 3,643 1,314 220 1,094 — — — 1,094 991 991 959 962 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,866 643 17 70 4,596 447 53 351 851 3,745 387 3,358 729 455 243 178 163 (28) 376 2,116 1,916 321 325 927 3,489 1,985 403 1,582 — — — 1,582 1,503 1,503 995 999 1.51 1.50 1.51 1.50 3,613 625 15 84 4,337 250 30 322 602 3,735 229 3,506 710 438 235 202 137 1 296 2,019 1,947 335 325 963 3,570 1,955 387 1,568 271 80 191 1,759 1,504 1,695 1,092 1,102 1.38 1.36 1.55 1.54 _________ (1) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense. See notes to consolidated financial statements. 103 Table of Contents REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity: Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity during the period (net of zero, zero and zero tax effect, respectively) Less: reclassification adjustments for amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity (net of ($2), ($2) and ($3) tax effect, respectively) Net change in unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity, net of tax Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale: Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period (net of $200, $196 and ($83) tax effect, respectively) Less: reclassification adjustments for securities gains (losses) realized in net income (net of $1, ($7) and zero tax effect, respectively) Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of tax Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges: Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period (net of $363, $123 and ($1) tax effect, respectively) Less: reclassification adjustments for gains (losses) on derivative instruments realized in net income (net of $65, ($6) and $3 tax effect, respectively) Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits: Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period (net of ($36), ($50) and $4 tax effect, respectively) Less: reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial loss and settlements realized in net income (net of ($11), ($11) and ($8) tax effect, respectively) Net change from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits, net of tax Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Comprehensive income Year Ended December 31 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ 1,094 $ 1,582 $ 1,759 — (6) 6 592 3 589 1,077 195 882 (108) (36) (72) 1,405 — (5) 5 581 (21) 602 367 (18) 385 (150) (32) (118) 874 $ 2,499 $ 2,456 $ — (6) 6 (244) — (244) (3) 9 (12) 7 (28) 35 (215) 1,544 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 104 Table of Contents REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Shareholders' Equity Preferred Stock Common Stock Shares Amount Shares Amount Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Treasury Stock, At Cost (In millions, except per share data) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net Total BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2018 Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Cash dividends declared Preferred stock dividends Common stock transactions: Impact of share repurchases Impact of stock transactions under compensation plans, net and other BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018 Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Cash dividends declared Preferred stock dividends Net proceeds from issuance of 500 thousand shares of Series C, fixed to floating rate, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including related surplus Common stock transactions: Impact of share repurchases Impact of stock transactions under compensation plans, net and other BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019 Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Cash dividends declared Preferred stock dividends Net proceeds from issuance of 350 thousand shares of Series D, fixed to floating rate, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including related surplus Impact of stock transactions under compensation plans, net and other BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020 1 $ 820 1,133 $ 12 $ 15,858 $ — — — — — — 1 — — — — — 1 — — 2 — — — — — — — 2 $ $ — — — — — — 820 — — — — — 490 — — 1,310 — — — — — 346 — $ $ — — — — (115) 7 1,025 — — — — — — (72) 4 957 — — — — — — 3 $ 1,656 960 $ — — — — (1) — 11 — — — — — — (1) — 10 — — — — — — — 10 $ $ $ $ — — — — (2,121) 29 13,766 — — — — — — (1,100) 19 12,685 — — — — — — 46 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 105 1,628 (2) 1,759 — (493) (64) — — 2,828 2 1,582 — (582) (79) — — — 3,751 (377) 1,094 — (595) (103) — — $ (1,377) $ (749) $ $ $ $ $ — — — — — 6 (1,371) — — — — — — — — (1,371) — — — — — — — $ $ — (215) — — — — (964) — — 874 — — — — — (90) — — 1,405 — — — — 16,192 (2) 1,759 (215) (493) (64) (2,122) 35 15,090 2 1,582 874 (582) (79) 490 (1,101) 19 16,295 (377) 1,094 1,405 (595) (103) 346 46 $ 12,731 $ 3,770 $ (1,371) $ 1,315 $ 18,111 Table of Contents REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: (1) Provision for credit losses Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net Securities (gains) losses, net (Gain) on sale of business Deferred income tax expense (benefit) Originations and purchases of loans held for sale Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale (Gain) loss on sale of loans, net Loss on early extinguishment of debt Net change in operating assets and liabilities: Other earning assets Interest receivable and other assets Other liabilities Other Net cash from operating activities Investing activities: Proceeds from maturities of debt securities held to maturity Proceeds from sales of debt securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities of debt securities available for sale Purchases of debt securities available for sale Net proceeds from (payments for) bank-owned life insurance Proceeds from sales of loans Purchases of loans Net change in loans Purchases of mortgage servicing rights Net purchases of other assets Proceeds from disposition of a business, net of cash transferred Payment for acquisition of a business, net of cash received Net cash from investing activities Financing activities: Net change in deposits Net change in short-term borrowings Proceeds from long-term borrowings Payments on long-term borrowings Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock Cash dividends on common stock Cash dividends on preferred stock Repurchases of common stock Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards Other Net cash from financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year Year Ended December 31 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ 1,094 $ 1,582 $ 1,759 1,330 421 (4) — (158) (6,634) 5,865 (241) 22 313 (246) 459 103 2,324 209 304 4,921 (8,956) (1) 256 (1,558) 546 (59) (134) — (381) (4,853) 25,004 (2,050) 4,698 (10,918) 346 (595) (103) — (8) (3) 16,371 13,842 4,114 387 426 28 — 62 (4,381) 4,144 (124) 16 158 (347) 453 177 2,581 148 5,372 3,532 (8,102) (8) 471 (1,561) 859 (24) (178) — — 509 2,984 450 21,274 (25,926) 490 (577) (79) (1,101) (29) — (2,514) 576 3,538 $ 17,956 $ 4,114 $ 229 462 (1) (281) 226 (3,351) 3,451 (73) — 116 171 (470) 37 2,275 174 254 3,383 (3,410) (4) 307 (612) (3,272) (71) (151) 357 — (3,045) (2,398) 1,100 21,750 (17,451) — (452) (64) (2,122) (35) (1) 327 (443) 3,981 3,538 _________ (1) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is now the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption, the provision for unfunded commitments is included in other non-interest expense. See notes to consolidated financial statements. 106 Table of Contents REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Regions Financial Corporation (“Regions” or the “Company”) provides a full range of banking and bank-related services to individual and corporate customers through its subsidiaries and branch offices located across the South, Midwest and Texas. The Company competes with other financial institutions located in the states in which it operates, as well as other adjoining states. Regions is subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by certain of those regulatory authorities. The accounting and reporting policies of Regions and the methods of applying those policies that materially affect the consolidated financial statements conform with GAAP and with general financial services industry practices. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses for the periods presented. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements including, but not limited to, the estimates and assumptions related to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangibles, residential MSRs and income taxes. Regions has evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. During 2020, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to several topics, including CECL. The cumulative effect of the modified retrospective application of CECL on retained earnings is discussed below. All prior period amounts impacted by guidance that required retrospective application have been revised. Certain amounts in prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation, except as otherwise noted. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, comprehensive income (loss), total assets or total shareholders’ equity as previously reported. CECL On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted CECL, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology. The measurement of expected losses under CECL is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables and debt securities held to maturity. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor in accordance with accounting guidance on leases. In addition, CECL required changes to the accounting for debt securities available for sale. The adoption of CECL had a material impact to the allowance for credit losses (see below). The cumulative effect of the modified retrospective application for all items in scope was a reduction to retained earnings of $377 million, $375 million of which was attributable to the allowance and $2 million of which was attributable to other financial assets. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Regions, its subsidiaries and certain VIEs. Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Regions considers a voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and consolidates it if Regions has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIEs are consolidated if Regions has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that significantly impact financial performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., Regions is the primary beneficiary). The determination of whether Regions is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is reassessed on an ongoing basis. Investments in companies which are not VIEs but in which Regions has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in VIEs, where Regions is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, are accounted for using either the proportional amortization method or the equity method of accounting. These investments are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The maximum potential exposure to losses relative to investments in VIEs is generally limited to the sum of the outstanding balance, future funding commitments and any related loans to the entity. Loans to these entities are underwritten in substantially the same manner as are other loans and are generally secured. Refer to Note 2 for additional disclosures regarding Regions’ significant VIEs. Unconsolidated equity investments that do not meet the criteria to be accounted for under the equity method and do not have a readily determinable fair value are accounted for at cost under the measurement alternative with adjustments for impairment and observable price changes as applicable. Cost method investments are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Dividends received or receivable and observable price changes from these investments are included as a component of other non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. 107 Table of Contents DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On April 4, 2018, Regions entered into a stock purchase agreement to sell Regions Insurance Group, Inc. and related affiliates to BB&T Insurance Holdings, Inc. (now Truist Insurance Holdings, Inc). The transaction closed on July 2, 2018. Results of operations for the entities sold are presented separately as discontinued operations for all periods presented on the consolidated statements of income. Other expenses related to the transaction are also included in discontinued operations. See Note 3 and Note 24 for further discussion. CASH EQUIVALENTS AND CASH FLOWS Cash equivalents represent assets that can be converted into cash immediately. At Regions, these assets include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Cash flows from loans, either originated or acquired, are classified at that time according to management’s intent to either sell or hold the loan for the foreseeable future. When management’s intent is to sell the loan, the cash flows of that loan are presented as operating cash flows. When management’s intent is to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, the cash flows of that loan are presented as investing cash flows. The following table summarizes supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31: Cash paid during the period for: Interest on deposits and borrowings Income taxes, net Non-cash transfers: Loans held for sale and loans transferred to other real estate Loans transferred to loans held for sale Loans held for sale transferred to loans Properties transferred to held for sale 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ 408 $ 132 31 275 1 33 851 $ 85 63 66 3 62 581 57 54 313 14 21 SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions. It is Regions’ policy to take possession of securities purchased under resell agreements either through direct delivery or a tri-party agreement. DEBT SECURITIES Management determines the appropriate accounting classification of debt securities at the time of purchase, based on intent, and periodically re-evaluates such designations. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity when the Company has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Debt securities held to maturity are presented at amortized cost. Debt securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as available for sale. Debt securities available for sale are presented at estimated fair value with changes in unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for discussion of determining fair value. The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security, using the interest method. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest income on securities. Realized gains and losses are included in net securities gains (losses). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. For debt securities available for sale, the Company reviews its securities portfolio for impairment and determines if impairment is related to credit loss or non- credit loss. In making the assessment of whether a loss is from credit or other factors, management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance is created, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Subsequent activity related to the credit loss component (e.g. write-offs, recoveries) is recognized as part of the allowance for credit losses on debt securities available for sale. Securities held to maturity are evaluated under the allowance for credit losses model. For securities which have an expectation of zero nonpayment of the amortized cost basis (e.g. U.S. Treasury securities or agency securities), the expected credit loss is zero. Refer to Note 4 for further detail and information on securities. 108 Table of Contents LOANS HELD FOR SALE Regions’ loans held for sale include commercial loans, investor real estate loans and residential real estate mortgage loans. Loans held for sale are recorded at either estimated fair value, if the fair value option is elected, or the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Regions has elected to account for residential real estate mortgages originated with the intent to sell at fair value. Intent is established for these conforming residential real estate mortgage loans when Regions enters into an interest rate lock commitment. Gains and losses on these residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the fair value option has been elected are included in mortgage income. Certain commercial loans held for sale where management has elected the fair value option are recorded at fair value. Gains and losses on commercial loans held for sale for which the fair value option has been elected are included in capital markets income. Regions also transfers certain commercial, investor real estate, and residential real estate mortgage portfolio loans to held for sale when management has the intent to sell in the near term. These held for sale loans are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. At the time of transfer, write-downs on the loans are recorded as charge-offs when credit related and non-interest expense when not credit related and a new cost basis is established. Any subsequent lower of cost or market adjustment is determined on an individual loan basis. Gains and losses on the sale of non-performing commercial and investor real estate loans are included in other non-interest expense. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for discussion of determining estimated fair value. LOANS Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered loans held for investment (or portfolio loans). Loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost (the principal amount outstanding, net of premiums, discounts, unearned income and deferred loan fees and costs). Regions elected to exclude accrued interest receivable balances from the amortized cost basis. Interest receivable is included as a separate line item on the balance sheet. Regions' loans balance is comprised of commercial, investor real estate and consumer loans. Interest income on all types of loans is accrued based on the contractual interest rate and the principal amount outstanding using methods that approximate the interest method, except for those loans classified as non-accrual. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, are deferred and recognized over the contractual or estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the loans’ constant effective yield, which is included in interest income on loans. Direct financing, sales-type and leveraged leases are included within the commercial portfolio segment. See Note 5 for further detail and information on loans and Note 14 for further detail on leases. Regions determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms. Commercial and investor real estate loans are placed on non-accrual if any of the following conditions occur: 1) collection in full of contractual principal and interest is no longer reasonably assured (even if current as to payment status), 2) a partial charge-off has occurred, unless the loan has been brought current under its contractual terms (original or restructured terms) and the full originally contracted principal and interest is considered to be fully collectible, or 3) the loan is delinquent on any principal or interest for 90 days or more unless the obligation is secured by collateral having a net realizable value (estimated fair value less costs to sell) sufficient to fully discharge the obligation and the loan is in the legal process of collection. Factors considered regarding full collection include assessment of changes in borrower’s cash flow, valuation of underlying collateral, ability and willingness of guarantors to provide credit support, and other conditions. Charge-offs on commercial and investor real estate loans are primarily based on the facts and circumstances of the individual loan and occur when available information confirms the loan is not or will not be fully collectible. Factors considered in making these determinations are the borrower’s and any guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay, the status of the account in bankruptcy court (if applicable), and collateral value. Commercial and investor real estate loan relationships of $250,000 or less are subject to charge-off or charge down to estimated fair value at 180 days past due, based on collateral value. Non-accrual and charge-off decisions for consumer loans are dictated by the FFIEC's Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy which establishes standards for the classification and treatment of consumer loans. The charge-off process drives consumer non-accrual status as follows. If a consumer loan secured by real estate in a first lien position (residential first mortgage or home equity) becomes 180 days past due, Regions evaluates the loan for non-accrual status and potential charge-off based on net loan to value exposure. For home equity loans and lines of credit in a second lien position, the evaluation is performed at 120 days past due. If a loan is secured by collateral having a net realizable value sufficient to fully discharge the obligation, then a partial write-down is not necessary and the loan remains on accrual status, provided it is in the process of legal collection. If a partial charge-off is necessary as a result of the evaluation, then the remaining balance is placed on non-accrual. Consumer loans not secured by real estate are generally charged-off at either 120 days past due for closed-end loans, 180 days past due for open-end loans other than credit cards or the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due for credit cards. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premium, accretion of loan discount and amortization/accretion of deferred net loan fees/costs are discontinued. When a commercial or investor real estate loan is placed on non-accrual status, uncollected interest accrued in the current year is reversed and charged to interest income. Uncollected interest accrued from prior years on commercial and investor real estate loans placed on non- accrual status in the current year is charged against the allowance for loan losses. When a consumer loan is placed on non-accrual status, all 109 Table of Contents uncollected interest accrued is reversed and charged to interest income due to immateriality. Interest collections on commercial and investor real estate non-accrual loans are applied as principal reductions. Interest collections on consumer loans are recorded using the cash basis, due to immateriality. All loans on non-accrual status may be returned to accrual status and interest accrual resumed if all of the following conditions are met: 1) the loan is brought contractually current as to both principal and interest, 2) future payments are reasonably expected to continue being received in accordance with the terms of the loan and repayment ability can be reasonably demonstrated, and 3) the loan has been performing for at least six months. Purchased Loans Purchased loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Purchased loans are evaluated and classified as either PCD, which indicates that the loan has experienced more than insignificant credit deterioration since origination, or non-PCD loans. For PCD loans, the sum of the loans' purchase price and allowance for credit losses, which is determined using the same methodology as originated loans, becomes their initial amortized cost basis. For non-PCD loans, the difference between the fair value and the par value is considered the fair value mark. The non-credit discount or premium related to PCD loans and the fair value mark on non- PCD loans is accreted or amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method. Subsequent changes in the allowance to the PCD and non-PCD loans are recognized in the provision for credit losses. TDRs TDRs are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the time of restructuring, and Regions has granted a concession to the borrower. TDRs are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery on the loan and may take the form of modifications made with the stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside of normal underwriting policies and procedures, or in limited circumstances forgiveness of principal and/or interest. Insignificant delays in payments are not considered TDRs. TDRs can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. TDRs are subject to policies governing accrual/non-accrual evaluation consistent with all other loans of the same product type as discussed in the “Loans” section above. Prior to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, all loans with the TDR designation were considered to be impaired, even if they were accruing. With the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the definition of impaired loans was removed from accounting guidance. The CAP was designed to evaluate potential consumer loan participants as early as possible in the life cycle of the troubled loan (as described in Note 6). Many of the modifications are finalized without the borrower ever reaching the applicable number of days past due, and therefore the loan may never be placed on non- accrual. Accordingly, given the positive impact of the restructuring on the likelihood of recovery of cash flows due under the modified terms, accrual status continues to be appropriate for these loans. As provided in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or December 31, 2020 were eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of the CARES Act; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs. The CARES Act relief and short-term nature of most COVID-19 deferrals precluded the majority of Regions' COVID-19 loan modifications from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2020. Further, on December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law and extended the relief from TDR classification through January 1, 2022. Regions elected this provision. ALLOWANCE Regions adopted CECL using the modified retrospective method for loans held for investment, net investment in lease assets, and off-balance sheet credit exposures. Regions elected not to estimate an allowance on interest receivable balances because the Company has non-accrual policies in place that provide for the accrual of interest to cease on a timely basis when all contractual amounts due are not expected. The cumulative effect of the retrospective application for loans and unfunded commitments was an increase in the allowance of $501 million and a reduction to retained earnings of $375 million, with the difference being an increase to deferred tax assets. The adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020 replaced the incurred loss methodology to estimate the allowance with the expected loss methodology. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for additional information regarding the accounting and reporting policies related to the incurred loss methodology. Upon the adoption of CECL, the allowance is intended to cover expected credit losses over the contractual life of loans measured at amortized cost, including unfunded commitments. Management’s measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and R&S forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. For periods beyond which Regions makes or obtains such R&S forecasts, Regions reverts to historical credit loss information. Regions maintains an appropriate level of allowance that falls within an acceptable range of estimated losses, measured in accordance with GAAP. Management's determination of the appropriateness of the allowance is 110 Table of Contents based on many factors, including, but not limited to, an evaluation and rating of the loan portfolio; historical loan loss experience; current economic conditions; collateral values securing loans; levels of problem loans; volume, growth, quality and composition of the loan portfolio; regulatory guidance; R&S economic forecasts; and other relevant factors. Changes in any of these factors, assumptions, or the availability of new information, could require that the allowance be adjusted in future periods, perhaps materially. Loss forecasting models are built on historical loss information and then applied to the current portfolio. Outputs from the loss forecasting models in combination with Regions' qualitative framework, and other analyses are used to inform management in its estimation of Regions' expected credit losses. Actual losses could vary, perhaps materially, from management’s estimates. The entire allowance is available to cover all charge-offs that arise from the loan portfolio. Regions' allowance calculation is a significant estimate. Regions uses its best judgment to assess economic conditions and loss data in estimating the CECL allowance and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes in underlying external or internal data. Therefore, assumptions and decisions driving the estimate may change as conditions change. These assumptions and estimates are detailed below. R & S forecast period During the two-year R&S forecast period, Regions incorporates forward-looking information by utilizing its internally developed and approved Base economic forecast. The scenario is developed by the Chief Economist and approved through a formal governance process. The Base forecast considers market forward/consensus information and is consistent with the Company's organization-wide economic outlook. When appropriate, additional scenarios, including externally created scenarios, are considered as part of the determination of the allowance. Reversion period Regions utilizes an exponential reversion approach that reverts to TTC rates derived from the simple average of all historical quarterly observations for PD, LGD, EAD and prepayment rates. The length of the reversion period differs by class of financing receivable. Historical loss period Regions does not adjust historical loss information for existing economic conditions or expectations of future economic conditions for periods that are beyond the R&S period. Regions utilizes internal historical loss information; however, there are certain loan portfolios that also benefit from the use of external or other reference data due to identified limitations with internal historical data. Contractual life Regions estimates expected credit losses over the contractual life of a loan. Regions defines contractual life for non-revolving loans as contractual maturity, net of estimated prepayments and excluding expected extensions, renewals and modifications unless 1) Regions has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that it will execute a TDR with the borrower ("RETDR") or 2) extension or renewal options are included in the original or modified contract at the reporting date and are not unconditionally cancellable by Regions. RETDR Regions individually identifies commercial and investor real estate loans for inclusion as RETDRs. The identification criteria are based on internal risk ratings and time to maturity. Regions typically does not identify consumer loans as RETDRs due to the insignificant period between initial contact with a customer regarding a loan modification and when a TDR modification is consummated. The RETDR status extends the life of the loan past the contractual maturity and includes the allowance impact of interest rate concessions. Loans identified as RETDRs will be treated consistently from a modeling/reserving perspective as loans identified as TDRs. Contractual term extensions (borrower versus lender option to renew) Regions' consumer loan contracts do not permit automatic extensions or unilateral customer extensions, and Regions retains the right to approve or deny any extension requested from the borrower. As a result, extensions and renewal options are not included in the life of consumer loans for the purposes of calculating the allowance. Similarly, Regions does not include extension and renewal options in the life of commercial loans for the purposes of calculating the allowance, unless it is a RETDR. Most commercial products do not offer borrowers a unilateral right to renew or extend. Contractual life of credit card receivables Regions estimates the life of credit card receivables based on the amount and timing of payments expected to be collected. Regions' credit card allowance estimate only considers the amount of debt outstanding at the reporting date (the current position) because undrawn balances are unconditionally cancellable and therefore are not considered. Regions classifies credit card accounts into one of three payment patterns: dormant, transacting or revolving. The dormant accounts are idle, carry no balance, and do not contribute to the allowance. The transacting account holders tend to pay the entire balance due every month 111 Table of Contents and are, therefore, subject to practically no interest charges. For transactor accounts, the current position balance is expected to be paid off in one quarter. The revolving accounts tend to be subject to interest charges, and their current position balance liquidates over time. Regions' credit card portfolio is comprised primarily of revolvers. Collateral-dependent loans Regions' collateral-dependent consumer loans are loans secured by collateral (primarily real estate) that meet the partial charge-down requirements disclosed within this section. Regions evaluates significant commercial and investor real estate loans that are in financial difficulty and secured by collateral to determine if they are collateral dependent. For collateral-dependent loans, CECL requires an entity to measure the expected credit losses based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date when the entity determines that foreclosure is probable. Additionally, CECL allows a fair value of collateral practical expedient as a measurement approach for loans when the repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty ("collateral dependent”). For any collateral-dependent loans that meet Regions' specific allowance criteria (see below), Regions will calculate the CECL allowance based on the fair value of collateral methodology. For collateral-dependent consumer, commercial and investor real estate loans that do not meet Regions' specific allowance criteria (as described below), Regions considers the value of the collateral through the LGD component of the loss model based on collateral type. Credit enhancements Regions' estimate of credit losses reflects how credit enhancements, other than those that are freestanding contracts, mitigate expected credit losses on financial assets. In the event that a credit enhancement arrangement is considered to be a freestanding contract, Regions excludes the credit enhancement from the related loan when estimating expected credit losses. Unfunded commitments and other off-balance sheet items CECL requires an entity to record a liability or allowance for credit losses for the unfunded portion of a loan commitment in the event that the issuer does not have the unconditional right to cancel the commitment. For an unfunded commitment to be considered unconditionally cancellable, Regions must be able to, at any time, with or without cause, refuse to extend credit. The liability is measured over the full contractual period for which Regions is exposed to credit risk through a current obligation to extend credit. In determining the liability, management considers the likelihood that funding will occur, and if funded, the related expected credit losses under the CECL model. Regions' off-balance sheet unfunded commitments in the form of home equity lines, standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit and commercial revolving products that are deemed to be conditionally cancellable will include unfunded balances within the allowance estimate. Future advances from certain unfunded commitments and other revolving products where Regions does have the unconditional right to cancel these agreements will not be included. CALCULATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES Pooled allowances The allowance is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. Segmentation variables for commercial and investor real estate segments include product, loan size, collateral type, risk rating and term. Segmentation variables considered for consumer segments include product, FICO, LTV, age, TDR status, etc. The allowance is estimated for most portfolios and classes using econometric models to estimate expected credit losses. In general, discounted cash flow models are not used for the purpose of estimating expected losses for the purpose of the ACL. Most of the econometric models include PD, LGD, and EAD components. Less complex estimation methods are used for smaller loan portfolios. Specific allowances Due to their size, complexity and individualized risk characteristics and monitoring, the allowance for significant non-accrual commercial and investor real estate loans (including TDRs) and unfunded commitments is measured on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually are not included in the collective evaluation. Regions generally measures the allowance for these loans based on the present value of estimated cash flows, considering all facts and circumstances specific to the borrower and market and economic conditions. The allowance measurement for collateral-dependent loans that meet the individually evaluated threshold is based on the fair value of collateral methodology. TDRs and RETDRs Loans identified as TDRs and RETDRs are treated consistently in CECL loss models. These loans are included in their respective loan pools (if they do not qualify for specific evaluation) and losses are determined by CECL models. The effect of the interest rate concession on these loans is considered through a post- model adjustment. Qualitative framework While quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. Imprecision exists in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag 112 Table of Contents between obtaining information, performing the calculation, as well as variations between estimates and actual outcomes. Regions adjusts the allowance considering quantitative and qualitative factors which may not be directly measured in the modeled calculations. Regions' qualitative framework provides for specific, quantitatively supported model adjustments and general imprecision adjustments. Specific model adjustments capture highly specific issues or events that Regions believes are not adequately captured in model outcomes. General imprecision adjustments address other sources of imprecision that are not specifically identifiable or quantifiable to a particular loan portfolio and have not been captured by the model or by a specific model adjustment. Regions considers general imprecision in three dimensions; economic forecast imprecision, model error imprecision, and process imprecision. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion regarding the calculation of the allowance for credit losses. LEASES LESSEES Regions' lease portfolio is primarily composed of property leases that are classified as either operating or finance leases with the majority classified as operating leases. Property leases, which primarily include office locations and retail branches, typically have original lease terms ranging from 1 year to 20 years, some of which may also include an option to extend the lease beyond the original lease term. In some circumstances, Regions may also have an option to terminate the lease early with advance notice. Regions includes renewal and termination options within the lease term if deemed reasonably certain of exercise. As most leases do not state an implicit rate, Regions utilizes the incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Regions continues to recognize lease payments as an expense over the lease term as appropriate. The remainder of the lease portfolio is comprised of equipment leases that have remaining lease terms of 1 year to 4 years. Operating leases vary in term and, from time to time, include incentives and/or rent escalations. Examples of incentives include periods of “free” rent and leasehold improvement incentives. Regions recognizes incentives and escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction of or increase to rent expense, as applicable, within net occupancy expense in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 14 "Leases" for additional information. LESSORS Regions engages in both direct financing and sales-type leasing. Regions also has portfolios of leveraged and operating leases. These arrangements provide equipment financing for leased assets, such as vehicles and aircraft. At the commencement date, Regions (lessor) enters into an agreement with the customer (lessee) to lease the underlying equipment for a specified lease term. The lease agreements may provide customers the option to terminate the lease by buying the equipment at fair market value at the time of termination or at the end of the lease term. Regions' equipment finance asset management group performs due diligence procedures on the lease residual and overall equipment values as part of the origination process. Regions performs lease residual value reviews on an ongoing basis. In order to manage the residual value risk inherent in some of its direct financing leases, Regions purchases residual value insurance from an independent third party. Sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases are recorded within loans and operating leases are recorded within other earning assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recognized over the terms of the leases to produce a constant effective yield. The net investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments (less non-recourse debt payments) and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment. See Note 14 "Leases" for additional information. OTHER EARNING ASSETS Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB stock, FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and operating lease assets. See Note 8 for additional information. INVESTMENTS IN FEDERAL RESERVE BANK AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK Ownership of FRB and FHLB stock is a requirement for all banks seeking membership into and access to the services provided by these banking systems. These shares are accounted for at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES Marketable equity securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net income. INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING LEASES Investments in operating leases represent the assets underlying the related lease contracts and are reported at cost, less accumulated depreciation and net of origination fees and costs. Depreciation on these assets is generally provided on a straight-line basis over the lease term down to an estimated residual value. Regions periodically evaluates its depreciation rate for leased 113 Table of Contents assets based on projected residual values and adjusts depreciation expense over the remaining life of the lease if deemed appropriate. Regions also evaluates the current value of the operating lease assets and tests for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. Income from operating lease assets includes lease origination fees, net of lease origination costs, and is recognized as operating lease revenue on a straight line basis over the scheduled lease term. The accrual of revenue on operating leases is generally discontinued at the time an account is determined to be uncollectible. Operating lease revenue and the depreciation expense on the related operating lease assets are included as components of net interest income on the consolidated statements of income. When a leased asset is returned, its remaining value is reclassified from other earning assets to other assets and recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell, on Regions' consolidated balance sheet. Impairment of the operating lease asset, as well as residual value gains and losses at the end of the lease term are recorded through other non-interest income. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, as applicable. Land is carried at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements (or the terms of the leases, if shorter). Generally, premises and leasehold improvements are depreciated or amortized over 7-40 years. Furniture and equipment are generally depreciated or amortized over 3-10 years. Premises and equipment are evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Maintenance and repairs are charged to non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Improvements that either add functionality or extend the useful life of the asset are capitalized to the carrying value and depreciated. See Note 9 for detail of premises and equipment. INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible assets include goodwill, which is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses, and other identifiable intangible assets. Other identifiable intangible assets primarily include the following: 1) core deposit intangible assets, which are amounts recorded related to the value of acquired indeterminate maturity deposits, 2) amounts capitalized related to the value of acquired customer relationships, and 3) the DUS license. Core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationships, customer relationship intangibles and other identifiable intangibles assets are amortized over their expected useful lives. The Company’s goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Regions assesses the following indicators of goodwill impairment for each reporting period: • Recent operating performance, • Changes in market capitalization, • Regulatory actions and assessments, • Changes in the business climate (including legislation, legal factors and competition), • Company-specific factors (including changes in key personnel, asset impairments, and business dispositions), and • Trends in the banking industry. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied estimated fair value of goodwill. Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, a goodwill impairment test is performed. The Company compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in non-interest expense in an amount equal to that excess. For purposes of performing the qualitative assessment, Regions evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. For purposes of performing the goodwill impairment test, if applicable, Regions uses both income and market approaches to value its reporting units. The income approach, which is the primary valuation approach, consists of discounting projected long-term future cash flows, which are derived from internal forecasts and economic expectations for the respective reporting 114 Table of Contents units. The significant inputs to the income approach include expected future cash flows, the long-term target equity ratios, and the discount rate. Other identifiable intangible assets, primarily core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationships and other acquired customer relationships, are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of core deposits, significant losses of credit card or other types of acquired customer accounts and/or balances, increased competition, or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent other identifiable intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, impairment losses are recorded in non-interest expense and reduce the carrying amount of the asset. Refer to Note 10 for further detail and discussion of the results of the goodwill and other identifiable intangibles impairment tests. ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS Regions accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when control over the transferred assets is surrendered. Control is generally considered to have been surrendered when 1) the transferred assets are legally isolated from the Company or its consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, 2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets with no conditions that constrain the transferee and provide more than a trivial benefit to the Company, and 3) the Company does not maintain the obligation or unilateral ability to reclaim or repurchase the assets. If these sale criteria are met, the transferred assets are removed from the Company’s balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing, and the assets remain on the Company’s balance sheet, the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability, and gain or loss on sale is deferred until the sale criterion are achieved. Regions has elected to account for its residential MSRs using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, residential MSRs are measured at estimated fair value each period with changes in fair value recorded as a component of mortgage income. The fair value of residential MSRs is calculated using various assumptions including future cash flows, market discount rates, expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. A significant change in prepayments of residential mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant valuation adjustments, thus creating potential volatility in the carrying amount of residential MSRs. The valuation method relies on an OAS to consider prepayment risk and equate the asset's discounted cash flows to its market price. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional discussion regarding determination of fair value. Regions is a DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. Regions' related commercial MSRs are recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets at the lower of cost or estimated fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the estimated period that net servicing income is expected to be received based on projections of the amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows. The amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows are updated based on actual results and updated projections. Regions periodically evaluates its commercial MSRs for impairment. Regions has a one-third loss share guarantee associated with the majority of the DUS servicing portfolio. The other two-thirds loss share guarantee is retained by Fannie Mae. The estimated fair value of the loss share guarantee is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 7 for further information on servicing of financial assets. FORECLOSED PROPERTY AND OTHER REAL ESTATE Other real estate and certain other assets acquired in satisfaction of indebtedness (“foreclosure”) are carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. At the date of transfer from the loan portfolio, if the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell, a write-down is recorded against the allowance. Regions allows a period of up to 60 days after the date of transfer to record finalized write-downs as charge-offs against the allowance in order to properly accumulate all related invoices and updated valuation information, if necessary. Subsequent to transfer, Regions obtains valuations from professional valuation experts and/or third party appraisers on at least an annual basis. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional discussion regarding determination of fair value. Subsequent to transfer and the additional 60 days, any further write-downs are recorded as other non-interest expense. Gain or loss on the sale of foreclosed property and other real estate is included in other non-interest expense. From time to time, assets classified as premises and equipment are transferred to held for sale for various reasons. These assets are carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the asset or estimated fair value less estimated cost to sell based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of transfer. Any adjustments to property held for sale are recorded as other non-interest expense. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management strategies and manage other exposures. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, 115 Table of Contents options including interest rate caps and floors, Eurodollar futures, forward rate contracts and forward sale commitments. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets as other assets or other liabilities, as applicable, at estimated fair value. Regions enters into master netting agreements with counterparties and/or requires collateral to cover exposures. In at least some cases, counterparties post collateral at a zero threshold regardless of credit rating. The majority of interest rate derivatives traded by Regions with dealing counterparties are subject to mandatory clearing through a central clearinghouse. The variation margin payments made for derivatives cleared through a central clearinghouse are legally characterized as settlements of the derivatives. As a result, these positions are reflected as settled with no fair value presented for purposes of the balance sheets and related disclosures. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange interest payments based upon notional amounts. Interest rate swaps subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, changes in interest rate volatility as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Option contracts involve rights to buy or sell financial instruments on a specified date or over a period at a specified price. These rights do not have to be exercised. Some option contracts such as interest rate floors, involve the exchange of cash based on changes in specified indices. Interest rate floors are contracts to hedge interest rate declines based on a notional amount, generally associated with a principal balance at risk. Interest rate floors subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, changes in interest rate volatility, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. Regions primarily enters into forward rate contracts on marketable instruments, which expose Regions to market risk associated with changes in the value of the underlying financial instrument, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Eurodollar futures are futures contracts on Eurodollar deposits. Eurodollar futures subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily through a margining process in an exchange, there is minimal credit risk associated with Eurodollar futures. Forward sale commitments are sales of securities at a specified price at a future date. Forward sale commitments subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in market value, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. The Company elects to account for certain derivative financial instruments as accounting hedges which, based on the exposure being hedged, are either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of the hedged risk in an asset, liability or firm commitment. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in interest income or interest expense in the same income statement line item with the hedged item in the period in which the change in fair value occurs. To the extent the changes in fair value of the derivative do not offset the changes in fair value of the hedged item, the difference is recognized. The corresponding adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the corresponding change in the fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded as an adjustment to other assets or other liabilities, as applicable. Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. For cash flow hedge relationships, the entire change in the fair value of the hedging instrument would be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) except for amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are recognized in earnings in the same income statement line item where the earnings effect of the hedged item is presented in the period or periods during which the hedged item impacts earnings. The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for entering into various hedge transactions. The Company performs periodic qualitative and quantitative assessments to determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items and whether the relationship is expected to continue to be highly effective in the future. If a hedge relationship is de-designated or if hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer exists, or does not meet the definition of a firm commitment, or because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded as an other asset or other liability in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in other non-interest expense. Any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment is removed from the consolidated balance sheets and recognized in other non-interest expense. Gains and losses that were unrecognized and aggregated in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant to the hedge of a forecasted transaction are recognized immediately in other non-interest expense. Derivative contracts for which the Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting are classified as other assets or liabilities with gains and losses related to the change in fair value recognized in capital markets income or mortgage income, as applicable, in the statements of income during the period. These positions, as well as non-derivative instruments, are used to mitigate economic and accounting volatility related to customer derivative transactions, the mortgage pipeline and the fair value of residential MSRs. 116 Table of Contents Regions enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Accordingly, such commitments are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income or capital markets income, as applicable. Regions also has corresponding forward sale commitments related to these interest rate lock commitments, which are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income or capital markets income, as applicable. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional information related to the valuation of interest rate lock commitments. Regions enters into various derivative agreements with customers desiring protection from possible future market fluctuations. Regions manages the market risk associated with these derivative agreements. The contracts in this portfolio for which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting are marked-to- market through capital markets income and included in other assets and other liabilities. Concurrent with the election to use fair value measurement for residential MSRs, Regions began using various derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs in the statements of income. This effort may involve the use of various derivative instruments, including, but not limited to, forwards, futures, swaps and options. These derivatives are carried at estimated fair value, with changes in fair value reported in mortgage income. Refer to Note 21 for further discussion and details of derivative financial instruments and hedging activities. INCOME TAXES The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying the federal and state tax rates to the differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are also recorded for any tax attributes, such as tax credit and net operating loss carryforwards. The net balance of deferred tax assets and liabilities is reported in other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, as appropriate. Any effect of a change in federal and state tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company reflects the expected amount of income tax to be paid or refunded during the year as current income tax expense or benefit, as applicable. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance is recorded for any deferred tax assets that are not more-likely-than-not to be realized. Income tax benefits generated from uncertain tax positions are accounted for using the recognition and cumulative-probability measurement thresholds. Based on the technical merits, if a tax benefit is not more-likely-than-not of being sustained upon examination, the Company records a liability for the recognized income tax benefit. If a tax benefit is more-likely-than-not of being sustained based on the technical merits, the Company utilizes the cumulative probability measurement and records an income tax benefit equivalent to the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest expense, interest income and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within current income tax expense. The Company applies the proportional amortization method in accounting for its qualified affordable housing investments. This method recognizes the amortized cost of the investment as a component of income tax expense. The deferral method of accounting is used for investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction of the related asset. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion regarding income taxes. TREASURY STOCK AND SHARE REPURCHASES The purchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of repurchase, shareholders' equity is reduced by the repurchase price. Upon retirement, or upon purchase for constructive retirement, treasury stock would be reduced by the cost of such stock with the excess of repurchase price over par or stated value recorded in additional paid-in capital. If the Company subsequently reissues treasury shares, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock with differences recorded in additional paid-in capital or retained earnings, as applicable. Pursuant to recent share repurchase programs, shares repurchased were immediately retired, and therefore were not included in treasury stock. The Company's policy related to these share repurchases is to reduce its common stock based on the par value of the shares repurchased and to reduce its additional paid-in capital for the excess of the repurchase price over the par value. 117 Table of Contents SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS Regions sponsors stock plans which most commonly include restricted stock (i.e., unvested common stock) units, restricted stock awards, performance stock units and stock options. The Company accounts for share-based payments under the fair value recognition provisions whereby compensation cost is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized in the consolidated financial statements on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for service-based awards. The fair value of restricted stock units, restricted stock awards or performance stock units is determined based on the closing price of Regions common stock on the date of grant. Historical data is also used to estimate future employee attrition, which is considered in calculating estimated forfeitures. Estimated forfeitures are adjusted when actual forfeitures differ from estimates, resulting in the recognition of compensation cost only for awards that vest. The effect of a change in estimated forfeitures is recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment that is included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the period of the change in estimate. The fair value of stock options where vesting is based on service is estimated at the date of grant using a Black- Scholes option pricing model and related assumptions. As compensation cost is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time the share-based awards are exercised, cancelled, have expired, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to tax expense depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock. See Note 17 for further discussion and details of share-based payments. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Regions uses an expected long-term rate of return applied to the fair market value of assets as of the beginning of the year and the expected cash flows during the year for calculating the expected investment return on all pension plan assets. At a minimum, amortization of the net gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost if, as of the beginning of the year, that net gain or loss exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the minimum amortization is that excess divided by the average remaining service period of active participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plans. Regions records the service cost component of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost in salaries and employee benefits expense on the consolidated statements of income. The other components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost are recorded in other non- interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. Regions uses a third-party actuary to compute the remaining service period of active participating employees. This period reflects expected turnover, pre-retirement mortality, and other applicable employee demographics. See Note 18 for further discussion and details of employee benefit plans. REVENUE RECOGNITION Interest Income The largest source of revenue for Regions is interest income. Interest income is recognized using the interest method driven by nondiscretionary formulas based on written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Service Charges on Deposit Accounts Service charges on deposit accounts include non-sufficient fund fees and other service charges. Non-sufficient fund fees are earned when a depositor presents an item for payment in excess of available funds, and Regions, at its discretion, provides the necessary funds to complete the transaction. Regions generates other service charges by providing depositors proper safeguard and remittance of funds as well as by providing optional services for depositors, such as check imaging or treasury management, that are performed upon the depositor’s request. Charges for the proper safeguard and remittance of funds are recognized monthly, as the customer retains funds in the account. Regions recognizes revenue for other optional services when the customer uses the selected service to execute a transaction (e.g., execute an ACH wire). Card and ATM Fees Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card, debit card, and ATM related revenue. The majority of the fees are card interchange where Regions earns a fee for remitting cardholder funds (or extends credit) via a third party network to merchants. Regions satisfies performance obligations for each transaction when the card is used and the funds are remitted. The network establishes interchange fees that the merchant remits to Regions for each transaction, and Regions incurs costs from the network for facilitating the interchange with the merchant. Due to its inability to establish prices and direct activities of the related processing network’s service, Regions is deemed the agent in this arrangement and records interchange revenues net of related costs. Regions also pays consideration to certain commercial card holders based on interchange fees and contractual volume. These costs are recognized as a reduction to interchange income. 118 Table of Contents Card and ATM fees also include ATM fee income generated from allowing a Regions cardholder to withdraw funds from a non-Regions ATM and from allowing a non-Regions cardholder to withdraw funds from a Regions ATM. Regions satisfies performance obligations for each transaction when the withdrawal is processed. Regions does not direct activities of the related processing network’s service and recognizes revenue on a net basis as the agent in each transaction. Investment Management and Trust Fee Income Investment management and trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses, and institutions. Regions has a fiduciary responsibility to the beneficiary of the trust to perform agreed upon services which can include investing the assets, periodic reporting to the beneficiaries, and providing tax information regarding the trust. In exchange for these trust and custodial services, Regions collects fee income from beneficiaries as contractually determined via fee schedules. Regions’ performance obligations to customers are primarily satisfied over time as the services are performed and provided to the customer. Mortgage Income Mortgage income is recognized when earned or as each transaction occurs through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. Mortgage income also includes any fair value adjustments for mortgage loans Regions has elected to measure under the fair value option and fair value adjustments related to mortgage servicing rights. Capital Markets Income Regions generates capital markets fee revenue through capital raising activities which include revenue streams such as securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. For those revenue streams, revenue is primarily recognized at a point in time which coincides with the satisfaction of a single performance obligation, typically the transaction closing. Securities underwriting and placement fees involve the issuing and distribution of securities for an underwriting fee from customers. The underwriting fee is a single performance obligation which is satisfied at the time that the transaction is closed, and the amount of the fee is either a fixed or variable percentage based on the deal value which is determinable at the time of deal closing. Regions generates revenue from affordable housing investments through the syndication of investment funds to third parties. Regions transfers the primary benefits of the investment to the customer and recognizes syndication revenue on the closing date of the transaction. Bank-Owned Life Insurance Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Regions recognizes revenue each period in the amount of the appreciation of the cash surrender value of the insurance policies. Revenue from the proceeds of insurance benefits is recognized at the time a claim is confirmed. Commercial Credit Fee Income Commercial credit fee income includes letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Regions recognizes revenue for letters of credit fees over time. Regions recognizes revenue for unused commercial commitment fees on the date that the commitment expires. Investment Services Fee Income Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Through the use of third party carriers, Regions provides its customers with access to investment products that meet customers’ financial needs and investment objectives. Upon selection of an investment product, the customer enters into a policy with the carrier. Regions’ performance obligation is satisfied by fulfilling its responsibility to place customers in investment vehicles for which Regions earns commissions from the carrier based on agreed-upon fee percentages. In addition, Regions has a contractual relationship with a third party broker dealer to provide full service brokerage and investment advisory activities. As the principal in the arrangement, Regions recognizes the investment services commissions on a gross basis. Securities Gains (Losses), Net Net securities gains or losses result from Regions’ asset/liability management process. Gains or losses on the sale of securities are recognized as each sales transaction occurs with the cost of securities sold based on the specific identification method. Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets Regions holds assets for certain employee benefit assets, both defined and other. Those assets are recorded at estimated fair value and the market value variations are recognized each period. 119 Table of Contents Other Miscellaneous Income Other miscellaneous income includes miscellaneous revenue from affordable housing, valuation adjustments to equity investments, fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous income including unusual gains. Regions recognizes the related fee or gain in a manner that reflects the timing of when transactions occur or as services are provided. PER SHARE AMOUNTS Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the effect of outstanding stock options, restricted and performance stock awards if dilutive. Refer to Note 16 for additional information. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS Fair value guidance establishes a framework for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities and defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Required disclosures include stratification of balance sheet amounts measured at fair value based on inputs the Company uses to derive fair value measurements. These strata include: • • • Level 1 valuations, where the valuation is based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (which include exchanges and over-the-counter markets with sufficient volume), Level 2 valuations, where the valuation is based on quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, and Level 3 valuations, where the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability. ITEMS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS Debt securities available for sale, certain mortgage loans held for sale, marketable equity securities, residential MSRs, derivative assets and derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Below is a description of valuation methodologies for these assets and liabilities. Debt securities available for sale consist of U.S. Treasuries, obligations of states and political subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities (including agency securities), and other debt securities. • U.S. Treasuries are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges. Pricing received for U.S. Treasuries from third-party services is based on a market approach using dealer quotes from multiple active market makers and real-time trading systems. These valuations are Level 1 measurements. • • Mortgage-backed securities are valued primarily using data from third-party pricing services for similar securities as applicable. Pricing from these third- party services is generally based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, benchmark securities, TBA prices, issuer spreads, bids and offers, monthly payment information, and collateral performance, as applicable. These valuations are Level 2 measurements. Where such comparable data is not available, the Company develops valuations based on assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place; these valuations are Level 3 measurements. Obligations of states and political subdivisions are generally based on data from third-party pricing services. The valuations are based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, MSRB reported trades, material event notices and new issue data. These valuations are Level 2 measurements. Where such comparable data is not available, the Company develops valuations based on assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place; these valuations are Level 3 measurements. Other debt securities are valued based on Level 1, 2 and 3 measurements, depending on pricing methodology selected and are valued primarily using data from third-party pricing services. Pricing from these third-party services is generally based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids and offers, and TRACE reported trades. • The majority of Regions' debt securities available for sale are valued using third-party pricing services. To validate pricing related to liquid investment securities, which represent the vast majority of the available for sale portfolio (e.g., mortgage- 120 Table of Contents backed securities), Regions compares price changes received from the third-party pricing service to overall changes in market factors in order to validate the pricing received. To validate pricing received on less liquid investment securities in the available for sale portfolio, Regions receives pricing from third-party brokers-dealers on a sample of securities that are then compared to the pricing received. The pricing service uses standard observable inputs when available, for example: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, and bids and offers, among others. For certain security types, additional inputs may be used, or some inputs may not be applicable. It is not customary for Regions to adjust the pricing received for the available for sale portfolio. In the event that prices are adjusted, Regions classifies the measurement as a Level 3 measurement. Mortgage loans held for sale consist of residential first mortgage loans and commercial mortgages held for sale. Regions has elected to measure certain residential and commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value by applying the fair value option (see additional discussion under the “Fair Value Option” section in Note 22). The residential first mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on traded market prices of similar assets where available and/or discounted cash flows at market interest rates, adjusted for securitization activities that include servicing value and market conditions, a Level 2 measurement. The commercial mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on traded market prices for comparable commercial mortgage-backed securitizations, into which the loans will be placed, adjusted for movements of interest rates and credit spreads, a Level 3 measurement due to the unobservable inputs included in the credit spreads for bonds in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations. Marketable equity securities, which primarily consist of assets held for certain employee benefits and money market funds, are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges; these valuations are Level 1 measurements. Residential mortgage servicing rights are valued using an option-adjusted spread valuation approach, a Level 3 measurement. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated at least quarterly by values received from independent third parties. See Note 7 for information regarding the servicing of financial assets and additional details regarding the assumptions relevant to this valuation. Derivative assets and liabilities, which primarily consist of interest rate, foreign exchange, and commodity contracts that include forwards, futures, options and swaps, are included in other assets and other liabilities (as applicable) on the consolidated balance sheets. Interest rate swaps are predominantly traded in over- the-counter markets and, as such, values are determined using widely accepted discounted cash flow models, which are Level 2 measurements. These discounted cash flow models use projections of future cash payments/receipts that are discounted at an appropriate index rate. Regions utilizes OIS curves as fair value measurement inputs for the valuation of interest rate and commodity derivatives. The projected future cash flows are sourced from an assumed yield curve, which is consistent with industry standards and conventions. These valuations are adjusted for the unsecured credit risk at the reporting date, which considers collateral posted and the impact of master netting agreements. For options and futures contracts traded in over-the-counter markets, values are determined using discounted cash flow analyses and option pricing models based on market rates and volatilities, which are Level 2 measurements. Interest rate lock commitments on loans intended for sale and risk participations categorized as credit derivatives are valued using option pricing models that incorporate significant unobservable inputs, and therefore are Level 3 measurements. Equity investments, which consists of the Company's holding in an equity investee that is traded on an active exchange, is valued using a quoted market price for a similar instrument in an active market, adjusted for marketability considerations; this valuation is a Level 2 measurement. ITEMS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NON-RECURRING BASIS From time to time, certain assets may be recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically are a result of the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or a write-down occurring during the period. For example, if the fair value of an asset in these categories falls below its cost basis, it is considered to be at fair value at the end of the period of the adjustment. In periods where there is no adjustment, the asset is generally not considered to be at fair value. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Foreclosed property and other real estate is carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. The fair value for foreclosed property that is based on either observable transactions of similar instruments or formally committed sale prices is classified as a Level 2 measurement. If no formally committed sale price is available, Regions also obtains valuations from professional valuation experts and/or third party appraisers. Updated valuations are obtained on at least an annual basis. Foreclosed property exceeding established dollar thresholds is valued based on appraisals. Appraisals are performed by third-parties with appropriate professional certifications and conform to generally accepted appraisal standards as evidenced by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. Regions’ policies related to appraisals conform to regulations established by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 and other regulatory guidance. Professional valuations are considered Level 2 measurements because they are based largely on observable inputs. Regions has a centralized appraisal review function that is 121 Table of Contents responsible for reviewing appraisals for compliance with banking regulations and guidelines as well as appraisal standards. Based on these reviews, Regions may make adjustments to the market value conclusions determined in the appraisals of real estate (either as other real estate or loans held for sale) when the appraisal review function determines that the valuation is based on inappropriate assumptions or where the conclusion is not sufficiently supported by the market data presented in the appraisal. Adjustments to the market value conclusions are discussed with the professional valuation experts and/or third-party appraisers; the magnitude of the adjustments that are not mutually agreed upon is insignificant. Adjustments, if made, must be based on sufficient information available to support an alternate opinion of market value. An estimated standard discount factor, which is updated at least annually, is applied to the appraisal amount for certain commercial and investor real estate properties when the recorded investment in the loan is transferred into foreclosed property. Internally adjusted valuations are considered Level 3 measurements as management uses assumptions that may not be observable in the market. These non-recurring fair value measurements are typically recorded on the date an updated offered quote, appraisal, or third-party valuation is received. Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value are adjusted prospectively to estimated fair value when an observable price transaction for a same or similar investment with the same issuer occurs; these valuations are Level 3 measurements. Loans held for sale for which the fair value option has not been elected are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and therefore may be reported at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The fair values for commercial loans held for sale are based on Company-specific data not observable in the market. These valuations are Level 3 measurements. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments that are not disclosed above: Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows approximate the estimated fair values. Because these amounts generally relate to either currency or highly liquid assets, these are considered Level 1 valuations. Debt securities held to maturity: The fair values of debt securities held to maturity are estimated in the same manner as the corresponding debt securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Loans (excluding sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses: A discounted cash flow method under the income approach is utilized to estimate the fair value of the loan portfolio. The discounted cash flow method relies upon assumptions about the amount and timing of scheduled principal and interest payments, principal prepayments, and current market rates. The loan portfolio is aggregated into categories based on loan type and credit quality. For each loan category, weighted average statistics, such as coupon rate, age, and remaining term are calculated. These are Level 3 valuations. Other earning assets (excluding equity investments and operating leases): The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the estimated fair values. While these instruments are not actively traded in the market, the majority of the inputs required to value them are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources. Accordingly, these are Level 2 valuations. Deposits: The fair value of non-interest-bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certain other time deposit accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on market spreads to benchmark rates. These are Level 2 valuations. Short-term and long-term borrowings: The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the estimated fair values, and are considered Level 2 measurements as similar instruments are traded in active markets. The fair values of certain long-term borrowings are estimated using quoted market prices of identical instruments in active markets and are considered Level 1 measurements. The fair values of certain long term borrowings are estimated using quoted market prices of identical instruments in non-active markets and are considered Level 2 valuations. Otherwise, valuations are based on non-binding broker quotes and are considered Level 3 valuations. Loan commitments and letters of credit: The fair value of these instruments is reasonably estimated by the carrying value of deferred fees plus the unfunded loan commitments reserve related to the creditworthiness of our counterparty. Because the valuation inputs are not observable in the market and are considered Company specific, these are Level 3 valuations. See Note 22 for additional information related to fair value measurements. 122 Table of Contents RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS The following table provides a brief description of accounting standards adopted in 2020 and those that could have a material impact to Regions’ consolidated financial statements upon adoption in the future. Standard Description Required Date of Adoption Effect on Regions' financial statements or other significant matters Standards Adopted (or partially adopted) in 2020 ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments This ASU amends Topic 326, Financial Instruments- Credit Losses to replace the current incurred loss accounting model with a current expected credit loss approach (CECL) for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. The amendments require entities to consider all available relevant information when estimating current expected credit losses, including details about past events, current conditions, and R&S forecasts. The resulting allowance for credit losses is to reflect the portion of the amortized cost basis that the entity does not expect to collect. The ASU also eliminates the current accounting model for purchased credit- impaired loans, but requires an allowance to be recognized for purchased- credit-deteriorated (PCD) assets (those that have experienced more-than- insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination). Entities that had loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 at the time of adoption should prospectively apply the guidance in this amendment for purchase credit deteriorated assets. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required upon adoption. While the CECL model does not apply to available for sale debt securities, the ASU does require entities to record an allowance when recognizing credit losses for available for sale securities, rather than reduce the amortized cost of the securities by direct write-offs. The ASU should be adopted on a modified retrospective basis. January 1, 2020 The allowance increased by $501 million based on loan exposure balances and Regions' internally developed macroeconomic forecast upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. The increase in the allowance at adoption was primarily the result of significant increases within the consumer portfolio segment, specifically residential first mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines, and indirect-other consumer. The impact to the residential first mortgage and home equity classes was mainly driven by their longer time to maturity. Additionally, a significant portion of the indirect-other consumer class is unsecured lending through third parties which yielded higher loss rates. Under CECL these higher loss rates compounded over a life of loan estimate result in a significantly larger allowance estimate. A suite of controls including governance, data, forecast and model controls was in place at adoption. The impact was reflected as a reduction of approximately $375 million to retained earnings and an increase of approximately $126 million to deferred tax assets. In the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Banking agencies finalized a rule related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule allows an add-back to regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period. At the end of the two years, the impact is then phased in over the following three years. The add-back is calculated as the impact of initial adoption, plus 25 percent of subsequent changes in allowance. At December 31, 2020 this amount is approximately $582 million year-to- date. The impact on CET1 is approximately 54 basis points. There was no material impact to available for sale or held to maturity securities upon adoption of CECL, nor to any other financial assets in scope. Most of the held to maturity portfolio consists of agency-backed securities that inherently have an immaterial risk of loss. Additionally, Regions had no purchase credit impaired assets that were converted to PCD upon adoption. See relevant sections of this note for additional information about Regions' CECL methodologies and assumptions. This ASU amends Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, and eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. January 1, 2020 The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. This ASU amends Topic 350-40, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal- Use Software, regarding a customer's accounting for implementation, set-up, and other upfront costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is hosted by the vendor, i.e. a service contract. Customers will apply the same criteria for capitalizing implementation costs as they would for an arrangement that has a software license. The amendments also prescribe the balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow classification of the capitalized implementation costs and related amortization expense, and require additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures. This ASU amends Topic 810, Consolidation, guidance on how all reporting entities evaluate indirect interests held through related parties in common control arrangements when determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable interests. January 1, 2020 The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. January 1, 2020 The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. 123 ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326 ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326 ASU 2019-05, Targeted Transition Relief to Topic 326 ASU 2019-11, Financial Instruments- Credit Losses ASU 2020-02, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement ASU 2018-17, Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities Table of Contents Standard Description Standards Adopted (or partially adopted) in 2020 (continued) ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topics 815 and 825 This ASU amends Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, by providing clarification on ASU 2017-12, which the Company previously adopted. The amendment provides clarity on the term used to measure the change in fair value on a partial term hedge of interest rate risk. The amendment also provides additional guidance on the amortization of the basis adjustment on partial term hedges. This ASU also amends Topic 825, Financial Instruments, by providing clarification on ASU 2016-01, which the Company previously adopted. The amendment clarifies that an entity must remeasure a security without a readily determinable fair value at fair value in accordance with Topic 820 when an orderly transaction is identified for an identical or similar investment. The amendments in this Update require that an entity measure and classify share-based payment awards granted to a customer by applying the guidance in Topic 718. The amount recorded as a reduction of the transaction price is required to be measured on the basis of the grant-date fair value of the share- based payment award measured in accordance with Topic 718. The grant date is the date at which a grantor (supplier) and grantee (customer) reach a mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions of a share-based payment award. The classification and subsequent measurement of the award are subject to the guidance in Topic 718 unless the share-based payment award is subsequently modified and the grantee is no longer a customer. This Update was issued to make minor technical corrections and improvements to the Codification as part of an ongoing FASB project to clarify guidance and correct inconsistent application of unclear guidance. This ASU provides clarification for disclosures related to the fair value option and debt securities and minor updates to Topics 470, Debt, 820, Fair Value Measurement, 842, Leases, and 860, Transfers and Servicing. ASU 2019-08 Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments Required Date of Adoption Effect on Regions' financial statements or other significant matters January 1, 2020 The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. January 1, 2020 The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. The Update is effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform - Topic 848 This Update provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the GAAP guidance on contract modifications, hedge accounting, and other transactions affected that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The Update is effective upon issuance and can be applied through December 31, 2022. Regions adopted this ASU on July 1, 2020, and at the time of adoption, there was no material impact. Regions anticipates optional expedients adopted such as contract modification and hedge accounting will provide significant relief otherwise not provided through December 31, 2022. ASU 2020-09, Debt (Topic 470)— Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33- 10762 The amendments in this Update were issued to amend and supersede the SEC section of Topic 470, Debt, to reflect the guidance on guaranteed debt securities offerings in SEC Release 33-10762 which related to financial disclosure requirements for subsidiary issuers and guarantors of registered debt securities and affiliates whose securities are pledged as collateral for registered securities. The Update is effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact. 124 Table of Contents Standard Description Standards Not Yet Adopted ASU 2019-12 Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes The amendments in this Update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. Required Date of Adoption Effect on Regions' financial statements or other significant matters January 1, 2021 Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2021 with no material impact. ASU 2020-01, Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) ASU 2020-06, Debt— Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging— Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) ASU 2020-08, Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables— Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs ASU 2020-10, Codification Improvements The amendments clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. January 1, 2021 Early adoption is permitted. Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2021 with no material impact This Update simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing certain separation models. Additionally, it revises and clarifies guidance on the derivatives scope exception to make the exception easier to apply. January 1, 2022 Regions is evaluating the impact upon adoption; however, the impact is not expected to be material. The amendments in this Update were issued to clarify that entities should reevaluate at each reporting period whether callable debt securities are within the scope of the guidance in Topic 310-20, which requires the premium on such debt securities to be amortized to the next call date. January 1, 2021 Early adoption is not permitted. Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2021 with no material impact This Update was issued to make minor technical corrections and improvements to the Codification as part of an ongoing FASB project to clarify guidance and correct inconsistent application of unclear guidance. The ASU codifies in Section 50 (Disclosure) of various Codification Topics the disclosure guidance that includes an option to provide certain information either on the face of the financial statements or in notes to the financial statements that was previously codified only in Section 45 (Other Presentation Matters). It also amends various Codification Topics to clarify guidance that may have been unclear when originally codified and that has resulted in inconsistent application. January 1, 2021 Early adoption is not permitted. Regions is evaluating the impact upon adoption; however, the impact is not expected to be material. 125 Table of Contents NOTE 2. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES Regions is involved in various entities that are considered to be VIEs, as defined by authoritative accounting literature. Generally, a VIE is a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal structure that either does not have equity investors with substantive voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. The following discusses the VIEs in which Regions has a significant interest. AFFORDABLE HOUSING TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS Regions periodically invests in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects, which are funded through a combination of debt and equity. These partnerships meet the definition of a VIE. Regions uses the proportional amortization method to account for these investments. Due to the nature of the management activities of the general partner, Regions is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships. See Note 1 for additional details. Additionally, Regions has loans or letters of credit commitments with certain limited partnerships. The funded portion of the loans and letters of credit are classified as commercial and industrial loans or investor real estate loans as applicable in Note 5. A summary of Regions’ affordable housing tax credit investments and related loans and letters of credit, representing Regions’ maximum exposure to loss as of December 31 is as follows: Affordable housing tax credit investments included in other assets Unfunded affordable housing tax credit commitments included in other liabilities Loans and letters of credit commitments Funded portion of loans and letters of credit commitments Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized Tax credit amortization expense included in provision for income taxes 2020 2019 $ $ 2020 (In millions) 975 $ 249 $ 243 $ 130 $ 2019 (In millions) 164 $ 133 165 $ 131 932 213 265 157 174 137 2018 In addition to the investments discussed above, Regions also syndicates affordable housing investments. In these syndication transactions, Regions creates affordable housing funds in which a subsidiary is the general partner or managing member and sells limited partnership interests to third parties. Regions' general partner or managing member interest represents an insignificant interest in the affordable housing fund. The affordable housing funds meet the definition of a VIE. As Regions is not the primary beneficiary and does not have a significant interest, these investments are not consolidated. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the value of Regions’ general partnership interest in affordable housing investments was immaterial. OTHER INVESTMENTS Other investments determined to be VIEs include investments in CRA projects, SBICs, and other miscellaneous investments. A summary of Regions' equity method investments representing Regions' maximum exposure to loss as of December 31 is as follows: Gross equity method investments Unfunded equity method commitments Net funded equity method investments included in other assets 2020 2019 (In millions) 186 $ 57 129 $ 176 72 104 $ $ NOTE 3. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On July 2, 2018, Regions sold Regions Insurance Group, Inc. and related affiliates. The gain associated with the transaction amounted to $281 million ($196 million after-tax). In connection with the agreement, the results of the entities sold are reported in the Company's consolidated statements of income separately as discontinued operations for all periods presented. On April 2, 2012, Regions sold Morgan Keegan and related affiliates to Raymond James. Regions Investment Management, Inc. (formerly known as Morgan Asset Management, Inc.) and Regions Trust were not included in the sale. In connection with the closing of the sale, Regions agreed to indemnify Raymond James for all litigation matters related to pre-closing activities. See Note 24 for related disclosure. Results of operations for the Morgan Keegan entities sold are presented separately as discontinued operations for all periods presented on the consolidated statements of income. 126 Table of Contents The following table represents the condensed results of operations for the Regions Insurance Group, Inc. entities sold as discontinued operations in 2018: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Non-interest income: Securities gains (losses), net Insurance commissions and fees Gain on sale of business Other Total non-interest income Non-interest expense: Salaries and employee benefits Net occupancy expense Furniture and equipment expense Other Total non-interest expense Income from discontinued operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from discontinued operations, net of tax Year Ended December 31, 2018 (In millions) $ $ 1 — 1 (1) 69 281 — 349 49 3 2 16 70 280 84 196 The following table represents the condensed results of operations for both the Regions Insurance Group, Inc. entities and Morgan Keegan and Company, Inc. and related affiliates as discontinued operations: Income from discontinued operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from discontinued operations, net of tax Earnings per common share from discontinued operations: Basic Diluted Year Ended December 31 2020 2019 2018 (In millions, except per share data) — $ — — $ — $ — — $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ 271 80 191 0.18 0.17 $ $ $ $ 127 Table of Contents NOTE 4. DEBT SECURITIES The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale are as follows: Debt securities held to maturity: Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Commercial agency Debt securities available for sale: U.S. Treasury securities Federal agency securities Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Residential non-agency Commercial agency Commercial non-agency Corporate and other debt securities Debt securities held to maturity: Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Commercial agency Debt securities available for sale: U.S. Treasury securities Federal agency securities Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Residential non-agency Commercial agency Commercial non-agency Corporate and other debt securities Amortized Cost Recognized in OCI (1) Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2020 Carrying Value (In millions) Not recognized in OCI Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Fair Value $ $ $ $ $ $ 554 589 1,143 178 102 18,455 1 5,659 571 1,126 $ $ $ — — — 5 3 625 — 346 15 78 $ $ $ (19) (2) (21) — — (4) — (6) — — $ 26,092 $ 1,072 $ (10) $ 535 587 1,122 $ $ 34 59 93 $ $ — — — 183 105 19,076 1 5,999 586 1,204 27,154 $ $ $ $ 569 646 1,215 183 105 19,076 1 5,999 586 1,204 27,154 Amortized Cost Recognized in OCI (1) Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2019 Carrying Value (In millions) Not recognized in OCI Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Fair Value $ $ $ $ $ $ 736 625 1,361 180 42 15,336 1 4,720 639 1,414 $ 22,332 $ — — — 2 1 218 — 77 8 38 344 $ $ $ $ (26) (3) (29) — — (38) — (31) — (1) (70) $ $ $ $ 710 622 1,332 $ $ 22 20 42 $ $ — (2) (2) 182 43 15,516 1 4,766 647 1,451 22,606 $ $ $ $ 732 640 1,372 182 43 15,516 1 4,766 647 1,451 22,606 _________ (1) The gross unrealized losses recognized in OCI on securities held to maturity resulted from a transfer of securities available for sale to held to maturity in the second quarter of 2013. Debt securities with carrying values of $10.3 billion and $8.3 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits and certain borrowing arrangements. Included within total pledged securities is approximately $24 million of encumbered U.S. Treasury securities at both December 31, 2020 and 2019. 128 Table of Contents The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Debt securities held to maturity: Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Commercial agency Debt securities available for sale: Due in one year or less Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Residential non-agency Commercial agency Commercial non-agency Amortized Cost Estimated Fair Value (In millions) $ $ $ $ 554 $ 589 1,143 $ 200 $ 828 267 111 18,455 1 5,659 571 26,092 $ 569 646 1,215 202 873 299 118 19,076 1 5,999 586 27,154 The following tables present gross unrealized losses and the related estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2020 and 2019. For debt securities transferred to held to maturity from available for sale, the analysis in the tables below is comparing the securities' original amortized cost to its current estimated fair value. These securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or more. Debt securities available for sale: Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Commercial agency Less Than Twelve Months Estimated Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2020 Twelve Months or More Total Estimated Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses (In millions) $ $ 914 $ 819 1,733 $ (4) $ (6) (10) $ 101 $ — 101 $ — $ — — $ 1,015 $ 819 1,834 $ (4) (6) (10) 129 Table of Contents Debt securities held to maturity: Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Commercial agency Debt securities available for sale: Mortgage-backed securities: Residential agency Commercial agency Corporate and other debt securities Less Than Twelve Months December 31, 2019 Twelve Months or More Total Estimated Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses (In millions) $ $ $ $ 82 $ — 82 $ — $ — — $ 501 $ 127 628 $ 2,402 $ 1,449 19 3,870 $ (11) $ (31) — (42) $ 2,505 $ 73 32 2,610 $ (5) $ (5) (10) $ (27) $ — (1) (28) $ 583 $ 127 710 $ 4,907 $ 1,522 51 6,480 $ The number of individual debt positions in an unrealized loss position in the tables above decreased from 500 at December 31, 2019 to 129 at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the number of securities and the total amount of gross unrealized losses was primarily due to changes in market interest rates. In instances where an unrealized loss existed, there was no indication of an adverse change in credit on the underlying positions in the tables above. As it relates to these positions, management believes no individual unrealized loss, other than those discussed below, represented credit impairment as of those dates. The Company does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the positions before the recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of debt securities available for sale are shown in the table below. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. As part of the Company's normal process for evaluating impairment, management did identify a limited number of positions where impairment was believed to exist in certain periods, as shown in the table below. Gross realized gains Gross realized losses Impairment Securities gains (losses), net 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 5 $ (1) — 4 $ 16 $ (43) (1) (28) $ 130 (5) (5) (10) (38) (31) (1) (70) 4 (1) (2) 1 Table of Contents NOTE 5. LOANS The following table presents the distribution of Regions' loan portfolio by segment and class, net of unearned income as of December 31: 2020 2019 (In millions) Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer Total loans, net of unearned income (1) $ $ 42,870 $ 5,405 300 48,575 5,394 1,869 7,263 16,575 4,539 2,713 934 2,431 1,213 1,023 29,428 85,266 $ 39,971 5,537 331 45,839 4,936 1,621 6,557 14,485 5,300 3,084 1,812 3,249 1,387 1,250 30,567 82,963 _________ (1) Loans are presented net of unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums and net deferred loan costs of $678 million and $234 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During both 2020 and 2019, Regions purchased approximately $1.6 billion in indirect-other consumer, residential first mortgage and commercial and industrial loans from third parties. The 2020 purchases do not include loans from the Ascentium acquisition. In January 2019, Regions decided to discontinue its indirect auto lending business due to margin compression impacting overall returns on the portfolio. Regions ceased originating new indirect auto loans in the first quarter of 2019 and completed any in-process indirect auto loan closings at the end of the second quarter of 2019. The Company remains in the direct auto lending business. At December 31, 2020, $20.8 billion in securities and net eligible loans held by Regions were pledged to secure current and potential borrowings from the FHLB. At December 31, 2020, an additional $17.6 billion in net eligible loans held by Regions were pledged to the FRB for potential borrowings. See Note 14 for details regarding Regions’ investment in sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases included within the commercial and industrial loan portfolio. NOTE 6. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES Regions determines the appropriate level of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The methodology is described in Note 1. On January 1, 2020, Regions adopted CECL, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology. Refer to Note 1 for a description of the adoption of CECL and Regions' allowance methodology. Additionally, refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for a description of the methodology prior to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, Regions' total loans included $3.6 billion of PPP loans. These loans are guaranteed by the Federal government and as the guarantee is not separable from the loans, Regions recorded an immaterial allowance on these loans. ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The cumulative effect of the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020 for loans and unfunded commitments was an increase in the allowance of $501 million. During 2020, Regions increased the allowance by an additional $878 million to $2.3 billion, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the portfolio. The increase was due primarily to 131 Table of Contents higher expected credit losses due to the economic impact and ongoing uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic and the purchase of Ascentium. Macroeconomic factors utilized in the CECL loss models include, but are not limited to, unemployment rate, GDP, HPI and the S&P 500 index, with unemployment being the most significant macroeconomic factor within the CECL models. Regions' models are sensitive to changes in the economic scenario, specifically to the level of unemployment. The December 31, 2020 economic forecast includes a high degree of uncertainty around how long the COVID-19 pandemic will persist, the timeliness and effectiveness of vaccinations and the effectiveness of government relief programs and debt payment relief provided by Regions. These factors cannot be fully reflected in the models. Therefore, the risks to the economic forecast and the model limitations were considered through model adjustments and the qualitative framework. The following tables present analyses of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The total allowance for loan losses and the related loan portfolio ending balances for the years ended 2019 and 2018 are disaggregated to detail the amounts derived through individual evaluation and collective evaluation for impairment. Prior to 2020, the allowance for loan losses related to individually evaluated loans was attributable to allowances for non-accrual commercial and investor real estate loans and all TDRs ("impaired loans") and the allowance for loan losses related to collectively evaluated loans was attributable to the remainder of the portfolio. With the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the impaired loan designation and disclosures related to impaired loans are no longer required. Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2019 Cumulative change in accounting guidance (Note 1) Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2020 (adjusted for change in accounting guidance) Provision for loan losses Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans Loan losses: Charge-offs Recoveries Net loan losses Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2020 Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2019 Cumulative change in accounting guidance (Note 1) Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2020 (adjusted for change in accounting guidance) Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2020 Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2020 $ $ $ Commercial Investor Real Estate $ 537 (3) 534 927 60 (368) 43 (325) 2020 (In millions) $ 45 7 52 129 — (1) 3 2 Consumer Total $ 287 434 721 256 — (244) 55 (189) 1,196 $ 183 $ 788 $ 41 36 77 20 97 4 13 17 (3) 14 — 14 14 1 15 1,293 $ 197 $ 803 $ 869 438 1,307 1,312 60 (613) 101 (512) 2,167 45 63 108 18 126 2,293 132 Table of Contents Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2019 Provision (credit) for loan losses Loan losses: Charge-offs Recoveries Net loan losses Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2019 Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2019 Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2019 Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2019 Portion of ending allowance for loan losses: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance for loan losses Portion of loan portfolio ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans evaluated for impairment Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2018 Provision (credit) for loan losses Loan losses: Charge-offs Recoveries Net loan losses Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2018 Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2018 Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2018 Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2018 Portion of ending allowance for loan losses: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance for loan losses Portion of loan portfolio ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans evaluated for impairment Commercial Investor Real Estate $ 520 138 (150) 29 (121) 537 47 (6) 41 578 120 417 537 537 45,302 45,839 $ $ $ $ $ Commercial Investor Real Estate 2019 (In millions) $ 58 (16) (1) 4 3 45 4 — 4 49 4 41 45 34 6,523 6,557 $ $ $ $ $ 2018 (In millions) Consumer Total $ 262 265 (292) 52 (240) 287 — — — 287 29 258 287 381 30,186 30,567 $ $ $ $ $ Consumer Total $ 591 32 (148) 45 (103) 520 49 (2) 47 567 104 416 520 490 44,725 45,215 $ $ $ $ $ 64 (5) (9) 8 (1) 58 4 — 4 62 2 56 58 25 6,411 6,436 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 279 202 (276) 57 (219) 262 — — — 262 26 236 262 419 31,082 31,501 $ $ $ $ $ 840 387 (443) 85 (358) 869 51 (6) 45 914 153 716 869 952 82,011 82,963 934 229 (433) 110 (323) 840 53 (2) 51 891 132 708 840 934 82,218 83,152 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ PORTFOLIO SEGMENT RISK FACTORS The following describe the risk characteristics relevant to each of the portfolio segments. Commercial—The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases or other expansion projects. Commercial also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing of land and buildings, and are repaid by cash flow generated by business operations. Owner-occupied construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. Collection risk in this portfolio is driven by 133 Table of Contents the creditworthiness of underlying borrowers, particularly cash flow from customers’ business operations, and the sensitivity to market fluctuations in commodity prices. Investor Real Estate—Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flow related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, these loans are made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Loans in this portfolio segment are particularly sensitive to the valuation of real estate. Consumer—The consumer portfolio segment includes residential first mortgage, home equity lines, home equity loans, indirect-vehicles, indirect-other consumer, consumer credit card, and other consumer loans. Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines of credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home. Real estate market values as of the time the loan or line is secured directly affect the amount of credit extended and, in addition, changes in these values impact the depth of potential losses. Indirect-vehicles lending, which is lending initiated through third-party business partners, largely consists of loans made through automotive dealerships. Indirect-other consumer lending includes other point of sale lending through third parties. Consumer credit card lending includes Regions branded consumer credit card accounts. Other consumer loans include other revolving consumer accounts, direct consumer loans, and overdrafts. Loans in this portfolio segment are sensitive to unemployment and other key consumer economic measures. CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS The following tables present credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, as of December 31, 2020. Commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments are detailed by categories related to underlying credit quality and probability of default. Regions assigns these categories at loan origination and reviews the relationship utilizing a risk-based approach on, at minimum, an annual basis or at any time management becomes aware of information affecting the borrowers' ability to fulfill their obligations. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in this review process. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for credit losses. • • • • Pass—includes obligations where the probability of default is considered low; Special Mention—includes obligations that have potential weakness that may, if not reversed or corrected, weaken the credit or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. Obligations in this category may also be subject to economic or market conditions that may, in the future, have an adverse effect on debt service ability; Substandard Accrual—includes obligations that exhibit a well-defined weakness that presently jeopardizes debt repayment, even though they are currently performing. These obligations are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are not corrected; Non-accrual—includes obligations where management has determined that full payment of principal and interest is in doubt. Substandard accrual and non-accrual loans are often collectively referred to as “classified.” Special mention, substandard accrual, and non-accrual loans are often collectively referred to as “criticized and classified.” Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment rates, home prices, accrual status and geography as credit quality indicators for the consumer loan portfolio. FICO scores are obtained at origination as part of Regions' formal underwriting process. Refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for all consumer loans, including residential first mortgage loans. Current FICO data is not available for certain loans in the portfolio for various reasons; for example, if customers do not use sufficient credit, an updated score may not be available. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for credit losses. The higher the FICO score the less probability of default and vice versa. With the adoption of CECL in 2020, the disclosure of credit quality indicators for loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, is presented by credit quality indicator by vintage year. Regions defines the vintage date for the purposes of disclosure as the date of the most recent credit decision. In general, renewals are categorized as new credit decisions and reflect the renewal date as the vintage date. Loans that are modified as a TDR are considered to be a continuation of the original loan, therefore the origination date of the original loan is reflected as the vintage date. The following tables present applicable credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, as of December 31, 2020. Classes in the commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments are disclosed by risk rating. Classes in the consumer portfolio segment are disclosed by current FICO scores. Refer to Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" in the 134 Table of Contents Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for disclosure of the Credit Quality Indicators as of December 31, 2019. Term Loans Origination Year 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing Unallocated (1) Total December 31, 2020 (In millions) Commercial and industrial: Risk Rating: Pass Special Mention Substandard Accrual Non-accrual Total commercial and industrial $ 12,260 $ 133 41 42 6,115 $ 250 50 59 3,550 $ 376 78 97 2,413 $ 84 55 20 1,166 $ 5 20 23 2,493 $ 48 4 19 12,138 $ 722 490 158 $ — — — — $ (39) — — — 40,096 1,618 738 418 $ 12,476 $ 6,474 $ 4,101 $ 2,572 $ 1,214 $ 2,564 $ 13,508 $ — $ (39) $ 42,870 Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied: Risk Rating: Pass Special Mention Substandard Accrual Non-accrual Total commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied: 1,379 $ 18 3 14 1,414 $ $ $ 882 $ 31 38 23 974 $ 913 $ 23 16 19 547 $ 22 16 21 401 $ 10 4 6 801 $ 44 15 14 140 $ 6 2 — $ — — — — $ (3) — — — 5,060 154 94 97 971 $ 606 $ 421 $ 874 $ 148 $ — $ (3) $ 5,405 $ Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied: Risk Rating: Pass Special Mention Substandard Accrual Non-accrual Total commercial real estate construction—owner- occupied: 61 $ 1 — — 62 $ $ 75 $ — 3 — 78 $ 39 $ — 1 — 24 $ 2 3 1 24 $ 2 4 — 40 $ — 3 8 9 $ — — — 40 $ 30 $ 30 $ 51 $ 9 $ Total commercial $ 13,952 $ 7,526 $ 5,112 $ 3,208 $ 1,665 $ 3,489 $ 13,665 $ Commercial investor real estate mortgage: Risk Rating: Pass Special Mention Substandard Accrual Non-accrual Total commercial investor real estate mortgage 1,663 $ 5 69 — 1,737 $ $ $ 1,243 $ 77 114 44 1,137 $ 76 57 1 252 $ 15 — — 65 $ — 2 — 162 $ 7 9 1 1,478 $ 1,271 $ 267 $ 67 $ 179 $ 332 $ — — 68 400 $ 135 $ $ $ $ — — — — — — — — — — $ $ $ $ — — — — — (42) (5) — — — 272 5 14 9 300 48,575 4,849 180 251 114 — $ (5) $ 5,394 Table of Contents Term Loans Origination Year 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing Unallocated (1) Total December 31, 2020 Commercial investor real estate construction: Risk Rating: Pass Special Mention Substandard Accrual Non-accrual Total commercial investor real estate construction 224 $ 30 1 — 255 $ $ $ 601 $ 36 1 — 266 $ 31 — — 638 $ 297 $ 1 $ — — — 1 $ Total investor real estate $ 1,992 $ 2,116 $ 1,568 $ 268 $ (In millions) — $ — — — — $ 67 $ 1 $ — — — 1 $ 180 $ $ Residential first mortgage: FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total residential first mortgage $ 5,564 $ 525 211 31 52 6,383 $ 1,738 $ 189 100 44 23 2,094 $ 809 $ 103 73 50 13 1,048 $ 1,023 $ 112 64 51 16 1,266 $ 1,279 $ 113 67 60 15 1,534 $ 2,709 $ 360 404 499 126 4,098 $ Home equity lines: FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total home equity lines Home equity loans FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total home equity loans Indirect—vehicles: FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total indirect- vehicles $ $ $ $ $ $ — $ — — — — — $ 417 $ 57 21 2 1 498 $ — $ — — — — — $ — $ — — — — — $ 251 $ 40 17 7 2 317 $ 18 $ 5 4 3 — 30 $ — $ — — — — — $ 233 $ 35 19 9 2 298 $ 305 $ 50 44 42 4 445 $ — $ — — — — — $ 325 $ 39 22 13 4 403 $ 137 $ 22 23 26 6 214 $ — $ — — — — — $ 580 $ 76 65 52 17 790 $ 40 $ 8 8 14 4 74 $ — $ — — — — — $ 304 $ 37 25 15 5 386 $ 92 $ 16 18 24 4 154 $ 136 679 $ 9 — — 688 $ 1,088 $ — $ — — — 10 10 $ 3,334 $ 492 319 181 107 4,433 $ — $ — — — — — $ — $ — — — — — $ — — — — — — — — — — — — 45 10 11 7 3 76 — — — — — — — — — — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (11) — — — (11) (16) — — — — 142 142 — — — — 30 30 — — — — 21 21 — — — — 17 17 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,761 106 2 — 1,869 7,263 13,122 1,402 919 735 397 16,575 3,379 502 330 188 140 4,539 2,110 284 169 98 52 2,713 592 101 97 109 35 934 Table of Contents Term Loans Origination Year 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing Unallocated (1) Total December 31, 2020 (In millions) $ Indirect—other consumer: FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total indirect- other consumer $ Consumer credit card: FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total consumer credit card Other consumer: FICO scores Above 720 681-720 620-680 Below 620 Data not available Total other consumer Total consumer loans Total Loans $ $ $ $ $ $ 297 $ 39 9 1 — 346 $ — $ — — — — — $ 209 $ 61 34 11 46 361 $ 721 $ 173 73 22 3 992 $ — $ — — — — — $ 163 $ 44 28 11 1 247 $ 392 $ 116 63 22 3 596 $ — $ — — — — — $ 84 $ 20 13 6 — 123 $ 138 $ 41 27 9 2 217 $ — $ — — — — — $ 30 $ 5 4 3 — 42 $ 60 $ 18 12 5 1 96 $ — $ — — — — — $ 7 $ 1 1 1 — 10 $ 31 $ 9 6 2 1 49 $ — $ — — — — — $ 3 $ 1 1 — — 5 $ — $ — — — — — $ 667 $ 255 208 91 7 1,228 $ 117 $ 52 42 19 3 233 $ 7,588 $ 3,680 $ 2,510 $ 2,142 $ 2,180 $ 5,016 $ 5,904 $ 23,532 $ 13,322 $ 9,190 $ 5,618 $ 3,912 $ 8,685 $ 20,657 $ — — — — — — $ $ — $ — — — — — $ — — — — — — 76 76 $ $ $ $ — — — — 135 135 — — — — (15) (15) — — — — 2 2 332 274 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,639 396 190 61 145 2,431 667 255 208 91 (8) 1,213 613 184 123 51 52 1,023 29,428 85,266 (1) These amounts consist of fees that are not allocated at the loan level and loans serviced by third parties wherein Regions does not receive FICO or vintage information. AGING AND NON-ACCRUAL ANALYSIS The following tables include an aging analysis of DPD and loans on non-accrual status for each portfolio segment and class as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Loans on non-accrual status with no related allowance included $112 million of commercial and industrial loans as of December 31, 2020. Non–accrual loans with no related allowance typically include loans where the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient to recover all remaining principal. Prior to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, all TDRs and all non-accrual commercial and investor real estate loans, excluding leases, were deemed to be impaired. The definition of impairment and the required impaired loan disclosures were removed with CECL. Refer to Note 6 "Allowance for Credit Losses" in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 for disclosure of Regions' impaired loans as of December 31, 2019. Loans that have been fully charged- off do not appear in the tables below. 137 Table of Contents Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner- occupied $ Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer $ $ $ Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner- occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Indirect—vehicles Indirect—other consumer Consumer credit card Other consumer Total consumer Accrual Loans 30-59 DPD 60-89 DPD 90+ DPD 2020 Total 30+ DPD (In millions) Total Accrual Non-accrual Total 7 1 — 8 — — — 156 19 13 4 5 14 2 213 221 11 1 — 12 — — — 136 32 10 7 3 19 5 212 224 $ $ $ $ 66 6 1 73 3 — 3 301 54 30 23 25 28 17 478 554 $ $ 42,452 5,308 291 48,051 5,280 1,869 7,149 16,522 4,493 2,705 934 2,431 1,213 1,023 29,321 $ 84,521 $ $ 418 97 9 524 114 — 114 53 46 8 — — — — 107 745 $ 42,870 5,405 300 48,575 5,394 1,869 7,263 16,575 4,539 2,713 934 2,431 1,213 1,023 29,428 85,266 2019 Total 30+ DPD (In millions) 62 15 2 79 2 — 2 266 74 28 48 28 38 23 505 586 Total Accrual Non-accrual Total $ $ 39,624 5,464 320 45,408 4,934 1,621 6,555 14,458 5,259 3,078 1,812 3,249 1,387 1,250 30,493 $ 347 73 11 431 2 — 2 27 41 6 — — — — 74 $ 82,456 $ 507 $ 39,971 5,537 331 45,839 4,936 1,621 6,557 14,485 5,300 3,084 1,812 3,249 1,387 1,250 30,567 82,963 37 4 1 42 3 — 3 104 24 10 15 12 8 12 185 230 $ $ 22 1 — 23 — — — 41 11 7 4 8 6 3 80 $ 103 $ Accrual Loans 30-59 DPD 60-89 DPD 90+ DPD $ 30 11 2 43 1 — 1 83 30 12 31 16 11 13 196 240 $ $ 21 3 — 24 1 — 1 47 12 6 10 9 8 5 97 122 $ 138 Table of Contents TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS Regions regularly modifies commercial and investor real estate loans in order to facilitate a workout strategy. Typical modifications include accommodations, such as renewals and forbearances. The majority of Regions’ commercial and investor real estate TDRs are the result of renewals of classified loans at an interest rate that is not considered to be a market interest rate. For smaller dollar commercial loans, Regions may periodically grant interest rate and other term concessions, similar to those under the consumer program described below. Regions works to meet the individual needs of consumer borrowers to stem foreclosure through its CAP. Regions designed the program to allow for customer- tailored modifications with the goal of keeping customers in their homes and avoiding foreclosure where possible. Modification may be offered to any borrower experiencing financial hardship regardless of the borrower’s payment status. Consumer TDRs primarily involve an interest rate concession, however under the CAP, Regions may also offer a short-term deferral, a term extension, a new loan product, or a combination of these options. For loans restructured under the CAP, Regions expects to collect the original contractually due principal. The gross original contractual interest may be collectible, depending on the terms modified. All CAP modifications are considered TDRs regardless of the term because they are concessionary in nature and because the customer documents a financial hardship in order to participate. As noted above, the majority of Regions’ TDRs are results of interest rate concessions and not a forgiveness of principal. Accordingly, the financial impact of the modifications is best illustrated by the impact to the allowance calculation at the loan or pool level, as a result of the loans being considered impaired due to their TDR status. Regions most often does not record a charge-off at the modification date. As provided in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or December 31, 2020 were eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of the CARES Act; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs and are excluded from the disclosures below. The CARES Act relief and short-term nature of most COVID-19 deferrals precluded the majority of Regions' COVID-19 loan modifications from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2020. Further, on December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law and extended the relief from TDR classification through the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency concerning the COVID-19 outbreak ends or January 1, 2022. Regions elected this provision. The following tables present the end of period balance for loans modified in a TDR during the periods presented by portfolio segment and class, and the financial impact of those modifications. The tables include modifications made to new TDRs, as well as renewals of existing TDRs. Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Consumer credit card Indirect—vehicles and other consumer Total consumer 2020 Number of Obligors Recorded Investment (Dollars in millions) Financial Impact of Modifications Considered TDRs Increase in Allowance at Modification 151 21 1 173 11 4 15 378 — 43 14 66 501 689 250 16 1 267 78 5 83 85 — 4 — 1 90 440 — — — — — — — 11 — — — — 11 11 139 Table of Contents Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied Total commercial Commercial investor real estate mortgage Commercial investor real estate construction Total investor real estate Residential first mortgage Home equity lines Home equity loans Consumer credit card Indirect—vehicles and other consumer Total consumer NOTE 7. SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES 2019 Number of Obligors Recorded Investment (Dollars in millions) Financial Impact of Modifications Considered TDRs Increase in Allowance at Modification 97 51 1 149 12 12 24 159 — 99 37 75 370 543 $ $ $ 259 29 2 290 26 18 44 32 — 7 — 1 40 374 $ 3 — — 3 — 2 2 4 — — — — 4 9 The fair value of residential MSRs is calculated using various assumptions including future cash flows, market discount rates, expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. A significant change in prepayments of mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant changes in the valuation adjustments, thus creating potential volatility in the carrying amount of residential MSRs. The Company compares fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data where available, and also considers recent market activity and actual portfolio experience. The table below presents an analysis of residential MSRs under the fair value measurement method for the years ended December 31: Carrying value, beginning of year Additions Increase (decrease) in fair value: Due to change in valuation inputs or assumptions Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments (1) Carrying value, end of year 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 345 $ 108 (89) (68) 296 $ 418 $ 42 (62) (53) 345 $ 336 111 18 (47) 418 _________ (1) "Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments" includes both total loan payoffs as well as partial paydowns. In the first quarter of 2020, Regions revised its MSR decay methodology from a passage of time approach to a discounted net cash flow approach. The change in methodology results in shifts between decay and hedge impacts, but does not impact the overall valuation. In 2020, the Company purchased the rights to service residential mortgage loans on a flow basis for approximately $59 million. In 2019, the Company purchased the rights to service approximately $409 million in residential mortgage loans for approximately $4 million. Additionally, Regions purchased the rights to service residential mortgage loans on a flow basis for approximately $13 million. The Company also sold $167 million of affordable housing residential mortgage loans and as part of the transaction kept the rights to service the loans, which resulted in the retained residential MSR of approximately $2 million. In 2018, the Company purchased the rights to service approximately $6.1 billion in residential mortgage loans for approximately $77 million. Approximately $7 million of the purchase price was paid in 2019. 140 Table of Contents Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation, as well as the valuation’s sensitivity to rate fluctuations, related to residential MSRs (excluding related derivative instruments) as of December 31 are as follows: Unpaid principal balance Weighted-average CPR (%) Estimated impact on fair value of a 10% increase Estimated impact on fair value of a 20% increase Option-adjusted spread (basis points) Estimated impact on fair value of a 10% increase Estimated impact on fair value of a 20% increase Weighted-average coupon interest rate Weighted-average remaining maturity (months) Weighted-average servicing fee (basis points) $ $ $ $ $ 2020 2019 (Dollars in millions) $ $ $ $ $ 34,454 15.6 % (23) (42) 560 (7) (13) 3.9 % 287 27.5 34,467 12.0 % (19) (35) 618 (8) (16) 4.2 % 278 27.3 The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the residential MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. The derivative instruments utilized by Regions would serve to reduce the estimated impacts to fair value included in the table above. The following table presents servicing related fees, which includes contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and other ancillary income resulting from the servicing of residential mortgage loans for the years ended December 31: Servicing related fees and other ancillary income 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ 95 $ 102 $ 95 Residential mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with standard representations and warranties regarding certain characteristics such as the quality of the loan, the absence of fraud, the eligibility of the loan for sale and the future servicing associated with the loan. Regions may be required to repurchase these loans at par, or make-whole or indemnify the purchasers for losses incurred when representations and warranties are breached. Regions maintains an immaterial repurchase liability related to residential mortgage loans sold with representations and warranty provisions. This repurchase liability is reported in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and reflects management’s estimate of losses based on historical repurchase and loss trends, as well as other factors that may result in anticipated losses different from historical loss trends. Adjustments to this reserve are recorded in other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES Regions is an approved DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. In connection with the DUS program, Regions services commercial mortgage loans, retains commercial MSRs and intangible assets associated with the DUS license, and assumes a loss share guarantee associated with the loans. See Note 1 for additional information. Also see Note 24 for additional information related to the guarantee. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the DUS servicing portfolio was approximately $4.5 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively. The related commercial MSRs were approximately $74 million and $59 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The estimated fair value of the commercial MSRs was approximately $81 million and $64 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. NOTE 8. OTHER EARNING ASSETS Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB stock, FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and operating lease assets. See Note 14 for information related to operating leases. 141 Table of Contents FRB AND FHLB STOCK The following table presents the amount of Regions' investments in FRB and FHLB stock as of December 31: Federal Reserve Bank Federal Home Loan Bank MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES $ 2020 2019 (In millions) 492 $ 15 492 209 Marketable equity securities carried at fair value, which primarily consist of assets held for certain employee benefits and money market funds, are reported in other earning assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Total marketable equity securities were $388 million and $450 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Unrealized gains recognized in earnings for marketable equity securities still being held by the Company were $12 million at December 31, 2020. NOTE 9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT A summary of premises and equipment, net at December 31 is as follows: Land Premises and improvements Furniture and equipment Software Leasehold improvements Construction in progress Accumulated depreciation and amortization 2020 2019 (In millions) 434 $ 1,678 1,041 836 413 208 4,610 (2,713) 1,897 $ 446 1,783 1,023 756 407 199 4,614 (2,654) 1,960 $ $ NOTE 10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS GOODWILL Goodwill allocated to each reportable segment (each a reporting unit) at December 31 is presented as follows: Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management 2020 2019 (In millions) 2,819 $ 1,978 393 5,190 $ 2,474 1,978 393 4,845 $ $ The goodwill allocated to the Corporate Bank reporting unit increased due to the acquisition of Ascentium in the second quarter of 2020. Regions assessed the indicators of goodwill impairment for all three reporting units as part of its annual impairment test, as of October 1, 2020, and through the date of the filing of this Annual Report, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors and trends in the banking industry. The results of the qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount as of the test date; therefore, the quantitative goodwill impairment tests were deemed unnecessary. 142 Table of Contents OTHER INTANGIBLES The following table presents other intangibles and related accumulated amortization as of December 31: Core deposit intangibles Purchased credit card relationship assets (1) Other—amortizing DUS license Other—non-amortizing (2) (3) 2020 2019 2020 2019 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization 2020 2019 Net Carrying Amount $ $ 1,011 $ 175 82 1,011 $ 175 36 (In millions) 991 $ 149 24 980 $ 140 15 1,268 $ 1,222 $ 1,164 $ 1,135 $ 20 $ 26 58 15 3 122 $ 31 35 21 15 3 105 Includes intangible assets primarily related to acquired trust services, trade names, intellectual property, customer relationships, and employee agreements. _________ (1) (2) The DUS license is a non-amortizing intangible asset. (3) Includes non-amortizing intangible assets related to other acquired trust services. Core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationships and other customer relationship intangibles are being amortized in other non-interest expense on an accelerated basis over their expected useful lives. Other remaining intangibles are amortized in other non-interest expense on a straight line basis over their expected useful lives. Regions purchased a DUS license in 2014. The intangible asset associated with the DUS license is a non-amortizing intangible asset. Refer to Note 7 for additional information related to this license. The aggregate amount of amortization expense for core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationship assets, and other intangible assets is estimated as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Year Ended December 31 (In millions) $ 27 22 18 12 8 Identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed at least annually, usually in the fourth quarter, for events or circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. Regions concluded that no impairment for any other identifiable intangible assets occurred during 2020, 2019 or 2018. 143 Table of Contents NOTE 11. DEPOSITS The following schedule presents a detail of interest-bearing deposits at December 31: Savings Interest-bearing transaction Money market—domestic Time deposits Interest-bearing customer deposits Corporate treasury time deposits Corporate treasury other deposits Total interest-bearing deposits 2020 2019 (In millions) $ $ 11,635 $ 24,484 29,719 5,341 71,179 11 — 71,190 $ 8,640 20,046 25,326 7,442 61,454 108 1,800 63,362 The aggregate amount of time deposits of $250,000 or more, including certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more, was $696 million at December 31, 2020 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, the aggregate amounts of maturities of all time deposits (deposits with stated maturities, consisting primarily of certificates of deposit and IRAs) were as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter NOTE 12. BORROWINGS SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS December 31, 2020 (In millions) 3,721 843 446 149 102 91 5,352 $ $ Short-term borrowings consist of FHLB advances and were zero at December 31, 2020 and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2019. The levels of these borrowings can fluctuate depending on the Company's funding needs and the sources utilized. 144 Table of Contents LONG-TERM BORROWINGS Long-term borrowings at December 31 consist of the following: Regions Financial Corporation (Parent): 3.20% senior notes due February 2021 2.75% senior notes due August 2022 3.80% senior notes due August 2023 2.25% senior notes due April 2025 7.75% subordinated notes due September 2024 6.75% subordinated debentures due November 2025 7.375% subordinated notes due December 2037 Valuation adjustments on hedged long-term debt Regions Bank: FHLB advances 2.75% senior notes due April 2021 3 month LIBOR plus 0.38% of floating rate senior notes due April 2021 3.374% senior notes converting to 3 month LIBOR plus 0.50%, callable August 2020, due August 2021 3 month LIBOR plus 0.50% of floating rate senior notes, callable August 2020, due August 2021 6.45% subordinated notes due June 2037 Ascentium note securitizations Other long-term debt Valuation adjustments on hedged long-term debt Total consolidated 2020 2019 (In millions) $ $ 360 $ — 997 744 100 155 298 64 2,718 — 190 66 — — 496 97 2 — 851 3,569 $ 358 997 996 — 100 156 298 45 2,950 2,501 549 350 499 499 495 — 32 4 4,929 7,879 As of December 31, 2020, Regions had three issuances and Regions Bank had one issuance of subordinated notes totaling $553 million and $496 million, respectively, with stated interest rates ranging from 6.45% to 7.75%. All issuances of these notes are, by definition, subordinated and subject in right of payment of both principal and interest to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of the Company, which is generally defined as all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company to its creditors, except subordinated indebtedness. Payment of the principal of the notes may be accelerated only in the case of certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or reorganization of the Company. The subordinated notes described above qualify as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve guidelines, subject to diminishing credit as the respective maturity dates approach and subject to certain transition provisions. None of the subordinated notes are redeemable prior to maturity, unless there is an occurrence of a qualifying capital event. In the second quarter of 2020, Regions issued $750 million of 2.25% senior notes due 2025. Also in the second quarter, Regions executed a partial tender of the two senior bank notes due April 2021. In the third quarter, Regions redeemed the two senior bank notes due August 2021 in their entirety. In the fourth quarter, Regions redeemed the 2.75% senior notes due August 2022 in their entirety. In conjunction with the partial tenders, redemptions, and early terminations of FHLB advances Regions incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges totaling $22 million. As a part of Regions' acquisition of Ascentium on April 1, 2020, the Company assumed note securitizations with a remaining balance of $97 million as of December 31, 2020. The Ascentium note securitizations have two classes and have a weighted-average interest rate of 2.12% as of December 31, 2020, with remaining maturities ranging from 3 years to 5 years and a weighted-average of 4.1 years. On January 12, 2021, Regions sent notices of redemption, which resulted in the redemption on January 22, 2021, of its 3.20% senior notes due February 2021 pursuant to their terms, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed and any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. On February 19, 2021, Regions Bank sent notices of redemption, which will result in the redemption on March 1, 2021 of its 2.75% senior bank notes due April 1, 2021 and of its senior floating rate bank notes due April 1, 2021 pursuant to their 145 Table of Contents terms, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed and any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. FHLB advances at December 31, 2019 and 2018 had a weighted-average interest rate of 1.9 percent, and 2.6 percent, respectively. FHLB borrowing capacity is contingent upon the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. Regions has pledged certain loans as collateral for the FHLB advances outstanding. See Note 5 for loans pledged to the FHLB at December 31, 2020 and 2019. Additionally, membership in the FHLB requires an institution to hold FHLB stock. See Note 8 for the amount of FHLB stock held at December 31, 2020 and 2019. Regions’ total borrowing capacity with the FHLB (including outstanding advances) as of December 31, 2020, based on assets available for collateral at that date, was approximately $16.2 billion. Regions uses derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, to manage interest rate risk by converting a portion of its fixed-rate debt to a variable-rate. The effective rate adjustments related to these hedges are included in interest expense on long-term borrowings. The weighted-average interest rate on total long- term debt, including the effect of derivative instruments, was 2.7 percent, 3.4 percent, and 3.2 percent for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 21. The aggregate amount of contractual maturities of all long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Year Ended December 31 Regions Financial Corporation (Parent) Regions Bank (In millions) 360 $ — 1,061 100 899 298 2,718 $ 256 — — 40 57 498 851 $ $ On February 22, 2019, Regions filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC. This shelf registration does not have a capacity limit and can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. The registration statement will expire in February 2022. Regions Bank may issue bank notes from time to time, either as part of a bank note program or as stand-alone issuances. Notes issued by Regions Bank may be senior or subordinated notes. Notes issued by Regions Bank are not deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC. Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some securities. 146 Table of Contents NOTE 13. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Banking regulations identify five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, Regions and Regions Bank exceeded all current regulatory requirements, and were classified as "well- capitalized." Management believes that no events or changes have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2020 that would change this designation. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require institutions to maintain minimum ratios of common equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average tangible assets (the "Leverage" ratio). In the third quarter of 2020, the federal banking agencies finalized a rule related to the impact of CECL in regulatory capital requirements. The rule allows an add-back to the regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period. At the end of the two years, the impact is then phased-in over the following three years. The add-back is calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. At December 31, 2020, the impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $582 million, or approximately 54 basis points. The following tables summarize the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements: Basel III Regulatory Capital Rules Common equity Tier 1 capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Tier 1 capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Total capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Leverage capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Basel III Regulatory Capital Rules Common equity Tier 1 capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Tier 1 capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Total capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank Leverage capital: Regions Financial Corporation Regions Bank December 31, 2020 (1) Amount Ratio Minimum Requirement To Be Well Capitalized (Dollars in millions) 10,525 12,972 12,181 12,972 14,498 14,803 12,181 12,972 9.84 % 12.17 11.39 % 12.17 13.56 % 13.89 8.71 % 9.30 4.50 % 4.50 6.00 % 6.00 8.00 % 8.00 4.00 % 4.00 N/A 6.50 % 6.00 % 8.00 10.00 % 10.00 N/A 5.00 % December 31, 2019 Amount Ratio Minimum Requirement To Be Well Capitalized (Dollars in millions) 10,228 12,212 11,537 12,212 13,406 13,621 11,537 12,212 9.68 % 11.58 10.91 % 11.58 12.68 % 12.92 9.65 % 10.24 4.50 % 4.50 6.00 % 6.00 8.00 % 8.00 4.00 % 4.00 N/A 6.50 % 6.00 % 8.00 10.00 % 10.00 N/A 5.00 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ _________ (1) The 2020 Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, Total capital, and Leverage capital ratios are estimated. 147 Table of Contents During the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2020 through the third quarter of 2021 at 3.0 percent. The 3.0 percent requirement represented the amount of capital degradation under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, inclusive of four quarters of planned common stock dividends. The Federal Reserve may decide at any point through March 31, 2021 to update Regions' and other firms' SCB requirement based on the results of its supervisory stress test associated with the capital plan resubmission disclosed in December 2020. The Federal Reserve approved its rule for tailoring enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets. The framework outlines tailored standards for matters related to capital and liquidity. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under these rules. Substantially all net assets are owned by subsidiaries. The primary source of operating cash available to Regions is provided by dividends from subsidiaries. Statutory limits are placed on the amount of dividends the subsidiary bank can pay without prior regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory authorities require the maintenance of minimum capital-to-asset ratios at banking subsidiaries. Under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation H, Regions Bank may not, without approval of the Federal Reserve, declare or pay a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net income for that year and (b) its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to additional paid-in capital or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock. Under Alabama law, Regions Bank may not pay a dividend to Regions in excess of 90 percent of its net earnings until the bank’s surplus is equal to at least 20 percent of capital. Regions Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of Banking prior to paying a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared by Regions Bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as “the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes.” In addition to dividend restrictions, Federal statutes also prohibit unsecured loans from banking subsidiaries to the parent company. In addition, Regions must adhere to various HUD regulatory guidelines including required minimum capital to maintain their HUD approved status. Failure to comply with the HUD guidelines could result in withdrawal of this certification. As of December 31, 2020, Regions was in compliance with HUD guidelines. Regions is also subject to various capital requirements by secondary market investors. NOTE 14. LEASES LESSEE As of December 31, 2020, assets and liabilities recorded under operating leases for properties were $475 million and $545 million, respectively, and $443 million and $514 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The difference between the asset and liability balance is largely driven by increases in rent over the lease term and any strategic decisions to exit a lease location early, resulting in derecognition of the asset. The asset is recorded within other assets, and the lease liability is recorded within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense, which is operating lease costs recorded within net occupancy expense in the consolidated statements of income, was $85 and $81 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Other information related to operating leases at December 31 is as follows: Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) Weighted-average discount rate (%) Future, undiscounted minimum lease payments on operating leases are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total lease payments Less: Imputed interest Total present value of lease liabilities 148 2020 2019 9.6 years 2.7 % 9.3 years 3.2 % December 31, 2020 (In millions) $ $ 99 92 84 70 58 248 651 106 545 Table of Contents LESSOR The following tables present a summary of Regions' sales-type, direct financing, operating, and leveraged leases for the years ended December 31: Sales-Type and Direct Financing Operating Leveraged (1) Net Interest Income 2020 2019 (In millions) 59 $ 8 14 81 $ 33 11 14 58 $ $ _________ (1) Leveraged lease income is shown pre-tax with related tax expense of $8 million for December 31, 2020 and $9 million for December 31, 2019. Leveraged lease termination gains excluded from amounts presented above were immaterial at both December 31, 2020 and 2019. Lease receivable Unearned income Guaranteed residual Unguaranteed residual Total net investment Lease receivable Unearned income Guaranteed residual Unguaranteed residual Total net investment Sales-Type and Direct Financing Operating Leveraged Total As of December 31, 2020 1,293 $ (232) 36 183 1,280 $ (In millions) 60 $ (15) — 155 200 $ 174 $ (96) — 144 222 $ Sales-Type and Direct Financing Operating Leveraged Total As of December 31, 2019 1,068 $ (215) 32 152 1,037 $ (In millions) 113 $ (29) — 213 297 $ 182 $ (113) — 147 216 $ $ $ $ $ The following table presents the minimum future payments due from customers for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Sales-Type and Direct Financing December 31, 2020 Operating (In millions) Total 297 $ 236 178 118 76 388 1,293 $ 24 $ 14 7 6 3 6 60 $ $ $ 149 1,527 (343) 36 482 1,702 1,363 (357) 32 512 1,550 321 250 185 124 79 394 1,353 Table of Contents NOTE 15. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) PREFERRED STOCK The following table presents a summary of the non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock as of December 31: Issuance Date Earliest Redemption Date Dividend Rate (1) Liquidation Amount Liquidation preference per Share Liquidation preference per Depositary Share Ownership Interest per Depositary Share Carrying Amount Carrying Amount 2020 2019 Series A Series B Series C Series D 11/1/2012 4/29/2014 4/30/2019 6/5/2020 12/15/2017 9/15/2024 5/15/2029 9/15/2025 6.375 % 6.375 % 5.700 % 5.750 % (2) (3) (4) $ $ (Dollars in millions) $ $ 1,000 1,000 1,000 100,000 500 500 500 350 1,850 25 25 25 1,000 1/40th 1/40th 1/40th 1/100th $ $ $ 387 433 490 346 387 433 490 — 1,656 $ 1,310 _________ (1) Dividends on all series of preferred stock, if declared, accrue and are payable quarterly in arrears. (2) Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to September 15, 2024, 6.375%, and (ii) for each period beginning on or after September 15, 2024, three-month LIBOR plus 3.536%. (3) Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to August 15, 2029, 5.700%, and (ii) for each period beginning on or after August 15, 2029, three-month LIBOR plus 3.148%. (4) Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to September 15, 2025, 5.750%, and (ii) for each period beginning on or after September 15, 2025, the five-year treasury rate as of the most recent reset dividend determination date plus 5.426%. All series of preferred stock have no stated maturity and redemption is solely at Regions' option, subject to regulatory approval, in whole, or in part, after the earliest redemption date or in whole, but not in part, within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event for the Series A preferred stock or at any time following a regulatory capital treatment event for the Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock. The Board of Directors declared a total of $64 million in cash dividends on both Series A and Series B Preferred Stock during both 2020 and 2019. In 2020 and 2019, the Board of Directors declared $28 million and $15 million in cash dividends on Series C Preferred stock, respectively. The initial quarterly dividend for the Series D Preferred Stock was declared in the third quarter of 2020. In 2020, the Board of Directors declared a total of $11 million in cash dividends on Series D preferred stock. In total the Board of Directors declared $103 million and $79 million in cash dividends on preferred stock in 2020 and 2019, respectively. In the event Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D preferred shares are redeemed at the liquidation amounts, $113 million, $67 million, $10 million, or $4 million in excess of the redemption amount over the carrying amount will be recognized, respectively. Approximately $100 million of Series A preferred dividends that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings, and approximately $13 million of related issuance costs that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to net income available to common shareholders. Approximately $52 million of Series B preferred dividends that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings, and approximately $15 million of related issuance costs that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to net income available to common shareholders. Approximately $10 million of Series C issuance costs that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to net income available to common shareholders. Approximately $4 million of Series D issuance costs that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to net income available to common shareholders. COMMON STOCK On June 25, 2020, the Federal Reserve indicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test. The capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve reflected no share repurchases through year-end 2020 and Regions is in compliance with the capital plan. Prior to the supervisory stress test submission, the Board had authorized for the repurchase of $1.370 billion of the Company's common stock repurchase plan, permitting repurchases from the beginning of the third quarter of 2019 through the second quarter of 2020. During the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve mandated that banks must not increase their quarterly per share common dividend and implemented an earnings-based payout restriction in connection with the supervisory stress test, requiring the third quarter 2020 dividend to not exceed the average of the prior four quarters of net income excluding preferred dividends. This mandate was subsequently extended through the first quarter of 2021. 150 Table of Contents Regions declared $0.62 per share in cash dividends for 2020, $0.59 for 2019, and $0.46 for 2018. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The following tables present the balances and activity in AOCI on a pre-tax and net of tax basis for the years ended December 31: Pre-tax AOCI Activity 2020 Tax Effect (1) (In millions) Net AOCI Activity Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity: Beginning balance Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2) Ending balance Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale: Beginning balance Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3) Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period Ending balance Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges: Beginning balance Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2) Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period Ending balance Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans: Beginning balance Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and settlements realized in net income Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits activity in the period (4) Ending balance Total other comprehensive income Total accumulated other comprehensive income, end of period 151 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (120) $ 30 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (29) 8 (21) 274 792 (4) 788 1,062 430 1,440 (260) 1,180 1,610 (795) (144) 47 (97) (892) $ 1,879 1,759 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 7 (2) 5 (69) (200) 1 (199) (268) (108) (363) 65 (298) (406) 200 36 (11) 25 225 $ (474) (444) $ (90) (22) 6 (16) 205 592 (3) 589 794 322 1,077 (195) 882 1,204 (595) (108) 36 (72) (667) 1,405 1,315 Table of Contents Pre-tax AOCI Activity 2019 Tax Effect (1) (In millions) Net AOCI Activity Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity: Beginning balance Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2) Ending balance Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale: Beginning balance Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3) Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period Ending balance Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges: Beginning balance Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2) Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period Ending balance Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans: Beginning balance Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and settlements realized in net income Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits activity in the period (4) Ending balance Total other comprehensive income Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1,289) (36) 7 (29) (531) 777 28 805 274 (84) 490 24 514 430 (638) (200) 43 (157) (795) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,169 (120) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 325 9 (2) 7 134 (196) (7) (203) (69) 21 (123) (6) (129) (108) 161 50 (11) 39 200 $ (295) 30 $ (964) (27) 5 (22) (397) 581 21 602 205 (63) 367 18 385 322 (477) (150) 32 (118) (595) 874 (90) Pre-tax AOCI Activity 2018 Tax Effect (1) (In millions) Net AOCI Activity Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity: Beginning balance Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2) Ending balance Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale: Beginning balance Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period Ending balance Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges: Beginning balance Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2) Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period Ending balance Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans: Beginning balance Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and settlements realized in net income Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits activity in the period (4) Ending balance Total other comprehensive income Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1,002) $ 253 $ (45) 9 (36) (204) (327) (531) (68) (4) (12) (16) (84) (685) 11 36 47 $ $ $ $ $ (638) $ (287) (1,289) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 12 (3) 9 51 83 134 17 1 3 4 21 173 (4) (8) (12) 161 72 325 $ (749) (33) 6 (27) (153) (244) (397) (51) (3) (9) (12) (63) (512) 7 28 35 (477) (215) (964) ____ (1) The tax impact of each component of AOCI is calculated using an effective tax rate of approximately 25%. (2) Reclassification amount is recognized in net interest income in the consolidated statements of income. (3) Reclassification amount is recognized in securities gains (losses), net in the consolidated statements of income. (4) Reclassification amount is recognized in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally, these accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 18 for additional details). 152 Table of Contents NOTE 16. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31: Numerator: Income from continuing operations Preferred stock dividends Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders Income from discontinued operations, net of tax Net income available to common shareholders Denominator: Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic Potential common shares Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted (1) Earnings per common share from continuing operations available to common shareholders : Basic Diluted (1) Earnings per common share from discontinued operations : Basic Diluted (1) Earnings per common share : Basic Diluted ________ (1) Certain per share amounts may not appear to reconcile due to rounding. 2020 2019 2018 (In millions, except per share data) 1,094 $ (103) 991 — 991 $ 959 3 962 1.03 $ 1.03 0.00 $ 0.00 1.03 $ 1.03 1,582 $ (79) 1,503 — 1,503 $ 995 4 999 1.51 $ 1.50 0.00 $ 0.00 1.51 $ 1.50 1,568 (64) 1,504 191 1,695 1,092 10 1,102 1.38 1.36 0.18 0.17 1.55 1.54 $ $ $ $ $ The effect from the assumed exercise of 7 million, 7 million and 6 million in stock options, restricted stock units and awards and performance stock units for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, was not included in the above computations of diluted earnings per common share because such amounts would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per common share. NOTE 17. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS Regions administers long-term incentive compensation plans that permit the granting of incentive awards in the form of stock options, restricted stock awards, performance awards and stock appreciation rights. While Regions has the ability to issue stock appreciation rights, none have been issued to date. The terms of all awards issued under these plans are determined by the CHR Committee of the Board; however, no awards may be granted after the tenth anniversary from the date the plans were initially approved by shareholders. Incentive awards usually vest based on employee service, generally within 3 years from the date of the grant. The contractual lives of options granted under these plans are typically ten years from the date of the grant. On April 23, 2015, the shareholders of the Company approved the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 LTIP, which permits the Company to grant to employees and directors various forms of incentive compensation. These forms of incentive compensation are similar to the types of compensation approved in prior plans. The 2015 LTIP authorizes 60 million common share equivalents available for grant, where grants of options and grants of full value awards (e.g., shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units) count as one share equivalent. Unless otherwise determined by the CHR Committee of the Board, grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance stock units accrue dividends, or their notional equivalent, as they are declared by the Board, and are paid upon vesting of the award. Upon adoption of the 2015 LTIP, Regions closed the prior long-term incentive plan to new grants, and, accordingly, prospective grants must be made under the 2015 LTIP or a successor plan. All existing grants under prior long-term incentive plans are unaffected by adoption of the 2015 LTIP. The number of remaining share equivalents available for future issuance under the 2015 LTIP was approximately 33 million at December 31, 2020. Grants of performance-based restricted stock typically have a three-year performance period, and shares vest within three years after the grant date. Restricted stock units typically have a vesting period of three years. Grantees of restricted stock awards or units must either remain employed with the Company for certain periods from the date of grant in order for shares to 153 Table of Contents be released or issued or retire after meeting the standards of a retiree, at which time shares would be issued and released. The terms of these plans generally stipulate that the exercise price of options may not be less than the fair market value of Regions' common stock at the date the options are granted. Regions issues new shares from authorized reserves upon exercise. The following table summarizes the elements of compensation cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31: Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards: Restricted and performance stock awards Tax benefits related to share-based compensation cost Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards, net of tax STOCK OPTIONS The following table summarizes the activity for 2020, 2019 and 2018 related to stock options: 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 53 $ (13) 40 $ 51 $ (13) 38 $ 50 (13) 37 Outstanding at December 31, 2017 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2018 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Exercisable at December 31, 2020 Number of Options Weighted- Average Exercise Price Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In millions) Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term 9,407,898 $ — (1,619,206) (6,063,969) 1,724,723 $ — (756,954) — 967,769 $ — (911,181) (29,917) 26,671 $ 26,671 $ 16.58 $ — 7.08 21.88 6.86 $ — 6.93 — 6.80 $ — 6.80 7.00 6.54 $ 6.54 $ 35 11 10 — — 1.05 years 1.74 years 0.83 years 0.41 years 0.41 years The aggregate intrinsic value of exercised options was $8 million for 2020, $8 million for 2019, and $10 million for 2018. Cash received from options exercised was $5 million, $5 million, and $11 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from options exercised totaled $1 million for 2020, $2 million for 2019, and $4 million for 2018. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND PERFORMANCE STOCK AWARDS During 2020, 2019 and 2018, Regions made restricted stock grants that vest upon satisfaction of service conditions and restricted stock award and performance stock award grants that vest based upon service conditions and performance conditions. Incremental shares earned above the performance target associated with previous performance stock awards are included when and if performance targets are achieved. Dividend payments during the vesting period are deferred to the end of the vesting term. The fair value of these restricted shares, restricted stock units and performance stock units was estimated based upon the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of the grant. The valuation was not adjusted for the deferral of dividends. 154 Table of Contents Activity related to restricted stock awards and performance stock awards for 2020, 2019 and 2018 is summarized as follows: Non-vested at December 31, 2017 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at December 31, 2020 Number of Shares/Units Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value 15,263,034 $ 3,051,090 (6,038,566) (747,021) 11,528,537 $ 3,971,303 (6,068,969) (433,513) 8,997,358 $ 6,466,526 (3,314,572) (467,152) 11,682,160 $ 10.12 18.17 9.64 13.00 12.32 14.70 8.47 15.25 15.62 8.46 14.60 11.86 12.14 As of December 31, 2020, the pre-tax amount of non-vested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units not yet recognized was $43 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.50 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was $35 million, $89 million, and $112 million, respectively. No share-based compensation costs were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018. NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS Regions' defined benefit pension plans cover only certain employees as the pension plans are closed to new entrants. Benefits under the pension plans are based on years of service and the employee’s highest five consecutive years of compensation during the last ten years of employment. Regions’ funding policy is to contribute annually at least the amount required by IRS minimum funding standards. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. The Company also sponsors a SERP, which is a non-qualified pension plan that provides certain senior executive officers defined benefits in relation to their compensation. Actuarially determined pension expense is charged to current operations using the projected unit credit method. All defined benefit plans are referred to as “the plans” throughout the remainder of this footnote. 155 Table of Contents The following table sets forth the plans’ change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status, using a December 31 measurement date, and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31: Change in benefit obligation Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial (gains) losses Benefit payments Administrative expenses Plan settlements Projected benefit obligation, end of year Change in plan assets Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Company contributions Benefit payments Administrative expenses Plan settlements Fair value of plan assets, end of year Funded status and accrued benefit (cost) at measurement date Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: Other assets Other liabilities Pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss: Net actuarial loss Qualified Plans Non-qualified Plans Total 2020 2019 2020 2019 2020 2019 2,192 $ 34 64 278 (130) (3) — 2,435 $ 2,299 $ 303 — (130) (3) — 2,469 $ 1,865 $ 28 75 349 (122) (3) — 2,192 $ 2,105 $ 319 — (122) (3) — 2,299 $ (In millions) 172 $ 5 4 21 (14) — — 188 $ — $ — 14 (14) — — — $ 145 $ 3 5 33 (7) — (7) 172 $ — $ — 14 (7) — (7) — $ 2,364 $ 39 68 299 (144) (3) — 2,623 $ 2,299 $ 303 14 (144) (3) — 2,469 $ 34 $ 107 $ (188) $ (172) $ (154) $ 34 $ — 34 $ 107 $ — 107 $ — $ (188) (188) $ — $ (172) (172) $ 34 $ (188) (154) $ 2,010 31 80 382 (129) (3) (7) 2,364 2,105 319 14 (129) (3) (7) 2,299 (65) 107 (172) (65) 819 $ 736 $ 80 $ 66 $ 899 $ 802 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ The accumulated benefit obligation for the qualified plans was $2.3 billion and $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Total plan assets exceeded the corresponding accumulated benefit obligation for the qualified plans as of both December 31, 2020 and 2019. The accumulated benefit obligation for the non-qualified plans was $188 million and $171 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which exceeded all corresponding plan assets for each period. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the actuarial (gains) losses related to the change in the benefit obligation were primarily driven by changes in the discount rate. 156 Table of Contents Net periodic pension cost (benefit) included the following components for the years ended December 31: Qualified Plans Non-qualified Plans 2020 2019 2018 2020 2019 2018 2020 Total 2019 2018 (In millions) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of actuarial loss Settlement charge Net periodic pension (benefit) cost $ $ 34 $ 64 (148) 39 — (11) $ 28 $ 75 (137) 36 — 2 $ 35 $ 70 (153) 31 — (17) $ 5 $ 4 — 8 — 17 $ 3 $ 5 — 5 2 15 $ 3 $ 5 — 5 — 13 $ 39 $ 68 (148) 47 — 6 $ 31 $ 80 (137) 41 2 17 $ 38 75 (153) 36 — (4) The service cost component of net periodic pension (benefit) cost is recorded in salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income. Components other than service cost are recorded in other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. The settlement charges relate to the settlement of liabilities under the SERP for certain plan participants. The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are as follows: Discount rate Rate of annual compensation increase Qualified Plans Non-qualified Plans 2020 2019 2020 2019 2.48 % 4.00 % 3.35 % 4.00 % 2.07 % 3.00 % 3.05 % 3.00 % The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension (benefit) cost for the years ended December 31 are as follows: Discount rate Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets Rate of annual compensation increase Qualified Plans Non-qualified Plans 2020 2019 2018 2020 2019 2018 3.37 % 6.65 % 4.00 % 4.39 % 6.84 % 3.75 % 3.70 % 6.84 % 3.75 % 3.00 % N/A 3.00 % 4.18 % N/A 3.75 % 3.49 % N/A 3.75 % Regions utilizes a disaggregated approach in the estimation of the service and interest components of net periodic pension costs by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. This provides a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding spot yield curve rates. The expected long-term rate of return on the qualified plans' assets is based on an estimated reasonable range of probable returns. The assumption is established by considering historical and anticipated return of the asset classes invested in by the qualified plans and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. Management chose a point within the range based on the probability of achievement combined with incremental returns attributable to active management. For 2021, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is 5.87 percent. The qualified plans' investment strategy is continuing to shift from focusing on maximizing asset returns to minimizing funding ratio volatility, with a planned increase in the allocation to fixed income securities. The combined target asset allocation is 50 percent equities, 38 percent fixed income securities and 12 percent in all other types of investments. Equity securities include investments in large and small/mid cap companies primarily located in the U.S., international equities, and private equities. Fixed income securities include investments in corporate and government bonds, asset-backed securities and any other fixed income investments as allowed by respective prospectuses and other offering documents. Other types of investments may include hedge funds and real estate funds that follow several different strategies. The plans' assets are highly diversified with respect to asset class, security and manager. Investment risk is controlled with the plans' assets rebalancing to target allocations on a periodic basis and continual monitoring of investment managers’ performance relative to the investment guidelines established with each investment manager. Regions’ qualified plans have a portion of their investments in Regions' common stock. At December 31, 2020, the plans held 2,855,618 shares, which represents a total market value of approximately $46 million, or approximately 2 percent of the plans' assets. 157 Table of Contents The following table presents the fair value of Regions’ qualified pension plans’ financial assets as of December 31: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Fair Value 2020 2019 Cash and cash equivalents Fixed income securities: U.S. Treasury securities Federal agency securities Corporate bonds Total fixed income securities Equity securities: Domestic International Total equity securities International mutual funds Total assets in the fair value hierarchy Collective trust funds: $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 50 299 — — 299 130 164 294 179 822 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — 18 490 508 — — — — 508 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) Fixed income fund Common stock fund (1) International fund (1) Total collective trust funds (1) Real estate funds measured at NAV Private equity funds measured at NAV (1) 25 481 — — 481 346 176 522 181 1,209 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — 26 111 137 — — — — 137 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — — — — — — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (In millions) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 50 299 18 490 807 130 164 294 179 1,330 408 217 46 671 188 280 2,469 — — — — — — — — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 25 481 26 111 618 346 176 522 181 1,346 440 178 47 665 187 101 2,299 __________ (1) In accordance with accounting guidance, investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient are not required to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of amounts reported in the fair value hierarchy to amounts reported on the balance sheet. For all investments, the plans attempt to use quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges, or Level 1 measurements. Where such quoted market prices are not available, the plans typically employ quoted market prices of similar instruments (including matrix pricing) and/or discounted cash flows to estimate a value of these securities, or Level 2 measurements. Level 2 discounted cash flow analyses are typically based on market interest rates, prepayment speeds and/or option adjusted spreads. Investments held in the plans consist of cash and cash equivalents, fixed income securities, equity securities, collective trust funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity and other assets and are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. See Note 1 for a description of valuation methodologies related to U.S. Treasuries, federal agency securities, and equity securities. The methodology described in Note 1 for other debt securities is applicable to corporate bonds. Mutual funds are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges; these valuations are Level 1 measurements. Collective trust funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity funds and other assets are valued based on net asset value or the valuation of the limited partner’s portion of the equity of the fund. Third party fund managers provide these valuations based primarily on estimated valuations of underlying investments. 158 Table of Contents Information about the expected cash flows for the qualified and non-qualified plans is as follows: Expected Employer Contributions: 2021 Expected Benefit Payments: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Next five years OTHER PLANS Qualified Plans Non-qualified Plans (In millions) $ $ — $ 138 $ 138 136 138 137 673 33 33 31 15 11 12 57 Regions has a defined-contribution 401(k) plan that includes a Company match of eligible employee contributions. Eligible employees include those who have been employed for one year and have worked a minimum of 1,000 hours. The Company match is invested based on the employees' allocation elections. Regions provides an automatic 2 percent cash 401(k) contribution to eligible employees regardless of whether or not they are contributing to the 401(k) plan. To receive this contribution, employees must be employed at the end of the year and not actively accruing a benefit in the Regions’ pension plans. Regions’ cash contribution was approximately $19 million for 2020, $17 million for 2019 and $18 million for 2018. For 2020 and 2019, eligible employees who were already contributing to the 401(k) plan received up to a 5 percent Company match plus the automatic 2 percent cash contribution. In 2018, eligible employees who were already contributing to the 401(k) plan received up to a 4 percent Company match plus the automatic 2 percent cash contribution. Regions’ match to the 401(k) plan on behalf of employees totaled $62 million in 2020, $58 million in 2019, and $48 million in 2018. Regions’ 401(k) plan held 20 million shares and 21 million shares of Regions' common stock at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The 401(k) plan received approximately $12 million, $13 million and $10 million in dividends on Regions' common stock for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Regions also sponsors defined benefit postretirement health care plans that cover certain retired employees. For these certain employees retiring before normal retirement age, the Company currently pays a portion of the costs of certain health care benefits until the retired employee becomes eligible for Medicare. Certain retirees, participating in plans of acquired entities, are offered a Medicare supplemental benefit. The plan is contributory and contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and co-payments. Retiree health care benefits, as well as similar benefits for active employees, are provided through a self-insured program in which Company and retiree costs are based on the amount of benefits paid. The Company’s policy is to fund the Company’s share of the cost of health care benefits in amounts determined at the discretion of management. Postretirement life insurance is also provided to a grandfathered group of employees and retirees. NOTE 19. OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE The following is a detail of other non-interest income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31: Bank-owned life insurance Investment services fee income Commercial credit fee income Valuation gain on equity investment Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - defined benefit Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets- other Other miscellaneous income (1) 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 95 84 $ 77 50 — 12 151 469 $ 78 79 $ 73 — 5 11 130 376 $ 65 71 71 — (6) (5) 100 296 $ $ ______ (1) In the third quarter of 2020, the equity investee executed an initial public offering. The Company was subject to a conventional post-issuance 180 day lock-up period, which prevented the sale of its position until January 2021. The Company sold its position in January 2021 and recognized an immaterial gain. 159 Table of Contents The following is a detail of other non-interest expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31: Outside services Marketing Professional, legal and regulatory expenses Credit/checkcard expenses FDIC insurance assessments Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges Visa class B shares expense Loss on early extinguishment of debt Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses Other miscellaneous expenses (1) 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 170 $ 94 89 50 48 31 24 22 — 354 882 $ 189 $ 97 95 68 48 25 14 16 (6) 381 927 $ 187 92 119 57 85 11 10 — (2) 404 963 ______ (1) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses presented within net interest income after provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense. NOTE 20. INCOME TAXES The components of income tax expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31 were as follows: Current income tax expense: Federal State Total current expense Deferred income tax expense (benefit): Federal State Total deferred expense (benefit) Total income tax expense 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ $ $ $ 312 $ 66 378 $ (142) $ (16) (158) $ 220 $ 279 $ 62 341 $ 29 $ 33 62 $ 403 $ 175 29 204 130 53 183 387 __________ Note: The table above does not include total income tax expense from discontinued operations of zero, zero, and $80 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The deferred income tax expense reflected in discontinued operations was zero, zero and $43 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. On December 22, 2017, Tax Reform was enacted. Effective January 1, 2018, Tax Reform reduced the maximum corporate statutory federal income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent. During 2018, the Company made the determination to and completed administrative filings with the Internal Revenue Service that allowed it to accelerate various deductions into the prior year. As a result, the Company recognized during the 2018 measurement period approximately $37 million in tax benefits due to Tax Reform. The measurement period ended in December 2018. Income tax expense does not reflect the tax effects of unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity, unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and the net change from defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefits. Refer to Note 15 for additional information on shareholders' equity and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The Company accounts for investment tax credits using the deferral method. Investment tax credits generated totaled $94 million, $59 million and $90 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 160 Table of Contents Income taxes from continuing operations for financial reporting purposes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21 percent for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, as shown in the following table: Tax on income from continuing operations computed at statutory federal income tax rate Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from: State income tax, net of federal tax effect Tax-exempt interest Affordable housing investment amortization, net of tax benefits (excluding Tax Reform) Other impacts of Tax Reform Non-deductible expenses Bank-owned life insurance Impact of change in unrecognized tax benefits Lease financing Other, net Income tax expense Effective tax rate 2020 2019 2018 $ $ (Dollars in millions) $ 417 $ 75 (39) (34) — 19 (19) 20 5 (41) 403 $ $ 276 39 (34) (31) — 22 (22) (20) 5 (15) 220 410 65 (37) (37) (37) 28 (16) — 11 — 387 16.8 % 20.3 % 19.8 % __________ Note: Income tax expense includes amortization of affordable housing investments of $133 million, $131 million, and $137 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liability at December 31 are listed below: 2020 2019 (In millions) Deferred tax assets: (1) Allowance for credit losses Right of use liability Federal and State net operating losses, net of federal tax effect Unrealized losses included in shareholder's equity Accrued expenses Federal tax credit carryforwards Other Total deferred tax assets Less: valuation allowance Total deferred tax assets less valuation allowance Deferred tax liabilities: Unrealized gains included in shareholder's equity Lease financing Right of use asset Goodwill and intangibles Employee benefits and deferred compensation Fixed assets Mortgage servicing rights Other Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax liability $ $ 573 $ 137 58 — 35 — 13 816 (31) 785 444 413 128 106 54 54 45 46 1,290 (505) $ 231 124 50 30 30 12 16 493 (32) 461 — 354 115 92 90 42 61 35 789 (328) _______ (1) Regions adopted CECL on January 1, 2020 and the impact resulted in an increase of $126 million in deferred tax assets. Prior to adoption, the deferred tax assets impact is for the allowance for loan losses. 161 Table of Contents The following table provides details of the Company’s tax carryforwards at December 31, 2020, including the expiration dates, any related valuation allowance and the amount of pre-tax earnings necessary to fully realize each net deferred tax asset balance: Net operating losses-federal Net operating losses-federal Net operating losses-states Net operating losses-states Net operating losses-states Net operating losses-states Expiration Dates Deferred Tax Asset Balance (2) Valuation Allowance (In millions) Net Deferred Tax Asset Balance 2037 $ None 2021-2025 2026-2032 2033-2040 None 18 $ 7 14 13 4 2 58 — $ — 14 12 3 2 31 18 $ 7 — 1 1 — 27 Pre-Tax Earnings Necessary to Realize (1) 87 N/A — 8 23 N/A ________ (1) N/A indicates that net operating losses with no expiration are not measured on a pre-tax basis. (2) Federal and state deferred tax assets of $25 million and $2 million, respectively, related to net operating losses were acquired as part of the Company’s April 2020 equipment finance acquisition. While the federal net operating losses are subject to certain annual utilization limits, the Company has determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary based on projected annual limitation and the length of the net operating loss carryover period. The Company’s determination of the realization of the net deferred tax asset is based on its assessment of all available positive and negative evidence. At December 31, 2020, positive evidence supporting the realization of the deferred tax assets includes a history of positive earnings with no history of significant tax carryforwards expiring unused. In addition, the reversal of taxable temporary differences, excluding goodwill and the inclusion of the accretion of taxable temporary differences related to leveraged leases acquired in a previous business combination, will offset approximately $1.2 billion of the gross deferred tax assets, which is significantly larger than the $785 million deferred tax asset balance net of valuation allowance at December 31, 2020. The Company believes that a portion of the state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized due to the length of certain state carryforward periods. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established in the amount of $31 million against such benefits at December 31, 2020 compared to $32 million at December 31, 2019. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Balance at beginning of year Additions based on tax positions taken in a prior period Additions based on tax positions taken in the current period Reductions based on tax positions taken in a prior period Settlements Expiration of statute of limitations Balance at end of year 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 37 $ 2 — (25) (1) (1) 12 $ 13 $ 25 — — — (1) 37 $ 27 — 11 (13) (11) (1) 13 The Company files U.S. federal, state, and local income tax returns. The Company is in the IRS’s Compliance Assurance Process program. Pursuant to this program, examinations for tax years through 2018 have been completed. Also, with few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for tax years before 2016. The completion of tax examinations was the primary reason for the reduction in unrecognized tax benefits in 2020. Currently, there are no material disputed tax positions with federal or state taxing authorities. Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate that any adjustments relating to federal or state tax examinations will result in material changes to its business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. As a result of the potential resolution of certain federal and state income tax positions, it is reasonably possible that the UTBs could decrease as much as $4 million during the next twelve months, since resolved items will be removed from the balance whether their resolution results in payment or recognition in earnings. 162 Table of Contents As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the balances of the Company’s UTBs that would reduce the effective tax rates, if recognized, were $9 million, $34 million and $10 million, respectively. The remainder of the UTB balance has indirect tax benefits in other jurisdictions or is the tax effect of temporary differences. Income tax expense for 2020, 2019 and 2018, includes an immaterial expense (benefit) for interest expense, interest income and penalties before the impact of any applicable federal and state deductions. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had an immaterial liability for interest and penalties related to income taxes, before the impact of any applicable federal and state deductions. NOTE 21. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES The following tables present the notional amount and estimated fair value of derivative instruments on a gross basis as of December 31: Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships: Interest rate swaps Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships: Interest rate swaps Interest rate floors (2) Total derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate swaps Interest rate options Interest rate futures and forward commitments Other contracts Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Total derivatives Total gross derivative instruments, before netting Less: Netting adjustments (3) Total gross derivative instruments, after netting (4) Notional Amount 2020 Estimated Fair Value Gain (1) Loss (1) Notional Amount (In millions) 2019 Estimated Fair Value Gain (1) Loss (1) 2,100 $ 77 $ — $ 2,900 $ 67 $ 16,000 5,750 21,750 23,850 76,764 13,806 4,270 9,924 104,764 128,614 $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,181 430 1,611 1,688 1,492 90 11 68 1,661 3,349 3,349 2,428 921 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — — 1,464 28 26 80 1,598 1,598 1,598 1,545 53 17,250 6,750 24,000 26,900 68,075 11,347 27,324 10,276 117,022 143,922 $ $ $ $ $ $ 338 208 546 613 659 27 10 48 744 1,357 1,357 1,022 335 $ $ $ $ $ $ — 83 — 83 83 656 9 11 58 734 817 817 770 47 $ $ $ $ $ _________ (1) Derivatives in a gain position are recorded as other assets and derivatives in a loss position are recorded as other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. (2) Estimated fair value includes premium of approximately $83 million as of December 31, 2020 and $108 million as of December 31, 2019 to be amortized over the remaining life. Approximately $15 million of the decrease since December 31, 2019 related to hedges that were terminated during the third quarter of 2020 and were not amortized into earnings as of the date of termination. (3) Netting adjustments represent amounts recorded to convert derivative assets and derivative liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of cash collateral received or posted, legally enforceable master netting agreements and variation margin that allow Regions to settle derivative contracts with the counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net position with the related cash collateral. (4) The gain amounts, which are not collateralized with cash or other assets or reserved for, represent the net credit risk on all trading and other derivative positions. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, financial instruments posted of $24 million, for both periods, were not offset in the consolidated balance sheets. HEDGING DERIVATIVES Derivatives entered into to manage interest rate risk and facilitate asset/liability management strategies are designated as hedging derivatives. Derivative financial instruments that qualify in a hedging relationship are classified, based on the exposure being hedged, as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Additional information regarding accounting policies for derivatives is described in Note 1. FAIR VALUE HEDGES Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment. Regions enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure on the Company’s fixed-rate borrowings. These agreements involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest payments over the life of the agreements. Regions enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure on certain of the 163 Table of Contents Company's fixed-rate available for sale debt securities. These agreements involve the payment of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest receipts. CASH FLOW HEDGES Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on LIBOR-based loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay LIBOR interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. As of December 31, 2020, Regions is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions through 2026 and a small portion of these hedges are forward starting. The following table presents the pre-tax impact of terminated cash flow hedges on AOCI. The balance of terminated cash flow hedges in AOCI will be amortized into earnings through 2026. Unrealized gains on terminated hedges included in AOCI- January 1 Unrealized gains on terminated hedges arising during the period Reclassification adjustments for amortization of unrealized (gains) into net income Unrealized gains on terminated hedges included in AOCI-December 31 Twelve Months Ended December 31 2020 2019 (In millions) $ 78 55 (12) 121 $ 68 23 (13) 78 $ $ Regions expects to reclassify into earnings approximately $415 million in pre-tax income due to the receipt or payment of interest payments and floor premium amortization on all cash flow hedges within the next twelve months. Included in this amount is $26 million in pre-tax net gains related to the amortization of discontinued cash flow hedges. The following tables present the effect of hedging derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of income and the total amounts for the respective line items affected for the years ended December 31: Total amounts presented in the consolidated statements of income Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships: Interest rate contracts: Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives Recognized on derivatives Recognized on hedged items Net income recognized on fair value hedges Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: Interest rate contracts: (1) Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2) Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges (2) Interest Income Interest Expense Debt securities Loans, including fees Long-term borrowings 2020 (In millions) 582 $ 3,610 $ — — — — — — $ $ $ $ — — — — 260 260 $ $ $ $ 178 37 52 (51) 38 — — $ $ $ $ $ 164 Table of Contents Total amounts presented in the consolidated statements of income Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships: Interest rate contracts: Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives Recognized on derivatives Recognized on hedged items Net income recognized on fair value hedges Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: Interest rate contracts: (1) Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2) Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges (2) Total amounts presented in the consolidated statements of income Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships: Interest rate contracts: Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives Recognized on derivatives Recognized on hedged items Net income recognized on fair value hedges Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: Interest rate contracts: (1) Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2) Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges (2) ____ (1) See Note 15 for gain or (loss) recognized for cash flow hedges in AOCI. (2) Pre-tax Interest Income Interest Expense Debt securities Loans, including fees Long-term borrowings 2019 (In millions) 643 $ 3,866 $ — (2) 2 — — — $ $ $ $ — — — — (24) (24) $ $ $ $ 351 (14) 92 (92) (14) — — Interest Income Interest Expense Debt securities Loans, including fees Long-term borrowings 2018 (In millions) 625 $ 3,613 $ (1) 4 (4) (1) — — $ $ $ $ — — — — 12 12 $ $ $ $ 322 (15) 1 (1) (15) — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ The following tables present the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets and liabilities in fair value hedging relationships as of December 31: Long-term borrowings 2020 2019 Hedged Items Currently Designated Hedged Items Currently Designated Carrying Amount of Assets/(Liabilities) Hedge Accounting Basis Adjustment Carrying Amount of Assets/(Liabilities) Hedge Accounting Basis Adjustment (In millions) (2,171) (64) (In millions) (2,954) (49) 165 Table of Contents During 2020 and 2019, the Company had terminated fair value hedges related to debt securities available for sale with carrying values of $301 million and $337 million, respectively. The remaining basis adjustments related to these terminated hedges were $1 million and $3 million, respectively. DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING INSTRUMENTS The Company holds a portfolio of interest rate swaps, option contracts, and futures and forward commitments that result from transactions with its commercial customers in which they manage their risks by entering into a derivative with Regions. The Company monitors and manages the net risk in this customer portfolio and enters into separate derivative contracts in order to reduce the overall exposure to pre-defined limits. For both derivatives with its end customers and derivatives Regions enters into to mitigate the risk in this portfolio, the Company is subject to market risk and the risk that the counterparty will default. The contracts in this portfolio are not designated as accounting hedges and are marked-to market through earnings (in capital markets income) and included in other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate. Regions enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, Regions had $924 million and $366 million, respectively, in total notional amount of interest rate lock commitments. Regions manages market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale with corresponding forward sale commitments. Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at either the lower of cost or market or at fair value based on management's election. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, Regions had $1.9 billion and $662 million, respectively, in total notional amounts related to these forward sale commitments. Changes in mark- to-market from both interest rate lock commitments and corresponding forward sale commitments related to residential mortgage loans are included in mortgage income. Changes in mark-to-market from both interest rate lock commitments and corresponding forward sale commitments related to commercial mortgage loans are included in capital markets income. Regions has elected to account for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded in mortgage income. Concurrent with the election to use the fair value measurement method, Regions began using various derivative instruments, in the form of forward rate commitments, futures contracts, swaps and swaptions to mitigate the effect of changes in the fair value of its residential MSRs in its consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total notional amount related to these contracts was $4.1 billion and $4.8 billion respectively. The following table presents the location and amount of gain or (loss) recognized in income on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31: Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Capital markets income: Interest rate swaps Interest rate options Interest rate futures and forward commitments Other contracts Total capital markets income Mortgage income: Interest rate swaps Interest rate options Interest rate futures and forward commitments Total mortgage income CREDIT DERIVATIVES 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ $ 21 36 14 1 72 83 30 (2) 111 183 $ $ 13 23 10 (1) 45 68 (1) 5 72 117 $ 19 28 3 5 55 (12) — (8) (20) 35 Regions has both bought and sold credit protection in the form of participations on interest rate swaps (swap participations). These swap participations, which meet the definition of credit derivatives, were entered into in the ordinary course of business to serve the credit needs of customers. Swap participations, whereby Regions has purchased credit protection, entitle Regions to receive a payment from the counterparty if the customer fails to make payment on any amounts due to Regions upon early termination of the swap transaction and have maturities between 2021 and 2029. Swap participations, whereby Regions has sold credit protection have maturities between 2020 and 2038. For contracts where Regions sold credit protection, Regions would be required to make payment to the counterparty if the customer fails to make payment on any amounts due to the counterparty upon early termination of the swap transaction. Regions bases the current status of the prepayment/performance risk on bought and sold credit derivatives on recently issued internal risk ratings consistent with the risk management practices of unfunded commitments. 166 Table of Contents Regions’ maximum potential amount of future payments under these contracts as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $552 million. This scenario occurs if variable interest rates were at zero percent and all counterparties defaulted with zero recovery. The fair value of sold protection at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was immaterial. In transactions where Regions has sold credit protection, recourse to collateral associated with the original swap transaction is available to offset some or all of Regions’ obligation. Regions has bought credit protection in the form of credit default indices. These indices, which meet the definition of credit derivatives, were entered into in the ordinary course of business to economically hedge credit spread risk in commercial mortgage loans held for sale whereby the fair value option has been elected. Credit derivatives, whereby Regions has purchased credit protection, entitle Regions to receive a payment from the counterparty if losses on the underlying index exceed a certain threshold, dependent upon the tranche rating of the capital structure. CONTINGENT FEATURES Certain of Regions’ derivative instrument contracts with broker-dealers contain credit-related termination provisions and/or credit related provisions regarding the posting of collateral, allowing those broker-dealers to terminate the contracts in the event that Regions’ and/or Regions Bank’s credit ratings falls below specified ratings from certain major credit rating agencies. The aggregate fair values of all derivative instruments with any credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position on December 31, 2020 and 2019, were $74 million and $64 million, respectively, for which Regions had posted collateral of $74 million and $67 million, respectively, in the normal course of business. 167 Table of Contents NOTE 22. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS See Note 1 for a description of valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value rarely transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 measurements. Marketable equity securities and debt securities available for sale may be periodically transferred to or from Level 3 valuation based on management’s conclusion regarding the observability of inputs used in valuing the securities. Such transfers are accounted for as if they occur at the beginning of a reporting period. The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and non-recurring basis as of December 31: Recurring fair value measurements Debt securities available for sale: U.S. Treasury securities Federal agency securities Mortgage-backed securities (MBS): Residential agency Residential non-agency Commercial agency Commercial non-agency Corporate and other debt securities Total debt securities available for sale Loans held for sale Marketable equity securities Residential mortgage servicing rights (2) : Derivative assets Interest rate swaps Interest rate options Interest rate futures and forward commitments Other contracts Total derivative assets Equity investments Derivative liabilities (2) : Interest rate swaps Interest rate options Interest rate futures and forward commitments Other contracts Total derivative liabilities Non-recurring fair value measurements Loans held for sale Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value Foreclosed property and other real estate 2020 2019 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 (1) Total Estimated Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 (1) Total Estimated Fair Value (In millions) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 183 — $ — 105 — — — — — 183 — 388 — — — — 2 2 — — — — 2 2 — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 19,076 — 5,999 586 1,200 26,966 1,446 — — 2,750 477 11 65 3,303 74 1,464 28 26 72 1,590 — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — 1 — — 4 5 — — 296 — 43 — 1 44 — — — — 6 6 4 12 5 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 183 105 19,076 1 5,999 586 1,204 27,154 1,446 388 296 2,750 520 11 68 3,349 74 1,464 28 26 80 1,598 4 12 5 $ 182 — $ — 43 — — — — — 182 — 450 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 15,516 — 4,766 647 1,450 22,422 436 — — 1,064 227 4 47 1,342 — 739 9 11 53 812 — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — 1 — — 1 2 3 — 345 — 8 6 1 15 — — — — 5 5 14 32 42 182 43 15,516 1 4,766 647 1,451 22,606 439 450 345 1,064 235 10 48 1,357 — 739 9 11 58 817 14 32 42 _________ (1) All following disclosures related to Level 3 recurring and non-recurring assets do not include those deemed to be immaterial. (2) As permitted under U.S. GAAP, variation margin collateral payments made or received for derivatives that are centrally cleared are legally characterized as settled. As such, these derivative assets and derivative liabilities and the related variation margin collateral are presented on a net basis on the balance sheet. 168 Table of Contents Assets and liabilities in all levels could result in volatile and material price fluctuations. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on Level 3 assets represent only a portion of the risk to market fluctuations in Regions’ consolidated balance sheets. Further, derivatives included in Levels 2 and 3 are used by ALCO in a holistic approach to managing price fluctuation risks. The following tables illustrate rollforwards for residential mortgage servicing rights, which are the only material assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Residential mortgage servicing rights For the Years Ended December 31 2020 2019 (In millions) 2018 Carrying value, beginning of period Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Purchases (1) Carrying value, end of period $ $ 345 $ (157) 108 296 $ 418 (115) 42 345 $ $ 336 (29) 111 418 _______ (1) Included in mortgage income. Amounts presented exclude offsetting impact from related derivatives. The following table presents the fair value adjustments related to non-recurring fair value measurements for the years ended December 31: Loans held for sale Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value Foreclosed property and other real estate $ 2020 2019 (In millions) $ (8) 2 (10) (12) 1 (30) The following tables present detailed information regarding material assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The tables include the valuation techniques and the significant unobservable inputs utilized. The range of each significant unobservable input as well as the weighted-average within the range utilized at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are included. Following the tables are descriptions of the valuation techniques and the sensitivity of the techniques to changes in the significant unobservable inputs. Level 3 Estimated Fair Value at December 31, 2020 Valuation Technique December 31, 2020 Unobservable Input(s) (Dollars in millions) Recurring fair value measurements: Residential mortgage servicing rights (1) $296 Discounted cash flow Weighted-average CPR (%) Level 3 Estimated Fair Value at December 31, 2019 Valuation Technique OAS (%) December 31, 2019 Unobservable Input(s) (Dollars in millions) Recurring fair value measurements: Residential mortgage servicing rights (1) $345 Discounted cash flow Weighted-average CPR (%) OAS (%) Quantitative Range of Unobservable Inputs and (Weighted-Average) 8.1% - 31.2% (15.6%) 4.8% - 9.5% (5.6%) Quantitative Range of Unobservable Inputs and (Weighted-Average) 7.4% - 26.1% (12.0%) 5.2% - 10.2% (6.2%) 169 Table of Contents Level 3 Estimated Fair Value at December 31, 2018 Valuation Technique December 31, 2018 Unobservable Input(s) (Dollars in millions) Recurring fair value measurements: Residential mortgage servicing rights (1) $418 Discounted cash flow Weighted-average CPR (%) OAS (%) _________ (1) See Note 7 for additional disclosures related to assumptions used in the fair value calculation for residential mortgage servicing rights. RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS USING SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS Residential mortgage servicing rights Quantitative Range of Unobservable Inputs and (Weighted-Average) 4.4% -42.6% (9.0%) 5.7% - 15.0% (7.6%) The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are OAS and CPR. This valuation requires generating cash flow projections over multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting those cash flows at a risk adjusted rate. Additionally, the impact of prepayments and changes in the OAS are based on a variety of underlying inputs including servicing costs. Increases or decreases to the underlying cash flow inputs will have a corresponding impact on the value of the MSR asset. The net change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to MSRs held at period end are disclosed as the changes in valuation inputs or assumptions included in the MSR rollforward table in Note 7. FAIR VALUE OPTION Regions has elected the fair value option for all eligible agency residential mortgage loans and certain commercial loans originated with the intent to sell. These elections allow for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans and the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting. Regions has not elected the fair value option for other loans held for sale primarily because they are not economically hedged using derivative instruments. Fair values of residential mortgage loans held for sale are based on traded market prices of similar assets where available and/or discounted cash flows at market interest rates, adjusted for securitization activities that include servicing values and market conditions, and are recorded in loans held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company also elected to measure certain commercial and industrial loans held for sale at fair value, as these loans are actively traded in the secondary market. The Company is able to obtain fair value estimates for substantially all of these loans through a third party valuation service that is broadly used by market participants. While most of the loans are traded in the market, the volume and level of trading activity is subject to variability and the loans are not exchange-traded. The balance of these loans held for sale was immaterial at December 31, 2020. The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at December 31: 2020 Aggregate Unpaid Principal Aggregate Fair Value Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value $ 1,439 $ 1,362 $ Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal Aggregate Fair Value (In millions) 77 $ 2019 Aggregate Unpaid Principal Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal 439 $ 425 $ 14 Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale is recognized based on contractual rates and is reflected in interest income on loans held for sale in the consolidated statements of income. The following table details net gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of these loans, which were recorded in mortgage income in the consolidated statements of income for the years presented. These changes in fair value are mostly offset by economic hedging activities. An immaterial portion of these amounts was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk. Net gains (losses) resulting from changes in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale 2020 2019 $ (In millions) 63 $ 4 170 Table of Contents The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 are as follows: Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Debt securities held to maturity Debt securities available for sale Loans held for sale Loans (excluding leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses Other earning assets Derivative assets Equity investments (4) (2)(3) $ Financial liabilities: Derivative liabilities Deposits Long-term borrowings Loan commitments and letters of credit Carrying Amount Estimated Fair Value (1) 2020 Level 1 (In millions) Level 2 Level 3 $ 17,956 1,122 27,154 1,905 81,597 1,017 3,349 74 1,598 122,479 3,569 151 $ 17,956 1,215 27,154 1,905 82,773 1,017 3,349 74 1,598 122,511 4,063 151 $ 17,956 — 183 — — 388 2 — 2 — — — $ — 1,215 26,966 1,901 — 629 3,303 74 1,590 122,511 3,592 — — — 5 4 82,773 — 44 — 6 — 471 151 _________ (1) Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a market participant would use in a hypothetical orderly transaction. In estimating fair value, the Company makes adjustments for estimated changes in interest rates, market liquidity and credit spreads in the periods they are deemed to have occurred. (2) The estimated fair value of portfolio loans assumes sale of the loans to a third-party financial investor. Accordingly, the value to the Company if the loans were held to maturity is not reflected in the fair value estimate. The fair value premium on the loan portfolio's net carrying amount at December 31, 2020 was $1.2 billion or 1.4 percent. (3) Excluded from this table is the sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged lease carrying amount of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2020. (4) Excluded from this table is the operating lease carrying amount of $200 million at December 31, 2020. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2019 are as follows: Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Debt securities held to maturity Debt securities available for sale Loans held for sale Loans (excluding leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses Other earning assets Derivative assets (4) (2)(3) $ Financial liabilities: Derivative liabilities Deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term borrowings Loan commitments and letters of credit 171 Carrying Amount Estimated Fair Value (1) 2019 Level 1 (In millions) Level 2 Level 3 $ 4,114 1,332 22,606 637 80,841 1,221 1,357 817 97,475 2,050 7,879 67 $ 4,114 1,372 22,606 637 80,799 1,221 1,357 817 97,516 2,050 8,275 67 $ 4,114 — 182 — — 450 — — — — — — $ — 1,372 22,422 620 — 771 1,342 812 97,516 2,050 7,442 — — — 2 17 80,799 — 15 5 — — 833 67 Table of Contents _________ (1) Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a market participant would use in a hypothetical orderly transaction. In estimating fair value, the Company makes adjustments for estimated changes in interest rates, market liquidity and credit spreads in the periods they are deemed to have occurred. (2) The estimated fair value of portfolio loans assumes sale of the loans to a third-party financial investor. Accordingly, the value to the Company if the loans were held to maturity is not reflected in the fair value estimate. The fair value discount on the loan portfolio's net carrying amount at December 31, 2019 was $42 million or 0.1 percent. (3) Excluded from this table is the sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged lease carrying amount of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2019. (4) Excluded from this table is the operating lease carrying amount of $297 million at December 31, 2019. NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION Each of Regions’ reportable segments is a strategic business unit that serves specific needs of Regions’ customers based on the products and services provided. The segments are based on the manner in which management views the financial performance of the business. The Company has three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder split between Discontinued Operations and Other. The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic enhancements. As these enhancements are made, financial results presented by each reportable segment may be periodically revised. The Corporate Bank segment represents the Company’s commercial banking functions including commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and investor real estate lending. This segment also includes equipment lease financing, as well as capital markets activities, which include securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Corporate Bank customers include corporate, middle market, and commercial real estate developers and investors. Corresponding deposit products related to these types of customers are also included in this segment. The Consumer Bank segment represents the Company’s branch network, including consumer banking products and services related to residential first mortgages, home equity lines and loans, branch small business loans, indirect loans, consumer credit cards and other consumer loans, as well as the corresponding deposit relationships. These services are also provided through the Company's digital channels and contact center. The Wealth Management segment offers individuals, businesses, governmental institutions and non-profit entities a wide range of solutions to help protect, grow and transfer wealth. Offerings include credit related products, trust and investment management, asset management, retirement and savings solutions and estate planning. Discontinued operations includes all brokerage and investment activities associated with the sale of Morgan Keegan which closed on April 2, 2012, as well as the sale of Regions Insurance Group, Inc. and related affiliates, which closed on July 2, 2018. See Note 3 "Discontinued Operations" for related discussion. Other includes the Company’s Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, interest rate risk management activities and other corporate functions that are not related to a strategic business unit. Also within Other are certain reconciling items in order to translate the segment results that are based on management accounting practices into consolidated results. Management accounting practices utilized by Regions as the basis of presentation for segment results include the following: • • • Net interest income is presented based upon an FTP approach, for which market-based funding charges/credits are assigned within the segments. By allocating a cost or a credit to each product based on the FTP framework, management is able to more effectively measure the net interest margin contribution of its assets/liabilities by segment. The summation of the interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated net interest income and other financing income. The variance between the Company’s cumulative FTP charges and cumulative FTP credits is offset in Other. Provision for credit losses is allocated to each segment based on an estimated loss methodology. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the segments’ estimated loss is reflected in Other. Income tax expense (benefit) is calculated for the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank and Wealth Management based on a consistent federal and state statutory rate. Discontinued Operations reflects the actual income tax expense (benefit) of its results. Any difference between the Company’s consolidated income tax expense (benefit) and the segments’ calculated amounts is reflected in Other. • Management reporting allocations of certain expenses are made in order to analyze the financial performance of the segments. These allocations consist of operational and overhead cost pools and are intended to represent the total costs to support a segment. 172 Table of Contents The following tables present financial information for each reportable segment for the year ended December 31: Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management 2020 Other (In millions) Continuing Operations Discontinued Operations Consolidated (1) Net interest income (loss) Provision (credit) for credit losses Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Average assets $ 1,783 $ 2,274 $ 156 $ (319) $ 3,894 $ — $ 299 656 1,026 1,114 279 835 $ 320 1,266 2,046 1,174 294 880 $ 14 343 346 139 34 105 $ 697 128 225 (1,113) (387) (726) $ 1,330 2,393 3,643 1,314 220 1,094 $ 61,237 $ 34,516 $ 2,021 $ 40,321 $ 138,095 $ $ $ — — — — — — $ — $ 3,894 1,330 2,393 3,643 1,314 220 1,094 138,095 Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management 2019 Other (In millions) Continuing Operations Discontinued Operations Consolidated (1) Net interest income (loss) Provision (credit) for credit losses Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Average assets $ 1,446 $ 2,336 $ 180 $ (217) $ 3,745 $ — $ 205 538 934 845 211 634 $ 340 1,214 2,107 1,103 276 827 $ 16 330 343 151 37 114 $ (174) 34 105 (114) (121) 7 $ 387 2,116 3,489 1,985 403 1,582 $ 53,867 $ 35,045 $ 2,183 $ 34,015 $ 125,110 $ $ $ — — — — — — $ — $ 3,745 387 2,116 3,489 1,985 403 1,582 125,110 Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management 2018 Other (In millions) Continuing Operations Discontinued Operations Consolidated Net interest income (loss) Provision (credit) for credit losses (1) $ Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Average assets $ $ 1,384 $ 2,216 $ 191 545 909 829 207 622 $ 317 1,146 2,066 979 245 734 $ 194 $ 16 316 334 160 40 120 $ (59) $ 3,735 $ (295) 12 261 (13) (105) 92 $ 229 2,019 3,570 1,955 387 1,568 $ 51,530 $ 35,066 $ 2,287 $ 34,415 $ 123,298 $ 1 $ — 349 79 271 80 191 $ 82 $ 3,736 229 2,368 3,649 2,226 467 1,759 123,380 _____ (1) Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense. 173 Table of Contents NOTE 24. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS Regions issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with lending activities. The credit risk associated with these instruments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to Regions’ normal credit approval policies and procedures. Regions measures inherent risk associated with these instruments by recording a reserve for unfunded commitments based on an assessment of the likelihood that the guarantee will be funded and the creditworthiness of the customer or counterparty. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the creditworthiness of the customer. Credit risk associated with these instruments as of December 31 is represented by the contractual amounts indicated in the following table: Unused commitments to extend credit Standby letters of credit Commercial letters of credit Liabilities associated with standby letters of credit Assets associated with standby letters of credit Reserve for unfunded credit commitments $ 2020 2019 (In millions) 56,644 $ 1,742 132 25 25 126 52,976 1,521 59 22 23 45 Unused commitments to extend credit—To accommodate the financial needs of its customers, Regions makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers, businesses and other entities. These commitments include (among others) credit card and other revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. Standby letters of credit—Standby letters of credit are also issued to customers which commit Regions to make payments on behalf of customers if certain specified future events occur. Regions has recourse against the customer for any amount required to be paid to a third party under a standby letter of credit. The credit risk involved in the issuance of these guarantees is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients and as such, the instruments are collateralized when necessary. Historically, a large percentage of standby letters of credit expire without being funded. The contractual amount of standby letters of credit represents the maximum potential amount of future payments Regions could be required to make and represents Regions’ maximum credit risk. Commercial letters of credit—Commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate foreign or domestic trade transactions for customers. As a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the goods underlying the transaction are in transit. LEGAL CONTINGENCIES Regions and its subsidiaries are subject to loss contingencies related to litigation, claims, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Regions evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel. Regions establishes accruals for those matters when a loss contingency is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable. Any accruals are periodically reviewed and may be adjusted as circumstances change. Some of Regions' exposure with respect to loss contingencies may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. In determining the amounts of any accruals or estimates of possible loss contingencies however, Regions does not take into account the availability of insurance coverage. To the extent that Regions has an insurance recovery, the proceeds are recorded in the period the recovery is received. When it is practicable, Regions estimates possible loss contingencies, whether or not there is an accrued probable loss. When Regions is able to estimate such possible losses, and when it is reasonably possible Regions could incur losses in excess of amounts accrued, Regions discloses the aggregate estimation of such possible losses. Regions currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it may experience losses in excess of what Regions has accrued in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $20 million as of December 31, 2020, with it also being reasonably possible that Regions could incur no losses in excess of amounts accrued. However, as available information changes, the matters for which Regions is able to estimate, as well as the estimates themselves will be adjusted accordingly. The reasonably possible estimate includes a legal contingency that is subject to an indemnification agreement. Assessments of litigation and claims exposure are difficult because they involve inherently unpredictable factors including, but not limited to, the following: whether the proceeding is in the early stages; whether damages are unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain; whether there is a potential for punitive or other pecuniary damages; whether the matter involves 174 Table of Contents legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; whether the matter involves multiple parties and/or jurisdictions; whether discovery has begun or is not complete; whether meaningful settlement discussions have commenced; and whether the lawsuit involves class allegations. Assessments of class action litigation, which is generally more complex than other types of litigation, are particularly difficult, especially in the early stages of the proceeding when it is not known whether a class will be certified or how a potential class, if certified, will be defined. As a result, Regions may be unable to estimate reasonably possible losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed below, and the aggregated estimated amount discussed above may not include an estimate for every matter disclosed below. Regions is involved in formal and informal information-gathering requests, investigations, reviews, examinations and proceedings by various governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies regarding Regions’ business, Regions' business practices and policies, and the conduct of persons with whom Regions does business. As previously disclosed, Regions is cooperating with an investigation by the CFPB into certain of Regions' overdraft practices and policies. Additional inquiries will arise from time to time. In connection with those inquiries, Regions receives document requests, subpoenas and other requests for information. The inquiries could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions that could result in consequences that have a material effect on Regions' consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. Such consequences could include adverse judgments, findings, settlements, penalties, fines, orders, injunctions, restitution, or alterations in our business practices, and could result in additional expenses and collateral costs, including reputational damage. While the final outcome of litigation and claims exposures or of any inquiries is inherently unpredictable, management is currently of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation and inquiries will not have a material effect on Regions’ business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in any of the matters discussed above could be material to Regions’ business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period of occurrence. GUARANTEES INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION As discussed in Note 3, on April 2, 2012 (“Closing Date”), Regions closed the sale of Morgan Keegan and related affiliates to Raymond James. In connection with the sale, Regions agreed to indemnify Raymond James for all legal matters related to pre-closing activities, including matters filed subsequent to the Closing Date that relate to actions that occurred prior to closing. Losses under the indemnification include legal and other expenses, such as costs for judgments, settlements and awards associated with the defense and resolution of the indemnified matters. The maximum potential amount of future payments that Regions could be required to make under the indemnification is indeterminable due to the indefinite term of some of the obligations. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying value and fair value of the indemnification obligation were immaterial. FANNIE MAE DUS LOSS SHARE GUARANTEE Regions is a DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. Regions services loans sold to Fannie Mae and is required to provide a loss share guarantee equal to one-third of the principal balance for the majority of its DUS servicing portfolio. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company's DUS servicing portfolio totaled approximately $4.5 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively. Regions' maximum quantifiable contingent liability related to its loss share guarantee was approximately $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company would be liable for this amount only if all of the loans it services for Fannie Mae, for which the Company retains some risk of loss, were to default and all of the collateral underlying these loans was determined to be without value at the time of settlement. Therefore, the maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss the Company would be expected to incur. The estimated fair value of the associated loss share guarantee recorded as a liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheets was approximately $5 million and $4 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Refer to Note 1 for additional information. VISA INDEMNIFICATION As a member of the Visa USA network, Regions, along with other members, indemnified Visa USA against litigation. On October 3, 2007, Visa USA was restructured and acquired several Visa affiliates. In conjunction with this restructuring, Regions' indemnification of Visa USA was modified to cover specific litigation (“covered litigation”). A portion of Visa's proceeds from its IPO was put into escrow to fund the covered litigation. To the extent that the amount available under the escrow arrangement, or subsequent fundings of the escrow account resulting from reductions in the class B share conversion ratio, is insufficient to fully resolve the covered litigation, Visa will enforce the indemnification obligations of Visa USA's members for any excess amount. At this time, Regions has concluded that it is not probable that covered litigation exposure will exceed the class B share value. 175 Table of Contents NOTE 25. REVENUE RECOGNITION The Company records revenue when control of the promised products or services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration Regions expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those products or services. Refer to Note 1 for descriptions of the accounting and reporting policies related to revenue recognition. The following tables present total non-interest income disaggregated by major product category for each reportable segment for the period indicated: Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management Other Segment Revenue (In millions) Other (2) Continuing Operations Discontinued Operations Year Ended December 31, 2020 $ Service charges on deposit accounts Card and ATM fees Investment management and trust fee income Capital markets income Mortgage income Investment services fee income Commercial credit fee income Bank-owned life insurance Securities gains (losses), net Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other Valuation gain on equity investment Other miscellaneous income (1) $ 152 43 — 126 — — — — — — — 33 $ 459 385 — — — — — — — — — 49 $ 3 — 253 — — 84 — — — — — 3 $ 354 $ 893 $ 343 $ 2 (1) — — — — — — — — — 2 3 $ $ 5 11 — 149 333 — 77 95 4 12 50 64 $ 621 438 253 275 333 84 77 95 4 12 50 151 $ 800 $ 2,393 $ Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management Other Segment Revenue (In millions) Other (2) Continuing Operations Discontinued Operations Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ Service charges on deposit accounts Card and ATM fees Investment management and trust fee income Capital markets income Mortgage income Investment services fee income Commercial credit fee income Bank-owned life insurance Securities gains (losses), net Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - defined benefit Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other Other miscellaneous income $ 154 54 — 69 — — — — — — — 18 $ 565 422 — — — — — — — — — 58 $ 3 1 243 — — 79 — — — — — 5 $ 295 $ 1,045 $ 331 $ — — — — — — — — — — — (2) (2) $ $ 7 (22) — 109 163 — 73 78 (28) 5 11 51 $ 729 455 243 178 163 79 73 78 (28) 5 11 130 $ 447 $ 2,116 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 176 Table of Contents Corporate Bank Consumer Bank Wealth Management Other Segment Revenue (In millions) Other (2) Continuing Operations Discontinued Operations Year Ended December 31, 2018 $ Service charges on deposit accounts Card and ATM fees Investment management and trust fee income Capital markets income Mortgage income Investment services fee income Commercial credit fee income Bank-owned life insurance Securities gains (losses), net Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - defined benefit Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other Insurance commissions and fees Gain on sale of business (2) Other miscellaneous income $ 145 52 — 76 — — — — — — — — — 13 $ 554 404 — — — — — — — — — — — 42 $ 3 1 235 — — 71 — — — — — 1 — 3 $ 286 $ 1,000 $ 314 $ — (1) — — — — — — — — — 3 — (1) 1 $ $ 8 (18) — 126 137 — 71 65 1 (6) (5) — — 39 $ 710 438 235 202 137 71 71 65 1 (6) (5) 4 — 96 $ 418 $ 2,019 $ — — — — — — — — (1) — — 69 281 — 349 _________ (1) In the third quarter of 2020, the equity investee executed an initial public offering. The Company was subject to a conventional post-issuance 180 day lock-up period, which prevented the sale of its position until January 2021. The Company sold its position in January 2021 and recognized an immaterial gain. (2) This revenue is not impacted by the accounting guidance adopted in 2018 and continues to be recognized when earned in accordance with the Company's prior revenue recognition policy. Regions elected the practical expedient related to contract costs and will continue to expense sales commissions and any related contract costs when incurred because the amortization period would have been one year or less. Regions also elected the practical expedient related to remaining performance obligations and therefore did not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for 1) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and 2) contracts for which revenue is recognized at the amount to which Regions has the right to invoice for services performed. 177 Table of Contents NOTE 26. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Presented below are condensed financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation: Balance Sheets Assets Interest-bearing deposits in other banks Loans to subsidiaries Debt securities available for sale Premises and equipment, net Investments in subsidiaries: Banks Non-banks Other assets Total assets Long-term borrowings Other liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders’ equity: Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Preferred stock Common stock Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 2020 December 31 (In millions) 2019 $ $ $ $ 1,526 20 22 38 18,872 250 19,122 313 21,041 2,718 212 2,930 1,656 10 12,731 3,770 (1,371) 1,315 18,111 21,041 $ $ $ $ 1,935 20 21 41 16,939 207 17,146 295 19,458 2,950 213 3,163 1,310 10 12,685 3,751 (1,371) (90) 16,295 19,458 178 Table of Contents Statements of Income Income: Dividends received from subsidiaries Interest from subsidiaries Other Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Interest Furniture and equipment expense Other Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Income tax benefit Income from continuing operations Discontinued operations: Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and preferred dividends Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries: Banks Non-banks Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common shareholders 2020 Year Ended December 31 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ $ 280 $ 8 53 341 56 93 4 79 232 109 (36) 145 — — — 145 905 44 949 1,094 (103) 991 $ 1,675 $ 4 7 1,686 54 153 5 84 296 1,390 (68) 1,458 — — — 1,458 110 14 124 1,582 (79) 1,503 $ 2,190 3 7 2,200 52 123 4 76 255 1,945 (64) 2,009 271 80 191 2,200 (454) 13 (441) 1,759 (64) 1,695 179 Table of Contents Statements of Cash Flows Operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net cash from operating activities: Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Provision for deferred income taxes Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net Loss on sale of assets Loss on early extinguishment of debt (Gain) on sale of business Net change in operating assets and liabilities: Other assets Other liabilities Other Net cash from operating activities Investing activities: (Investment in) / repayment of investment in subsidiaries Proceeds from sales and maturities of debt securities available for sale Purchases of debt securities available for sale Proceeds from disposition of business, net of cash transferred Net cash from investing activities Financing activities: Net change in short-term borrowings Proceeds from long-term borrowings Payments on long-term borrowings Cash dividends on common stock Cash dividends on preferred stock Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock Repurchase of common stock Other Net cash from financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 2020 Year Ended December 31 2019 (In millions) 2018 $ 1,094 $ 1,582 $ 1,759 (949) 29 3 1 14 — 3 — 44 239 — 4 (4) — — — 748 (1,039) (595) (103) 346 — (5) (648) (409) 1,935 1,526 $ (124) 20 4 — 16 — 18 (7) 102 1,611 (18) 5 (6) — (19) — 500 (751) (577) (79) 490 (1,101) (2) (1,520) 72 1,863 1,935 $ 441 8 3 — — (281) (35) (8) 23 1,910 146 8 (10) 357 501 (101) 500 — (452) (64) — (2,122) (2) (2,241) 170 1,693 1,863 $ 180 Table of Contents Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Not Applicable. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Based on an evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, under the supervision and with the participation of Regions’ management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that Regions’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective. During the fourth fiscal quarter of the year ended December 31, 2020, there have been no changes in Regions’ internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Regions’ control over financial reporting. The Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the attestation report of registered public accounting firm on registrant's internal control over financial reporting are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 9B. Other Information Not applicable. 181 Table of Contents Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance PART III Information about the Directors and Director nominees of Regions included in Regions’ Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 21, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—Who are this year's nominees?,” “—What criteria were considered by the NCG Committee in selecting the nominees?,” “—What skills and characteristics are currently represented on the Board?,” and “—How often are the members elected?” and the information incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 13. below are incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding Regions’ executive officers is included below. Information regarding Regions’ Audit Committee included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Audit Committee” is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding timeliness of filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “OWNERSHIP OF REGIONS COMMON STOCK—Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding Regions’ Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Codes of Ethics” is incorporated herein by reference. Information included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Family Relationships” is incorporated herein by reference. Executive officers of the registrant as of December 31, 2020, are as follows: Executive Officer John M. Turner, Jr. David J. Turner, Jr. John B. Owen † Tara A. Plimpton C. Matthew Lusco Kate R. Danella Age 59 57 59 52 63 41 Executive Officer Since 2011 2010 2009 2020 2011 2018 Position and Offices Held with Registrant and Subsidiaries President and Chief Executive Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of Corporate Banking Group of registrant and Regions Bank and as South Region President of Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as President of Whitney National Bank and Whitney Holding Corporation. Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of Regional Banking Group and as Head of the Business Groups of registrant and Regions Bank. Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as General Counsel of registrant and Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as Vice President and General Counsel of GE Global Operations and as General Counsel of GE Energy Connections. Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as managing partner of KPMG LLP’s offices in Birmingham, Alabama and Memphis, Tennessee. Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Client Experience Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Executive Vice President and Head of Strategic Planning & Consumer Bank Products and Origination Partnerships and as Head of Strategic Planning and Corporate Development of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of Private Wealth Management and as Wealth Strategy and Effectiveness Executive of Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as Vice President of Capital Group Companies. 182 Table of Contents Amala Duggirala David R. Keenan Scott M. Peters William D. Ritter Ronald G. Smith 46 53 59 50 60 Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operations and Information Technology Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Enterprise Chief Information Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as Chief Technology Officer at Kabbage, Inc. and as Executive Vice President of Global Software Development and Implementation Services at ACI Worldwide, Inc. Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative and Human Resources Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Chief Human Resources Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Consumer Banking Group of registrant and Regions Bank. Director of Regions Investment Services, Inc. Previously served as Consumer Services Group Head of registrant and Regions Bank. Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Wealth Management Group of registrant and Regions Bank. Director of Highland Associates, Inc. Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate Banking Group of registrant and Regions Bank. Director of Regions Equipment Finance Corporation. Manager of RFC Financial Services Holding LLC. Previously served as Regional President, Mid-America Region of Regions Bank. 2020 2010 2010 2010 2010 † John Owen has announced that he will retire from the registrant and Regions Bank on March 15, 2021. 183 Table of Contents Item 11. Executive Compensation All information presented under the captions “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,” “COMPENSATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE REPORT,” “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “—Relationship of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk Management,” and “PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—How are Directors compensated?” of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters All information presented under the caption “OWNERSHIP OF REGIONS COMMON STOCK” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of Regions’ existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2020. Plan Category Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders Total Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (a) Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights Number of Securities Remaining Available Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities in First Column) 26,671 — 26,671 $ $ $ 6.54 — 6.54 33,240,964 (b) — 33,240,964 (a) Does not include outstanding restricted stock units of 11,695,445. (b) Consists of shares available for future issuance under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan. In 2015, all prior long-term incentive plans were closed to new grants Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence All information presented under the captions “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Transactions with Directors,” “—Other Business Relationships and Transactions,” “—Policies Governing Transactions with Related Persons” and “—Director Independence” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services All information presented under the caption “ PROPOSAL 2—RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 184 Table of Contents Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules PART IV (a) 1. Consolidated Financial Statements. The following reports of independent registered public accounting firm and consolidated financial statements of Regions and its subsidiaries are included in Item 8. of this Form 10-K: Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2020 and 2019; Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. The following consolidated financial statement schedules are included in Item 8. of this Form 10-K: None. The Schedules to consolidated financial statements are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable. (b) Exhibits. The exhibits indicated below are either included or incorporated by reference as indicated. SEC Assigned Exhibit Number Description of Exhibits 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2012. Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on November 1, 2012. Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 28, 2014. Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019. Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020. Bylaws as amended and restated, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on July 24, 2019. Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries; no issuance of debt exceeds 10 percent of the assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Deposit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as depositary, Computershare Inc., and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on November 1, 2012. Form of depositary receipt representing the Depositary Shares incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on November 1, 2012. Form of Stock Certificate representing the Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on November 1, 2012. 185 Table of Contents SEC Assigned Exhibit Number Description of Exhibits 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12 10.1* 10.2* 10.3* 10.4* 10.5* 10.6* Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2014, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as depositary, Computershare, Inc. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on April 29, 2014. Form of depositary receipt representing the Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on April 29, 2014. Form of certificate representing the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 28, 2014. Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare, Inc., and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019. Form of depositary receipt representing the Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019. Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020. Form of depositary receipt representing the Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020. Description of Registered Securities. Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Regions Financial Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2015, for the Regions Annual Meeting of Stockholders held April 23, 2015. Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on May 5, 2017. 2019 Form of Notice and Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019. 2020 Form of Notice and Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020. 2017 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2017. 2018 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018. 186 Table of Contents SEC Assigned Exhibit Number 10.7* 10.8* 10.9* 10.10* 10.11* 10.12* 10.13* 10.14* 10.15* 10.16* 10.17* 10.18* 10.19* 10.20* Description of Exhibits 2019 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019. 2020 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020. 2017 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2017. 2018 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018. 2019 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019. 2020 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020. 2017 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2017. 2018 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018. 2019 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019. 2020 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020. Regions Financial Corporation 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Regions Financial Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated April 1, 2010, for the Regions Annual Meeting of Stockholders held May 13, 2010. Amendment, effective August 31, 2010, to Regions Financial Corporation 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 3, 2010. Form of stock option grant agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2011. Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22, 2019. 187 Table of Contents SEC Assigned Exhibit Number 10.21* 10.22* 10.23* 10.24* 10.25* 10.26* 10.27* 10.28* 10.29* 10.30* 10.31* 10.32* 10.33* 10.34* Description of Exhibits Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Investment Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 25, 2009. Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Investment Plan (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2021) (amends, restates, and renames the Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Investment Plan, which is Exhibit 10.21 to this 2020 Form 10-K Annual Report), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by registrant on December 30, 2020. Regions Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Former Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation (formerly named Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 25, 2009. AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by AmSouth Bancorporation on March 15, 2005. Amendment Number 1 to AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan effective November 4, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 1, 2007. Amendment Number 2 to AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 25, 2009. Amendment Number Three to the AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5, 2014. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer John M. Turner, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 19, 2018. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer John B. Owen, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on October 3, 2007. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer Fournier J. Gale, III, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2011. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer Kate R. Danella, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22, 2019. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer C. Matthew Lusco, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2011. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officers C. Keith Herron, David R. Keenan, Scott M. Peters, Ronald G. Smith and David J. Turner, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2011. Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer William D. Ritter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2011. 188 Table of Contents SEC Assigned Exhibit Number Description of Exhibits 10.35* 10.36* 10.37* 10.38* 10.39* 10.40* 10.41* 10.42* 10.43* 10.44* 10.45* 10.46* 10.47* Form of Amendment to Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officers David J. Turner, Jr., John B. Owen, C. Keith Herron, David R. Keenan, Scott M. Peters, Ronald G. Smith, and William D. Ritter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2013. Regions Financial Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020. Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401(k) Plan (Restated as of January 1, 2014), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2014. Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401(k) Plan Restated as of January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 17, 2015. Amendment Number Two to the Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401(k) Plan Restated as of January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2017. Amendment Number Three to the Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401(k) Plan Restated as of January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018. Amendment Number Four to the Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401(k) Plan Restated as of January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22, 2019. Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan (Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2020) (amends, restates, and renames the Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401(k) Plan, which is Exhibit 10.37 to this 2020 Form 10-K Annual Report), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020. Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020. Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5, 2020. Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by AmSouth Bancorporation on April 20, 2006. Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 19, 2018. Regions Financial Corporation Use of Corporate Aircraft Policy, amended and restated December 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020. 189 Table of Contents SEC Assigned Exhibit Number 10.48* 10.49* 10.50* 21 23 24 31.1 31.2 32 101 104 Description of Exhibits Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K Current report filed by registrant on May 25, 2012. Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5, 2014. Regions Financial Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (Effective January 1, 2021) (amends, restates, and renames the Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, which is Exhibit 10.48 to this 2020 Form 10-K Annual Report). List of subsidiaries of registrant. Consent of independent registered public accounting firm. Power of Attorney. Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The following materials from Regions' Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The cover page of Regions' Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit 101 attachments). ______ * Compensatory plan or agreement. Copies of exhibits not included herein may be obtained free of charge, electronically through Regions’ website at www.regions.com or through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or upon request to: Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Not applicable. Investor Relations Regions Financial Corporation 1900 Fifth Avenue North Birmingham, Alabama 35203 (205) 264-7040 190 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by undersigned thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES DATE: February 24, 2021 Regions Financial Corporation Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated By: /S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR. John M. Turner, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer 191 Table of Contents Signature Title Date /S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR. John M. Turner, Jr. /S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR. David J. Turner, Jr. /S/ HARDIE B. KIMBROUGH, JR. Hardie B. Kimbrough, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director (principal executive officer) February 24, 2021 Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) February 24, 2021 Executive Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer) February 24, 2021 * Carolyn H. Byrd * Don DeFosset * Samuel A. Di Piazza, Jr. * Zhanna Golodryga * John D. Johns * Ruth Ann Marshall * Charles D. McCrary * James T. Prokopanko * Lee J. Styslinger III * José S. Suquet * Timothy Vines Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 February 24, 2021 * Tara A. Plimpton, by signing her name hereto, does sign this document on behalf of each of the persons indicated above pursuant to powers of attorney executed by such persons and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 192 Table of Contents By: /S/ Tara A. Plimpton Tara A. Plimpton Attorney in Fact 193 Exhibit 4.12 DESCRIPTION OF REGISTERED SECURITIES As of December 31, 2020, Regions Financial Corporation (the “Company”) has four classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”): (i) our common stock; (ii) depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of 6.375% non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred Stock”); (iii) depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of 6.375% fixed-to-floating rate non- cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”); and (iv) depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of 5.700% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series C (“Series C Preferred Stock”). The following description of the Company’s common stock and the relevant provisions of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK General Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we are authorized to issue a total of 3,000,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Holders of common stock do not have any conversion, redemption, preemptive or preferential rights. Dividends Holders of common stock are entitled to participate equally in dividends when our board of directors declares dividends on shares of common stock out of funds legally available for dividends. The rights of holders of common stock to receive dividends are subject to the preferences of holders of preferred stock. Voting Rights Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, holders of our common stock have exclusive voting rights and are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock on all matters voted upon by the stockholders, including election of directors. Holders of our common stock do not have the right to cumulate their voting power. Liquidation Rights In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of common stock have the right to a ratable portion of assets remaining after satisfaction in full of the prior rights of our creditors, all liabilities, and the total liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. 1 Exhibit 4.12 DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK AND DEPOSITORY SHARES The following description of the Company’s preferred stock, depositary shares and the relevant provisions of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference to (i) the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the amended and restated bylaws and (iii) the relevant deposit agreement. General Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we are authorized to issue a total of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock having a par value of $1.00 per share. Holders of our preferred stock and depositary shares do not have any conversion, redemption or preemptive rights. From time to time, we issue depositary shares each representing a fractional interest in a share of preferred stock. Subject to the terms of the relevant deposit agreement, each holder of a depositary share is entitled to all the rights and preferences of the underlying preferred stock in proportion to the applicable fraction of a share of preferred stock represented by the depositary share (the “Applicable Fraction”). These rights include dividend, voting, redemption, conversion and liquidation rights. Our outstanding depositary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Dividends Holders of preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends (subject to the applicable dividend terms for such class of preferred stock) when our board of directors declares dividends on shares of preferred stock out of funds legally available for dividends. Each dividend payable on a depositary share will be in an amount equal to the Applicable Fraction of the dividend declared and payable on the related share of the preferred stock. Company Redemption The Company may redeem shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the following dates, at the following liquidation amounts, plus (except as otherwise provided) the per share amount of any declared and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock prior to the date fixed for redemption: Series A Preferred Stock: December 15, 2017, $1,000 per share; Series B Preferred Stock: September 15, 2024, $1,000 per share; and Series C Preferred Stock: May 15, 2029, $1,000 per share. • • • The Company may also redeem shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock following a regulatory capital treatment event (as defined in the relevant certificate of designations), in whole but not in part, within the following times and at the following liquidation amounts, plus (except as otherwise provided) the per share amount of any declared and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock prior to the redemption date: • • • Series A Preferred Stock: At any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event, $1,000 per share; Series B Preferred Stock: At any time following a regulatory capital treatment event, $1,000 per share; and Series C Preferred Stock: At any time following a regulatory capital treatment event, $1,000 per share. If the Company redeems preferred stock represented by depositary shares, the depositary shares will be redeemed at a price per depositary share equal to the Applicable Fraction of the redemption price described above. Voting Except as provided below, the holders of preferred stock will have no voting power, and no right to vote on any matter at any time, either as a separate series or class or together with any other series or class of shares of our capital stock, and will not be entitled to participate in meetings of holders of our common stock or to call a meeting of the holders of any one or more classes or series of our capital stock for any purpose. If holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote on a particular matter, holders of depositary shares will be entitled to the Applicable Fraction of a vote per depositary share they hold representing those shares of preferred stock. Right to Elect Two Directors upon Nonpayment. If and when dividends on any class of preferred stock have not been declared and paid in full for at least six quarterly dividend periods, the authorized number of directors then constituting our board of directors will automatically be increased by two additional members. Holders of the preferred stock (together with the holders of all other affected classes of preferred stock with equivalent voting rights to elect directors), voting as a single class, will be entitled to elect the two additional members of the board of directors. Other Matters. The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the then-outstanding shares of each class of preferred stock entitled to vote, voting separately as a single class, is required to: 2 Exhibit 4.12 • • • authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or issue shares of, any class or series of our capital stock ranking senior to the class of preferred stock with respect to payment of dividends or as to distributions upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or issue any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such class or series of our capital stock; amend the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including the Certificate of Designations creating the class of preferred stock, so as to adversely affect the special powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the class of preferred stock, taken as a whole; or consummate a binding share-exchange or reclassification involving the class of preferred stock, or a merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity unless the shares of the class of preferred stock (i) remain outstanding or (ii) are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving entity or any entity controlling such surviving entity and such new preference securities have terms that are not materially less favorable than the class of preferred stock. Liquidation Rights In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of preferred stock have the right to a ratable portion of assets remaining after satisfaction in full of the prior rights of our creditors, all liabilities, and prior rights of holders of any securities ranking senior to our preferred stock. Holders of depositary shares will generally receive distributions in proportion to the number of depositary shares they hold. CERTAIN PROVISIONS THAT MAY HAVE AN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT The following descriptions of certain provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference to (i) the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the amended and restated bylaws and (iii) the Delaware General Corporation Law. Business Combinations. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in an election of the directors is required for any merger or consolidation with or into any other corporation, or any sale or lease of all or a substantial part of our assets to any other corporation, person or other entity, in each case if, on the record date for the vote thereon, such other corporation, person or entity is the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote in an election of directors. This supermajority provision does not apply where: (1) (2) the Company’s board of directors has approved a memorandum of understanding or other written agreement providing for the transaction with such corporation, entity or person prior to the time that such corporation, entity or person became a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote in an election of directors, or after such acquisition of 5% of our outstanding shares, if at least 75% of the entire board of directors approve the transaction prior to its consummation; or the transactions are between (a) the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (b) their majority-owned subsidiaries. Delaware Anti-Takeover Laws. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which prohibits us from engaging in any “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years subsequent to the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless: • • • prior to such date, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder; upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock (with certain exclusions); or the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized by a vote (and not by written consent) of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder. For purposes of Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is defined as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, based on voting power, and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such an entity or person. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. Section 203 could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change of control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. Such provisions may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of management or us. 3 Exhibit 4.12 Blank Check Preferred Stock. Our authorized capital stock includes 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock may enable our board of directors to delay, defer or prevent a change in control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. In this regard, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock with a liquidation preference could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Our board of directors currently does not intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law or any listing requirement adopted by a securities exchange on which our common stock is listed. Special Meeting of Stockholders. Only the Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, or board of directors by resolution, may call a special meeting of our stockholders. Action of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Any action of our stockholders may be taken at a meeting only and may not be taken by written consent. Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation. For us to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Delaware law requires that our board of directors adopt a resolution setting forth any amendment, declare the advisability of the amendment and call a stockholders’ meeting to adopt the amendment. Generally, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation require the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding stock. As described below, however, certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may require a supermajority vote. The vote of the holders of not less than 75% of outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in an election of directors, considered as a single class, is required to adopt any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relates to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that govern the following matters: • • • • • the size of our board of directors and their terms of service; the provisions regarding “business combinations”; the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent; the provisions indemnifying our officers, directors, employees and agents; and the provisions setting forth the supermajority vote requirements for amending our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The provisions described above may discourage attempts by others to acquire control of us without negotiation with our board of directors. This enhances our board of directors’ ability to attempt to promote the interests of all of our stockholders. However, to the extent that these provisions make us a less attractive takeover candidate, they may not always be in our best interests or in the best interests of our stockholders. None of these provisions is the result of any specific effort by a third party to accumulate our securities or to obtain control of us by means of merger, tender offer, solicitation in opposition to management or otherwise. Banking Law. The ability of a third party to acquire us is also limited under applicable U.S. banking laws and regulations. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), requires any bank holding company (as defined therein) to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of our outstanding common stock or any other class of our voting securities. Any “company” (as defined in the BHC Act) other than a bank holding company would be required to obtain Federal Reserve approval before acquiring “control” of us. “Control” generally means (i) the ownership or control of 25% or more of a class of voting securities, (ii) the ability to elect a majority of the directors or (iii) the ability otherwise to exercise a controlling influence over management and policies. A holder of 25% or more of our outstanding common stock (or any other class of our voting securities), other than an individual, is subject to regulation and supervision as a bank holding company under the BHC Act. In addition, under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, and the Federal Reserve’s regulations thereunder, any person, either individually or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, is required to provide notice to the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding common stock (or any other class of our voting securities). In addition, Alabama law requires the Superintendent of the Alabama State Banking Department to approve of any merger, consolidation, transfer of assets and liabilities, or change of direct or indirect control of a bank chartered by the state of Alabama. 4 EXHIBIT 10.50 REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE PLAN (EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2021) ARTICLE I ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSES 1.1 By this document Regions Financial Corporation (further referenced as “Regions” or the “Corporation”) amends, renames, and restates, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2021, the Regions Financial Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (formerly the Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan) (the “Plan”). 1.2 The purposes of the Plan are: A. To optimize Regions’ profitability and growth consistent with its goals and objectives; B. To pay incentive awards within the Plan that correlate to the relative contributions made by and among Participants; C. To optimize retention of a highly competent executive and senior management group by providing Participants short-term incentive compensation, which, when combined with base salary, long-term incentive compensation, and benefits, is competitive with other Peer Banks; D. To encourage accountability on the part of Participants by connecting incentives paid to the performance of organizational units or the individual goals and contributions for which the Participants are responsible; and E. To encourage teamwork and involvement on the part of Participants by connecting a portion of the incentives paid to the performance of Regions or a business unit of Regions of which they are a part. ARTICLE II CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 2.1 “Applicable Law” means (i) the laws, statutes, rules, regulations, treaties, directives, guidelines, ordinances, codes, administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and orders of any Governmental Authority as well as the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, decisions, judgments, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations, decrees and permits of, and agreements with any Governmental Authority and (ii) listing requirements and all other rules and guidance of the New York Stock Exchange, in each case, to which the Corporation (or any subsidiary) or a Participant is a party or by which it is bound, whether or not having the force of law, and all orders, decisions, judgments and decrees of all courts or arbitrators in proceedings or actions to which the Corporation (or any subsidiary) or a Participant is a party or by which it is bound. 2.2 “Award” means the payment determined under this Plan to be due to a Participant as a result of performance during a Plan Year, which shall be paid as provided in this Plan and in the form determined by the CHR Committee. EXHIBIT 10.50 2.3 “Award Date” means, except as otherwise determined by the CHR Committee, that date, as soon as practicable after the applicable performance evaluations are completed, on which Awards are paid, but in no event shall be later than March 15 of the year following the Plan Year for which the Award is being made. 2.4 “Base Compensation” means the base salary earned by a Participant during a Plan Year. 2.5 “Beneficiary” means the beneficiary (or beneficiaries) named by a Participant as his or her beneficiary (or beneficiaries) under the Regions 401(k) Plan, or any successor plan thereto, in accordance with the beneficiary designation process under such plan and as in effect on the date of the Participant’s death. In the event a Participant has not designated a beneficiary under the Regions 401(k) Plan, or any successor plan thereto, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her estate. 2.6 “Cause” means (i) termination of employment by the Corporation or a subsidiary due to a material violation of the Corporation’s code of business conduct and ethics, the Participant’s fiduciary duties to the Corporation or a subsidiary, or any law, provided such violation has materially harmed the Corporation or a subsidiary or (ii) the occurrence of any event constituting “cause” within the meaning of a Participant’s then-applicable employment agreement with the Corporation or a subsidiary. 2.7 “Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of Regions. 2.8 “CHR Committee” means the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank, or any successor thereto performing similar functions. 2.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 2.10 “Corporate Unit” means the performance goals set for the Corporation (or a subsidiary), which performance shall be measured based on certain factors including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: liquidity, capital, credit, profitability, customer service, and shareholder return. 2.11 “Corporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1. 2.12 “Governmental Authority” means the United States of America, any state or territory thereof and any federal, state, provincial, city, town, municipality, county or local authority, including without limitation the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, the Department of Treasury and any department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality, agency or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 2.13 “Executive Officers” means each of the Corporation’s (i) “executive officers” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. § 240.3b-7, (ii) “executive officers” under the provisions of 12 C.F.R. § 215, (iii) “officers” as that term is defined in Rule 16a-(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in each case, as determined by the Corporation from time to time, and (iv) any other member of the Corporation’s management team whose compensation must be approved by the CHR Committee under any applicable laws or regulations or exchange rules. 2.14 A “Participant” means any full time exempt level employee (including an officer or director who is also an employee) of the Corporation (or any subsidiary), as recommended for participation by EXHIBIT 10.50 management with respect to a specifically designated Plan Year and approved to participate by the CHR Committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable. 2.15 “Peer Banks” are bank holding companies comparable to Regions as approved by the Committee from time to time. 2.16 “Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1. 2.17 “Plan Year” means a calendar year. 2.18 “Regions” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1. 2.19 “Retirement” means a Participant experiences a separation from service (other than for Cause) at a time when the Participant is: (1) at least sixty five (65) years old; or (2) at least fifty-five (55) years old and has a minimum of ten (10) years of continuous service with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. 2.20 “Sub Unit” means the performance goals with respect to the business unit to which the Participant belongs and/or a set of individual goals as established for each Participant from time to time. 2.21 “Unit” means the Corporate Unit or a Sub Unit, as applicable. ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION 3.1 A Participant will not be qualified to receive an Award for a Plan Year unless he or she was approved for entry into the Plan by the CHR Committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, and is still employed by Regions (or any subsidiary) on the Award Date for the Plan Year. However, Retirement, death, Disability or an approved leave of absence will not disqualify a Participant from receiving an Award; rather, a prorated payment may be approved by the CHR Committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, based on the time worked during the Plan Year, and made to the Participant or to his or her Beneficiary, as the case may be; provided, however, no such prorated payment may be made if such payment would result in a duplication of benefits provided under another plan, agreement, or arrangement, including but not limited to any severance arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant terminates employment for any other reason, the CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, has the sole discretion to approve an Award of a prorated payment based on the time worked during the Plan Year. 3.2 Participation can be approved by the CHR Committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, during a Plan Year for a new hire or someone transferring into a position qualifying for participation, as long as the potential Participant is in the position on or before October 1 of the Plan Year. In these cases, the new Participant would receive a prorated payment based on the portion of the Plan Year during which he or she participated. ARTICLE IV ADMINISTRATION; DETERMINATION OF AWARDS 4.1 The CHR Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan relative to all Participants who are Executive Officers, and the Chief Executive Officer shall administer and interpret the Plan relative to all Participants other than himself and other Executive Officers. Any decision made by the CHR Committee EXHIBIT 10.50 or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, is final and binding on the applicable Participants and their Beneficiaries. The CHR Committee may delegate any or all of its responsibilities under this Plan to a sub-committee as it deems appropriate and to the extent permissible under Applicable Law. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate any or all of his or her responsibilities under this Plan to one or more Executive Officers or other senior officers as he or she deems appropriate. 4.2 The Unit/Units for goal establishment and performance measurement under this Plan will be determined for each Participant by the CHR Committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable. The Units will generally be the Corporate Unit and/or Sub Units which may include the organizational business unit of which the Participant is a part, and/or a set of individual goals established for Participants for any applicable Plan Year. Each of the Units will be assigned a percentage weighting with of the sum of the weightings totaling 100%. Annual goals and performance criteria will be established for all applicable Units as of the beginning of the Plan Year or, subject to Section 3.2 above, as of such other time during the Plan Year as determined by the CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable. Performance with respect to each Unit shall be determined as of the end of the Plan Year based on an assessment of the achievement of the goals established for the Unit as set forth in this Article IV. Any decision made by the CHR Committee is final and binding on Executive Officers who are Participants (including the Chief Executive Officer) and their Beneficiaries, and any decision made by the Chief Executive Officer is final and binding on Participants who are not Executive Officers and their Beneficiaries. 4.3 Goals under any Sub Unit that reflect the individual performance of a Participant will be set such that the collective goals will reflect the annual business plan and budget. Once determined, individual goals will be documented within Regions performance management system. 4.4 Performance with respect to any Sub Units will be recommended by management, and evaluated and approved by the CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, based on results achieved relative to goals, and an achievement level ranging from 0.0 to 2.0 will be established for each such Unit for each Participant in accordance with a scale as determined by the CHR Committee and/or the Chief Executive Officer as applicable for each Plan Year. Overall monitoring of achievement during the Plan Year will be performed on a centralized basis by Executive Compensation in the Corporate Human Resources Group. Ratings of performance under the Plan may be required at mid-year and will be required at year-end utilizing the Regions performance management system. 4.5 Performance with respect to the Corporate Unit will be evaluated and approved by the CHR Committee based on results achieved relative to goals, and an achievement level ranging from 0.0 to 2.0 will be established in accordance with a scale as determined by the CHR Committee for each Plan Year. The Corporate Unit evaluation, ranging from 0.0 up to 2.0, will be weighted as appropriate and combined with the weighted Sub Unit ratings to calculate the total overall Award for any Participant. 4.6 If the performance of any of the Sub Units or Corporate Unit is anticipated to be rated below target, then the CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, has the discretion at any time to reduce Awards for that particular Plan Year; provided, however, that the CHR Committee will make any such determinations with respect to any Awards to the Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Officers. 4.7 A “Base Bonus Opportunity” (“BBO”) will be set for each Participant as a percent of Base Compensation. The BBO will represent the percentage payout associated with the basic achievement of established goals represented by the overall rating (Corporate Unit and Sub Units). An overall EXHIBIT 10.50 performance rating (Sub Units plus Corporate Unit) ranging from 0.0 to 2.0 will determine the payout percentage for a Participant. Subject to the other provisions of this Article IV, a rating of 1.0 will indicate that goals have been achieved at target and that 100% of the BBO will be the payout percentage for a Participant. Overall performance ratings above or below 1.0 may result in the payout percentage to range from 0% to 200% of the BBO. The actual calculation of the payout percentage is performed by multiplying the BBO by the overall performance rating to arrive at a payout percentage. The Base Compensation for the Plan Year will then be multiplied by the actual payout percentage to determine the actual Award earned and may also be subject to any adjustment as described in Section 4.6 and Section 4.8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, shall have the discretion to determine the actual level of payout of an Award. 4.8 The CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, may determine in their sole discretion that the Awards to be paid hereunder shall be reduced and an amount comparable to the reduction be paid to the Participant under another Regions compensation plan, provided such determination does not cause the Award to violate Applicable Law. Such payments shall be subject to the terms of the plan under which they are paid, which may include additional service requirements, and they shall not be deemed to be paid hereunder. The CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, retains the discretion to direct that performance goals, targets and/or payouts be adjusted. modified or terminated (including such that no incentive payment be made to a Participant) where any performance issue is determined to exist or where an unforeseeable or extraordinary event or events have occurred, in each case, regardless of what the results of the calculation might otherwise be in the absence of such adjustment, modification or termination. ARTICLE V PAYMENT DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS 5.1 Each Award will be paid in the form determined by the CHR Committee. If the CHR Committee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, determines that the Award be reduced and that a comparable amount shall be paid under another Regions compensation plan, the Participant shall be notified in writing of such determination, and the details of such payment. Awards under another compensation plan shall be subject to the terms of such plan and shall not be deemed to be paid hereunder. 5.2 If a Participant dies prior to the Award Date, the designated Beneficiary will be paid the amount of the Award in a lump sum cash payment with the same timing as all other Award payments. Awards, including those to Beneficiaries, will be paid on an annual basis on or before March 15 after the end of the Plan Year and will be net of any required federal, state or local tax withholdings. ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS 6.1 Regions will not, under any circumstances, make any payment under this Plan to any assignee or creditor of a Participant or of his or her Beneficiary. Before a Participant actually receives a payment under this Plan, neither he nor she nor a designated Beneficiary has any right, even in anticipation of receiving a payment, to assign, pledge, grant a security interest in, transfer or otherwise dispose of any interest under this Plan. 6.2 This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Corporation (or any subsidiary) and any Participant, or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any EXHIBIT 10.50 Participant. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Corporation or any subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary to discharge any Participant at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall or may have upon the Participant under this Plan. 6.3 The CHR Committee can terminate or amend this Plan at any time in its sole discretion. Participants shall be informed of any amendments or the termination of this Plan. 6.4 A Participant who receives payment under this Plan is obligated to reimburse the Corporation for the full amount of such payment, and shall forfeit all unpaid payments, if the Participant subsequently discloses any of the Corporation’s (or any subsidiary’s) confidential information or trade secrets, violates any written covenants between the Corporation (or any subsidiary) and the Participant, or otherwise engages in conduct that may adversely affect the Corporation’s (or any subsidiary’s) reputation or business relations. A Participant who engages in such conduct shall forfeit any right to any unpaid portion of a benefit under this Plan. In addition, any amounts paid under this Plan may be subject to claw-back in accordance with the terms of Applicable Law or Regions policy, as in effect from time to time. 6.5 This Plan is to be governed and interpreted as provided in the laws of the State of Alabama, without giving effect to any conflict of laws provision. 6.6 Neither an Executive Officer nor any other employee of Regions or any subsidiary has any claim or right to be included in the Plan or to be granted an Award unless and until (i) he or she has become a Participant for the applicable Plan Year and (ii) his or her Award has been made. 6.7 The provisions of this Plan are subject to and shall be interpreted to be consistent with Applicable Law, which terms control over the terms of this Plan in the event of any conflict between Applicable Law and this Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the payment of any Award under this Plan be settled, paid or accrued, if any such settlement, payment or accrual would be in violation of Applicable Law. 6.8 Payments under this Plan are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) as a short-term deferral, and the Plan and Awards hereunder will be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent. However, notwithstanding the foregoing and anything to the contrary in this Plan, if a Participant is a “specified employee” as determined pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as of the date of his or her “separation from service” (within the meaning of Final Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) and if any Award or payment, settlement of an Award or benefit provided hereunder or otherwise both (x) constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and (y) cannot be paid or provided in the manner otherwise provided without subjecting the Participant to “additional tax,” interest or penalties under Section 409A, then any such Award or payment, settlement or benefit that is payable or that would be settled during the first six months following a Participant’s “separation from service” shall be paid or provided to such Participant on the first regular payroll date of the seventh calendar month following the month in which the Participant’s “separation from service” occurs or, if earlier, at the Participant’s death. In addition, any payment or benefit due upon a termination of a Participant’s employment that represents a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall only be paid or provided to such Participant upon a “separation from service”. For the purposes of this Plan, each Award made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to be a separate payment. EXHIBIT 21 REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION SUBSIDIARIES AT DECEMBER 31, 2020 1. A-F Leasing, Ltd. (2) 2. Ascentium Capital LLC (4) 3. Ascentium Depositor LLC (4) 4. BlackArch Partners LLC (7) 5. BlackArch Securities LLC (7) 6. First Sterling Associates, No. 8 LLC (8) 7. First Sterling Associates No. 9 LLC (4) 8. First Sterling Associates No. 10 LLC (4) 9. First Sterling Associates No. 11 LLC (4) 10. First Sterling Associates No. 12 LLC (8) 11. First Sterling Associates No. 14 LLC (8) 12. First Sterling Associates No. 15 LLC (8) 13. First Sterling Associates No. 16 LLC (8) 14. First Sterling Associates No. 17 LLC (8) 15. First Sterling Associates No. 18 LLC (8) 16. First Sterling Associates No. 19 LLC (8) 17. First Sterling Associates No. 52 LLC (8) 18. First Sterling Associates No. 53 LLC (8) 19. First Sterling Associates No. 54 LLC (8) 20. First Sterling Associates No. 55 LLC (8) 21. First Sterling Partners LLC (8) 22. First Sterling Partners No. 4 LLC (8) 23. First Sterling Partners No. 5 LLC (8) 24. First Sterling Partners No. 6 LLC (8) 25. First Sterling Partners No. 7 LLC (4) 26. FMLS, Inc. (6) 27. FS Monroe LLC (8) 28. Highland Associates, Inc. (2) 29. LMIW Acquisition Management, LLC (5) (f/k/a Regions Acquisition Management, LLC) 30. Monroe Court Associates LLC (8) 31. Orion Summit Services LLC (8) 32. PointFirst Solutions LLC (4) 33. PointFirst Capital LLC (4) 34. RAH Associates No. 56 LLC (8) 35. RAH Associates No. 67 LLC (10) 36. RB Affordable Housing, Inc. (2) 37. RB SLP General Partner, LLC (2) 38. Red Mountain Re Ltd (Turks & Caicos) (to be dissolved) 39. Regions Affordable Housing LLC (fka RDEPF LLC) (4) 40. Regions Bank (1) 41. Regions Business Capital Corporation (4) 42. Regions Capital Advantage, Inc. (fka UPB Investment, Inc.) (6) 43. Regions Commercial Equipment Finance, LLC (fka A-F Leasing, LLC) (2) 44. Regions Community Development Corporation (2) 45. Regions Equipment Finance Corporation (2) 46. Regions Equipment Finance, Ltd. (2) 47. Regions Investment Management, Inc. (fka Morgan Asset Management, Inc.) (6) 48. Regions Investment Services, Inc. (2) 49. Regions Securities LLC (4) 50. RF Ascentium, LLC (fka WP Astro Parent, LLC) (4) EXHIBIT 21 51. RFC Financial Services Holding LLC (4) 52. Sterling Affordable Housing LLC (4) 53. Sterling Corporate Services LLC (8) 54. Vehicle Titling Trust (4) 55. Wholesale Truck and Finance LLC (4) 56. Wholesale Truck and Finance Dealership LLC (4) (1) Affiliate state bank chartered under the banking laws of Alabama. (2) Incorporated/Organized under the laws of Alabama. (3) Incorporated under the laws of Arkansas. (4) Incorporated/Organized under the laws of Delaware. (5) Incorporated/Organized under the laws of Florida. (6) Incorporated under the laws of Tennessee. (7) Organized under the laws of North Carolina. (8) Organized under the laws of New York. (9) Organized under the laws of Massachusetts. (10) Organized under the laws of Mississippi. EXHIBIT 23 We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements and the related Prospectuses of Regions Financial Corporation: Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Form S-8 No. 333-117272 pertaining to the stock options and other equity interests issuable under various employee benefit plans Form S-8 No. 333-161603 pertaining to common stock and other equity interests issuable under various employee benefit plans Form S-8 No. 333-203597 pertaining to common stock and other equity interests issuable under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan Form S-8 No. 333-216230 pertaining to common stock issuable under the Regions Financial Corporation 401(k) Plan Form S-3 ASR No. 333-229810 pertaining to the registration of debt and equity securities Form S-8 No. 333-251818 pertaining to deferred compensation obligations under the Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Investment Plan and the Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan of our reports dated February 24, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2020. Birmingham, Alabama February 24, 2021 EXHIBIT 24 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN BY ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), by his or her execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint Tara A. Plimpton and/or Hardie B. Kimbrough, Jr. and either of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for the undersigned and in the undersigned’s name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “2020 Annual Report”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), including any and all amendments or supplements to the 2020 Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and hereby grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and either of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or either of them, or their substitutions, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The execution of this power of attorney is not intended to, and does not, revoke any prior powers of attorney. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand as of this 3rd day of February, 2021. /s/ Carolyn H. Byrd Carolyn H. Byrd /s/ Don DeFosset Don DeFosset /s/ Samuel A. Di Piazza, Jr. Samuel A. Di Piazza, Jr. /s/ Zhanna Golodryga Zhanna Golodryga /s/ John D. Johns John D. Johns /s/ Ruth Ann Marshall Ruth Ann Marshall /s/ Charles D. McCrary Charles D. McCrary /s/ James T. Prokopanko James T. Prokopanko /s/ Lee J. Styslinger III Lee J. Styslinger III /s/ José S. Suquet José S. Suquet /s/ Timothy Vines Timothy Vines EXHIBIT 31.1 I, John M. Turner, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation; CERTIFICATIONS 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) b) c) d) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) b) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 24, 2021 /S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR. John M. Turner, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer EXHIBIT 31.2 I, David J. Turner, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation; CERTIFICATIONS 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) b) c) d) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) b) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 24, 2021 /S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR. David J. Turner, Jr. Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 EXHIBIT 32 In connection with the Annual Report of Regions Financial Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”), I, John M. Turner, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and David J. Turner, Jr., Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to our knowledge: 1) 2) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /S/ JOHN M. TURNER, JR. John M. Turner, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer /S/ DAVID J. TURNER, JR. David J. Turner, Jr. Chief Financial Officer Date: February 24, 2021 A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Regions Financial Corporation and will be retained by Regions Financial Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above